[{"data":1,"prerenderedAt":-1},["ShallowReactive",2],{"help-guide-en-recognise-a-distribution-board-from-a-photo":3,"help-alternates-cabinet-photo-recognition":845,"help-related-en":3819},{"id":4,"title":5,"body":6,"category":822,"description":823,"extension":824,"guideId":825,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":828,"navigation":829,"order":830,"path":831,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":833,"seo":834,"seoTitle":835,"slug":836,"stem":837,"tags":838,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":844},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.en.md","Recognise a distribution board from photos: review and import DIN modules",{"type":7,"value":8,"toc":807},"minimark",[9,18,21,27,32,138,145,150,154,157,253,256,261,265,313,316,321,354,357,362,366,383,386,389,394,398,407,534,537,551,554,559,563,575,578,608,611,614,619,623,630,698,708,711,716,720,795],[10,11,12,13,17],"p",{},"In the cabinet editor, PlanElec reads photos of an existing distribution board and proposes the visible DIN modules: row, starting slot, width in module units (TE), module type and legible values such as rated current or sensitivity. You need a saved project, the project role Owner, Admin or Editor, and an ",[14,15,16],"strong",{},"empty"," board. You review and correct every proposal before importing it; only then do the modules take their places on the rails. Detection does not infer hidden wiring, circuits or protective relationships – you add that electrical design yourself afterwards.",[10,19,20],{},"Photo recognition is meant for existing installations and extensions in Belgium, where you want to capture the installed layout quickly as a starting point. Every run counts towards your daily limit and uses your AI allowance.",[10,22,23],{},[24,25],"a",{"id":26},"requirements",[28,29,31],"h2",{"id":30},"what-do-you-need-for-photo-recognition","What do you need for photo recognition?",[33,34,35,48],"table",{},[36,37,38],"thead",{},[39,40,41,45],"tr",{},[42,43,44],"th",{},"Requirement",[42,46,47],{},"What applies",[49,50,51,64,83,105,113,120,128],"tbody",{},[39,52,53,57],{},[54,55,56],"td",{},"Project",[54,58,59,60,63],{},"The project is open and saved. Only then does the cabinet editor show the ",[14,61,62],{},"Photos"," button.",[39,65,66,69],{},[54,67,68],{},"Workspace",[54,70,71,74,75,78,79,82],{},[14,72,73],{},"Layout"," in the cabinet editor. The photo panel is not available in ",[14,76,77],{},"Wiring"," or ",[14,80,81],{},"Tables",".",[39,84,85,88],{},[54,86,87],{},"Project role",[54,89,90,93,94,78,97,100,101,104],{},[14,91,92],{},"Owner",", ",[14,95,96],{},"Admin",[14,98,99],{},"Editor",". With the ",[14,102,103],{},"Viewer"," role, uploading, detecting and importing are blocked.",[39,106,107,110],{},[54,108,109],{},"Board",[54,111,112],{},"A selected, empty board: no placed modules and no devices already assigned to this board.",[39,114,115,117],{},[54,116,62],{},[54,118,119],{},"JPEG, PNG or WebP, at most six photos per board. Other file formats do not appear in the photo list.",[39,121,122,125],{},[54,123,124],{},"Daily limit",[54,126,127],{},"20 detection runs per user per day. The counter restarts at midnight UTC (01:00 in Belgium, 02:00 during summer time).",[39,129,130,133],{},[54,131,132],{},"AI allowance",[54,134,135,136,82],{},"Every run uses your personal AI allowance. You can see how much is left in the user menu under ",[14,137,132],{},[10,139,140,141,144],{},"If the board is not empty, ",[14,142,143],{},"Detect modules"," stays disabled and the panel shows: “Detection is available for an empty board only.” This also applies when protective devices are already assigned to this board in the installation but not yet placed.",[10,146,147],{},[24,148],{"id":149},"recognised",[28,151,153],{"id":152},"what-does-planelec-recognise-on-a-distribution-board-photo","What does PlanElec recognise on a distribution board photo?",[10,155,156],{},"Detection only describes what is visible and legible on the photos. Illegible or unclear details stay empty instead of being filled with default values.",[33,158,159,169],{},[36,160,161],{},[39,162,163,166],{},[42,164,165],{},"Item",[42,167,168],{},"Result in the proposal",[49,170,171,179,187,195,203,211,219,231,242],{},[39,172,173,176],{},[54,174,175],{},"Visible DIN modules",[54,177,178],{},"One frame on the photo and one entry in the review list per module",[39,180,181,184],{},[54,182,183],{},"Row and starting slot",[54,185,186],{},"Estimated top to bottom and left to right; empty if the position is unclear",[39,188,189,192],{},[54,190,191],{},"Width",[54,193,194],{},"Approximate width in TE",[39,196,197,200],{},[54,198,199],{},"Module type",[54,201,202],{},"One of 17 types, including main switch, RCD, RCBO, AFDD, SPD, fuses, contactors, timers, energy meters and KNX devices",[39,204,205,208],{},[54,206,207],{},"Legible values",[54,209,210],{},"Current (A), poles, tripping curve (B, C, D, K, Z), sensitivity (mA) and RCD type (A, B, F, AC), only if legible on the photo",[39,212,213,216],{},[54,214,215],{},"Marking",[54,217,218],{},"The text that was read appears below the module in the review list",[39,220,221,224],{},[54,222,223],{},"Illegible module",[54,225,226,227,230],{},"Type ",[14,228,229],{},"Unknown DIN module",", so that position and width are still kept",[39,232,233,236],{},[54,234,235],{},"Wiring, circuits, protection path",[54,237,238,241],{},[14,239,240],{},"Not detected."," Hidden conductors, bridges and electrical assignments are not inferred",[39,243,244,247],{},[54,245,246],{},"Enclosure dimensions and default values",[54,248,249,252],{},[14,250,251],{},"Not assumed."," Detection invents neither enclosure sizes nor typical ratings",[10,254,255],{},"PlanElec treats any text printed on a photo strictly as image content. It does not steer the detection.",[10,257,258],{},[24,259],{"id":260},"photos",[28,262,264],{"id":263},"how-do-you-upload-and-link-the-photos","How do you upload and link the photos?",[266,267,268,283,296,307,310],"ol",{},[269,270,271,272,275,276,279,280,82],"li",{},"In the studio, open ",[14,273,274],{},"Distribution board"," and use the board selector in the top bar to choose the board you want to capture. If it does not exist yet, create it via ",[14,277,278],{},"More cabinet actions"," → ",[14,281,282],{},"New board",[269,284,285,286,288,289,291,292,295],{},"Stay in the ",[14,287,73],{}," workspace and click ",[14,290,62],{},". The ",[14,293,294],{},"Cabinet photos"," panel opens on the right.",[269,297,298,299,302,303,306],{},"Click ",[14,300,301],{},"Upload photos"," and choose one or more image files. The photos are stored in the project’s ",[14,304,305],{},"Project files"," and linked to this board automatically.",[269,308,309],{},"To use photos already in the project, tick the checkbox in front of their name. If the panel says “No matching project photos yet.”, the project does not contain any JPEG, PNG or WebP image yet.",[269,311,312],{},"Check the tabs above the preview: every linked photo has its own tab. Clicking a tab shows that photo in the panel.",[10,314,315],{},"Success criterion: the photos you want are ticked and appear as tabs. If you try a seventh photo, PlanElec shows “Select at most 6 photos.” and does not link it.",[317,318,320],"h3",{"id":319},"which-photos-help-detection","Which photos help detection?",[322,323,324,330,339,345],"ul",{},[269,325,326,329],{},[14,327,328],{},"One board per run."," All linked photos must show the same board; detection treats them as views of a single cabinet.",[269,331,332,335,336,82],{},[14,333,334],{},"Combine an overview with close-ups."," If several photos show the same module, detection merges those views into one module with several ",[14,337,338],{},"photo views",[269,340,341,344],{},[14,342,343],{},"Legible markings."," PlanElec only takes over values such as rated current or sensitivity if they are legible on the photo. Anything covered or blurred stays empty.",[269,346,347,350,351,82],{},[14,348,349],{},"Originals are kept."," For the analysis, PlanElec scales each photo down to at most 3200 pixels on its longest side. The original stays in the project files and provides the ",[14,352,353],{},"Crop at original resolution",[10,355,356],{},"The panel points this out: selected photos are sent to the AI service for analysis. Only link photos you are entitled to use for this purpose.",[10,358,359],{},[24,360],{"id":361},"recognise",[28,363,365],{"id":364},"how-do-you-start-detection","How do you start detection?",[266,367,368,371,376],{},[269,369,370],{},"Check that the right board is selected and the matching photos are linked.",[269,372,298,373,375],{},[14,374,143],{},". While the analysis runs, the button reads “Detecting …”.",[269,377,378,379,382],{},"Wait for the message “Detection ready for review.” Frames now surround the detected modules on the photo, with the ",[14,380,381],{},"Review detected modules"," section below.",[10,384,385],{},"Every run that reaches the AI service counts towards the daily limit of 20 runs – even if no usable proposal comes back. If your AI allowance is not sufficient, PlanElec says so explicitly, for example “Your remaining AI allowance is insufficient for this analysis.”",[10,387,388],{},"If you close the panel before importing, the latest proposal for this board is kept. The next time you open the panel, PlanElec loads it again – in its original form. Corrections you made in the review list without importing them are discarded.",[10,390,391],{},[24,392],{"id":393},"review",[28,395,397],{"id":396},"how-do-you-review-and-correct-the-proposal","How do you review and correct the proposal?",[10,399,400,401,403,404,406],{},"The ",[14,402,381],{}," section lists every detected module with its fields. Clicking a frame on the photo selects the matching module; the ",[14,405,353],{}," shows it enlarged. This lets you compare marking and values directly with the original.",[33,408,409,419],{},[36,410,411],{},[39,412,413,416],{},[42,414,415],{},"Field or action",[42,417,418],{},"Purpose",[49,420,421,431,440,450,460,470,486,500,510,524],{},[39,422,423,428],{},[54,424,425],{},[14,426,427],{},"Label",[54,429,430],{},"Name of the module in the board. If left empty, PlanElec uses the module type name",[39,432,433,437],{},[54,434,435],{},[14,436,199],{},[54,438,439],{},"Correct the type, for example when an RCBO was detected as a circuit breaker",[39,441,442,447],{},[54,443,444],{},[14,445,446],{},"Row",[54,448,449],{},"DIN rail counted from the top; 1 is the top row",[39,451,452,457],{},[54,453,454],{},[14,455,456],{},"Slot",[54,458,459],{},"Position in TE from the left edge of the row; 0 is the first place, half steps such as 2.5 are allowed",[39,461,462,467],{},[54,463,464],{},[14,465,466],{},"Width (TE)",[54,468,469],{},"Module width in steps of 0.5 TE",[39,471,472,483],{},[54,473,474,93,477,93,480],{},[14,475,476],{},"Current (A)",[14,478,479],{},"Poles",[14,481,482],{},"Sensitivity (mA)",[54,484,485],{},"Check, complete or clear the values that were read",[39,487,488,497],{},[54,489,490,93,493,496],{},[14,491,492],{},"Photo view 1",[14,494,495],{},"2"," …",[54,498,499],{},"Jumps to the photo that shows the module at that position",[39,501,502,507],{},[54,503,504],{},[14,505,506],{},"Reject",[54,508,509],{},"Removes a wrong entry from the proposal",[39,511,512,521],{},[54,513,514,517,518],{},[14,515,516],{},"Merge into module"," + ",[14,519,520],{},"Merge",[54,522,523],{},"Combines two entries that show the same physical module on different photos",[39,525,526,531],{},[54,527,528],{},[14,529,530],{},"Split",[54,532,533],{},"Detaches the last photo view as a separate module when two different modules were combined",[10,535,536],{},"How to proceed:",[266,538,539,542,545,548],{},[269,540,541],{},"Work through the list from top to bottom and compare each module with its frame and crop.",[269,543,544],{},"Reject entries that are not modules and merge modules that were detected twice.",[269,546,547],{},"Correct type, row, slot and width. If a module lacks a row or slot, the panel shows “Enter a row and starting slot for every module.”",[269,549,550],{},"Check the values that were read. PlanElec only takes over the tripping curve and RCD type if they were legible; they cannot be edited as separate fields in the review list.",[10,552,553],{},"Success criterion: every remaining module has a row and slot, and no modules overlap within the same row.",[10,555,556],{},[24,557],{"id":558},"apply",[28,560,562],{"id":561},"what-happens-when-you-click-import-reviewed-modules","What happens when you click “Import reviewed modules”?",[266,564,565,572],{},[269,566,567,568,571],{},"Below the review list, click ",[14,569,570],{},"Import reviewed modules",". The button is active once at least one module remains, every module has a row and slot, and the board is empty.",[269,573,574],{},"PlanElec confirms “Modules imported.” The modules now sit in their places in the board.",[10,576,577],{},"On import:",[322,579,580,590,596,602],{},[269,581,582,585,586,589],{},[14,583,584],{},"One undo step."," ",[14,587,588],{},"Undo"," reverses the whole import at once.",[269,591,592,595],{},[14,593,594],{},"Rows are added, not replaced."," If the board has fewer rows than were detected, PlanElec creates the missing ones. Existing rows, including ones you named yourself, are kept.",[269,597,598,601],{},[14,599,600],{},"Row width grows as needed."," If a row is too short, PlanElec widens the rows to the widest imported layout. A row cannot exceed 72 TE.",[269,603,604,607],{},[14,605,606],{},"Photos stay linked."," Every imported module keeps its photo views as evidence.",[10,609,610],{},"If “Could not import modules.” appears, two modules usually overlap in the same row, a module extends beyond 72 TE, or the board is no longer empty. Correct the values and try again.",[10,612,613],{},"You start the import yourself in the panel. The PlanElec assistant can neither link photos nor import a photo proposal, because this step requires a visual check in the editor.",[10,615,616],{},[24,617],{"id":618},"next-steps",[28,620,622],{"id":621},"what-comes-after-the-import","What comes after the import?",[10,624,625,626,629],{},"The imported modules represent the board’s ",[14,627,628],{},"physical as-found state",". They show the values that were read, for example “C16”, but are not yet integrated electrically: they have no connection terminals, no circuit and no protection path.",[33,631,632,642],{},[36,633,634],{},[39,635,636,639],{},[42,637,638],{},"Next step",[42,640,641],{},"Where",[49,643,644,658,673,687],{},[39,645,646,649],{},[54,647,648],{},"Re-check a module against the photo",[54,650,651,652,654,655,657],{},"Keep the ",[14,653,294],{}," panel open and hover over an imported module in ",[14,656,73],{},": the panel shows its photo crop",[39,659,660,663],{},[54,661,662],{},"Define circuits and protection paths",[54,664,665,668,669],{},[14,666,667],{},"Installation"," area; see ",[24,670,672],{"href":671},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fplan-installation-and-distribution-boards#assignment","Plan an installation and form distribution boards",[39,674,675,678],{},[54,676,677],{},"Check row layout and enclosure",[54,679,680,682,683],{},[14,681,73],{}," workspace; see ",[24,684,686],{"href":685},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fplan-installation-and-distribution-boards#cabinet","Detail modules and enclosure",[39,688,689,692],{},[54,690,691],{},"Rebuild automatically",[54,693,694,697],{},[14,695,696],{},"Auto-Assign"," rebuilds the board completely after a confirmation, replacing the photographed arrangement",[10,699,700,701,703,704,82],{},"To keep the photographed arrangement, do not use ",[14,702,696],{}," on this board. How Auto-Assign works is described in ",[24,705,707],{"href":706},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fautomatic-planning","Using and reviewing automatic planning",[10,709,710],{},"An imported as-found state is a planning state, not a survey with measurements. What sits behind covers, where conductors run and whether protective devices are correctly rated are checked on site. The official AREI\u002FRGIE inspection (keuring) is carried out by the accredited inspection body.",[10,712,713],{},[24,714],{"id":715},"limits",[28,717,719],{"id":718},"which-messages-and-limits-apply","Which messages and limits apply?",[33,721,722,732],{},[36,723,724],{},[39,725,726,729],{},[42,727,728],{},"Message or situation",[42,730,731],{},"Cause and solution",[49,733,734,747,755,763,771,779,787],{},[39,735,736,741],{},[54,737,400,738,740],{},[14,739,62],{}," button is missing",[54,742,743,744,746],{},"The project has not been saved yet, or you are not in the ",[14,745,73],{}," workspace",[39,748,749,752],{},[54,750,751],{},"“Detection is available for an empty board only.”",[54,753,754],{},"Modules are placed on this board or devices are assigned to it. Choose an empty board or create a new one",[39,756,757,760],{},[54,758,759],{},"“Select at most 6 photos.”",[54,761,762],{},"Untick another photo before linking a new one",[39,764,765,768],{},[54,766,767],{},"“Could not detect modules in photos.”",[54,769,770],{},"The AI service did not return a valid proposal, or your daily limit of 20 runs has been reached. Try again later; the limit restarts at midnight UTC",[39,772,773,776],{},[54,774,775],{},"Message about the AI allowance",[54,777,778],{},"Your personal AI allowance is insufficient or reserved for an analysis in progress. The user menu shows the current level",[39,780,781,784],{},[54,782,783],{},"“Photo unavailable”",[54,785,786],{},"The file was removed from the project files or cannot be loaded. Link a different photo",[39,788,789,792],{},[54,790,791],{},"“Could not import modules.”",[54,793,794],{},"Overlap within a row, position beyond 72 TE, or the board is no longer empty",[10,796,797,798,802,803,82],{},"You will find more general problems in ",[24,799,801],{"href":800},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fsolve-common-problems","Solve common problems",". How PlanElec recognises floor plans from PDFs and images is covered in ",[24,804,806],{"href":805},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Frecognise-a-floor-plan-with-ai","Recognise a floor plan with AI",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":810},"",2,[811,812,813,817,818,819,820,821],{"id":30,"depth":809,"text":31},{"id":152,"depth":809,"text":153},{"id":263,"depth":809,"text":264,"children":814},[815],{"id":319,"depth":816,"text":320},3,{"id":364,"depth":809,"text":365},{"id":396,"depth":809,"text":397},{"id":561,"depth":809,"text":562},{"id":621,"depth":809,"text":622},{"id":718,"depth":809,"text":719},"automation","PlanElec detects visible DIN modules on up to six photos, with row, starting slot, width and type, and proposes them for an empty distribution board. You review every module and import the layout in a single undoable step.","md","cabinet-photo-recognition",null,"en",{},true,13,"\u002Fhelp\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.en","2026-10-11","7 min",{"title":5,"description":823},"Recognise a distribution board and DIN modules from photos","recognise-a-distribution-board-from-a-photo","help\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.en",[839,840,841,842,843],"distribution board","photo","AI","DIN modules","existing installation","bthglL90TXXfKmzLVraHX8vsmkkXQcg5IG9EU_yJa0w",[846,1648,2224,3022],{"id":847,"title":848,"body":849,"category":822,"description":1633,"extension":824,"guideId":825,"image":826,"locale":1634,"meta":1635,"navigation":829,"order":830,"path":1636,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":1637,"seo":1638,"seoTitle":1639,"slug":1640,"stem":1641,"tags":1642,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":1647},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.de.md","Schaltschrank aus Fotos erkennen: DIN-Module prüfen und übernehmen",{"type":7,"value":850,"toc":1621},[851,858,861,865,869,967,974,978,982,985,1081,1084,1088,1092,1137,1140,1144,1177,1180,1184,1188,1204,1207,1210,1214,1218,1227,1351,1354,1368,1371,1375,1379,1391,1394,1424,1427,1430,1434,1438,1445,1513,1523,1526,1530,1534,1609],[10,852,853,854,857],{},"Im Schaltschrank-Editor liest PlanElec Fotos eines bestehenden Verteilers und schlägt die sichtbaren DIN-Module vor: Reihe, Startplatz, Breite in Teilungseinheiten (TE), Modultyp und ablesbare Werte wie Bemessungsstrom oder Empfindlichkeit. Voraussetzung sind ein gespeichertes Projekt, die Projektrolle Eigentümer, Admin oder Bearbeiter und ein ",[14,855,856],{},"leerer"," Verteiler. Du prüfst und korrigierst jeden Vorschlag, bevor du ihn übernimmst; erst dann stehen die Module auf ihren Plätzen. Verdeckte Verdrahtung, Stromkreise und Schutzbeziehungen leitet die Erkennung nicht ab – diese elektrische Planung ergänzt du danach selbst.",[10,859,860],{},"Die Fotoerkennung eignet sich für Bestandsanlagen und Erweiterungen, bei denen du den vorhandenen Aufbau schnell als Ausgangspunkt erfassen willst. Sie zählt pro Lauf zu deinem Tageslimit und verbraucht dein KI-Kontingent.",[10,862,863],{},[24,864],{"id":26},[28,866,868],{"id":867},"was-brauchst-du-für-die-fotoerkennung","Was brauchst du für die Fotoerkennung?",[33,870,871,881],{},[36,872,873],{},[39,874,875,878],{},[42,876,877],{},"Voraussetzung",[42,879,880],{},"Was gilt",[49,882,883,894,913,934,942,949,957],{},[39,884,885,888],{},[54,886,887],{},"Projekt",[54,889,890,891,82],{},"Das Projekt ist geöffnet und gespeichert. Erst dann zeigt der Schaltschrank-Editor die Schaltfläche ",[14,892,893],{},"Fotos",[39,895,896,899],{},[54,897,898],{},"Arbeitsbereich",[54,900,901,904,905,908,909,912],{},[14,902,903],{},"Aufbau"," im Schaltschrank-Editor. In ",[14,906,907],{},"Verdrahtung"," und ",[14,910,911],{},"Tabellen"," ist das Fotopanel nicht verfügbar.",[39,914,915,918],{},[54,916,917],{},"Projektrolle",[54,919,920,93,923,925,926,929,930,933],{},[14,921,922],{},"Eigentümer",[14,924,96],{}," oder ",[14,927,928],{},"Bearbeiter",". Mit der Rolle ",[14,931,932],{},"Betrachter"," sind Hochladen, Erkennen und Übernehmen gesperrt.",[39,935,936,939],{},[54,937,938],{},"Verteiler",[54,940,941],{},"Ein ausgewählter, leerer Verteiler: keine platzierten Module und keine Geräte, die diesem Verteiler bereits zugeordnet sind.",[39,943,944,946],{},[54,945,893],{},[54,947,948],{},"JPEG, PNG oder WebP, höchstens sechs Fotos je Verteiler. Andere Dateiformate erscheinen nicht in der Fotoliste.",[39,950,951,954],{},[54,952,953],{},"Tageslimit",[54,955,956],{},"20 Erkennungsläufe je Nutzer und Tag. Der Zähler beginnt um Mitternacht UTC neu (in Belgien 1 Uhr, während der Sommerzeit 2 Uhr).",[39,958,959,962],{},[54,960,961],{},"KI-Kontingent",[54,963,964,965,82],{},"Jeder Lauf verbraucht dein persönliches KI-Kontingent. Den verfügbaren Anteil siehst du im Benutzermenü unter ",[14,966,961],{},[10,968,969,970,973],{},"Ist der Verteiler nicht leer, bleibt ",[14,971,972],{},"Module erkennen"," gesperrt und das Panel zeigt: „Die Erkennung ist nur für einen leeren Verteiler verfügbar.“ Das gilt auch, wenn in der Installation bereits Schutzgeräte diesem Verteiler zugeordnet, aber noch nicht platziert sind.",[10,975,976],{},[24,977],{"id":149},[28,979,981],{"id":980},"was-erkennt-planelec-auf-einem-schaltschrankfoto","Was erkennt PlanElec auf einem Schaltschrankfoto?",[10,983,984],{},"Die Erkennung beschreibt nur, was auf den Fotos sichtbar und lesbar ist. Unlesbare oder unklare Angaben bleiben leer, statt mit Standardwerten gefüllt zu werden.",[33,986,987,997],{},[36,988,989],{},[39,990,991,994],{},[42,992,993],{},"Angabe",[42,995,996],{},"Ergebnis im Vorschlag",[49,998,999,1007,1015,1023,1031,1039,1047,1059,1070],{},[39,1000,1001,1004],{},[54,1002,1003],{},"Sichtbare DIN-Module",[54,1005,1006],{},"Je Modul ein Rahmen auf dem Foto und ein Eintrag in der Prüfliste",[39,1008,1009,1012],{},[54,1010,1011],{},"Reihe und Startplatz",[54,1013,1014],{},"Von oben nach unten und von links nach rechts geschätzt; bei unklarer Lage leer",[39,1016,1017,1020],{},[54,1018,1019],{},"Breite",[54,1021,1022],{},"Ungefähre Breite in TE",[39,1024,1025,1028],{},[54,1026,1027],{},"Modultyp",[54,1029,1030],{},"Auswahl aus 17 Typen, darunter Hauptschalter, RCD, RCBO, AFDD, SPD, Sicherungen, Schütze, Zeitschalter, Energiezähler und KNX-Geräte",[39,1032,1033,1036],{},[54,1034,1035],{},"Ablesbare Werte",[54,1037,1038],{},"Strom (A), Pole, Auslösecharakteristik (B, C, D, K, Z), Empfindlichkeit (mA) und FI-Typ (A, B, F, AC), nur wenn auf dem Foto lesbar",[39,1040,1041,1044],{},[54,1042,1043],{},"Aufdruck",[54,1045,1046],{},"Der gelesene Text erscheint unter dem Modul in der Prüfliste",[39,1048,1049,1052],{},[54,1050,1051],{},"Nicht lesbares Modul",[54,1053,1054,1055,1058],{},"Typ ",[14,1056,1057],{},"Unbekanntes DIN-Modul",", damit Platz und Breite trotzdem erhalten bleiben",[39,1060,1061,1064],{},[54,1062,1063],{},"Verdrahtung, Stromkreise, Schutzpfad",[54,1065,1066,1069],{},[14,1067,1068],{},"Nicht erkannt."," Auch nicht sichtbare Leiter, Brücken und elektrische Zuordnungen werden nicht abgeleitet",[39,1071,1072,1075],{},[54,1073,1074],{},"Gehäusemaße und Standardwerte",[54,1076,1077,1080],{},[14,1078,1079],{},"Nicht angenommen."," Die Erkennung erfindet weder Gehäusegrößen noch übliche Bemessungswerte",[10,1082,1083],{},"Texte, die auf einem Foto stehen, behandelt PlanElec ausschließlich als Bildinhalt. Sie steuern die Erkennung nicht.",[10,1085,1086],{},[24,1087],{"id":260},[28,1089,1091],{"id":1090},"wie-lädst-du-die-fotos-hoch-und-verknüpfst-sie","Wie lädst du die Fotos hoch und verknüpfst sie?",[266,1093,1094,1108,1120,1131,1134],{},[269,1095,1096,1097,1100,1101,279,1104,1107],{},"Öffne im Studio den Bereich ",[14,1098,1099],{},"Schaltschrank"," und wähle in der Verteilerauswahl der oberen Leiste den Verteiler, den du erfassen willst. Fehlt er noch, legst du ihn über ",[14,1102,1103],{},"Weitere Schaltschrankaktionen",[14,1105,1106],{},"Neuer Verteiler"," an.",[269,1109,1110,1111,1113,1114,1116,1117,82],{},"Bleib im Arbeitsbereich ",[14,1112,903],{}," und klicke auf ",[14,1115,893],{},". Rechts öffnet sich das Panel ",[14,1118,1119],{},"Schaltschrankfotos",[269,1121,1122,1123,1126,1127,1130],{},"Klicke auf ",[14,1124,1125],{},"Fotos hochladen"," und wähle eine oder mehrere Bilddateien. Die Fotos werden in den ",[14,1128,1129],{},"Unterlagen"," des Projekts gespeichert und automatisch mit diesem Verteiler verknüpft.",[269,1132,1133],{},"Bereits vorhandene Projektfotos aktivierst du über das Kontrollkästchen vor ihrem Namen. Steht dort „Noch keine passenden Projektfotos.“, gibt es im Projekt noch kein JPEG-, PNG- oder WebP-Bild.",[269,1135,1136],{},"Prüfe die Reiter über der Vorschau: Jedes verknüpfte Foto hat einen eigenen Reiter. Ein Klick zeigt das Foto im Panel.",[10,1138,1139],{},"Erfolgskriterium: Die gewünschten Fotos sind angehakt und erscheinen als Reiter. Beim siebten Foto meldet PlanElec „Höchstens 6 Fotos auswählen.“ und verknüpft es nicht.",[317,1141,1143],{"id":1142},"welche-fotos-helfen-der-erkennung","Welche Fotos helfen der Erkennung?",[322,1145,1146,1152,1162,1168],{},[269,1147,1148,1151],{},[14,1149,1150],{},"Ein Verteiler pro Lauf."," Alle verknüpften Fotos müssen denselben Verteiler zeigen; die Erkennung wertet sie als Ansichten eines einzigen Schranks.",[269,1153,1154,1157,1158,1161],{},[14,1155,1156],{},"Übersicht und Nahaufnahmen kombinieren."," Zeigen mehrere Fotos dasselbe Modul, fasst die Erkennung diese Ansichten zu einem Modul mit mehreren ",[14,1159,1160],{},"Fotoansichten"," zusammen.",[269,1163,1164,1167],{},[14,1165,1166],{},"Lesbare Aufdrucke."," Werte wie Bemessungsstrom oder Empfindlichkeit übernimmt PlanElec nur, wenn sie auf dem Foto lesbar sind. Was verdeckt oder unscharf ist, bleibt leer.",[269,1169,1170,1173,1174,82],{},[14,1171,1172],{},"Originale bleiben erhalten."," Für die Analyse verkleinert PlanElec jedes Foto auf höchstens 3200 Pixel Kantenlänge. Das Original bleibt in den Unterlagen und liefert den ",[14,1175,1176],{},"Ausschnitt in Originalauflösung",[10,1178,1179],{},"Das Panel weist darauf hin: Ausgewählte Fotos werden zur Analyse an den KI-Dienst gesendet. Verknüpfe deshalb nur Fotos, die du für diesen Zweck verwenden darfst.",[10,1181,1182],{},[24,1183],{"id":361},[28,1185,1187],{"id":1186},"wie-startest-du-die-erkennung","Wie startest du die Erkennung?",[266,1189,1190,1193,1198],{},[269,1191,1192],{},"Prüfe, dass der richtige Verteiler ausgewählt ist und die passenden Fotos verknüpft sind.",[269,1194,1122,1195,1197],{},[14,1196,972],{},". Während der Analyse steht auf der Schaltfläche „Erkennung läuft …“.",[269,1199,1200,1201,82],{},"Warte auf die Meldung „Erkennung bereit zur Prüfung.“ Über dem Foto erscheinen nun Rahmen um die erkannten Module, darunter der Bereich ",[14,1202,1203],{},"Erkannte Module prüfen",[10,1205,1206],{},"Jeder Lauf, der den KI-Dienst erreicht, zählt zum Tageslimit von 20 Läufen – auch wenn kein verwertbarer Vorschlag zurückkommt. Reicht dein KI-Kontingent nicht aus, nennt PlanElec diesen Grund ausdrücklich, zum Beispiel „Dein verbleibendes KI-Kontingent reicht für diese Analyse nicht aus.“",[10,1208,1209],{},"Schließt du das Panel, bevor du übernimmst, bleibt der letzte Vorschlag für diesen Verteiler gespeichert. Beim nächsten Öffnen lädt PlanElec ihn erneut – allerdings in seiner ursprünglichen Form. Korrekturen, die du in der Prüfliste vorgenommen, aber nicht übernommen hast, sind dann verworfen.",[10,1211,1212],{},[24,1213],{"id":393},[28,1215,1217],{"id":1216},"wie-prüfst-und-korrigierst-du-den-vorschlag","Wie prüfst und korrigierst du den Vorschlag?",[10,1219,1220,1221,1223,1224,1226],{},"Der Bereich ",[14,1222,1203],{}," listet jedes erkannte Modul mit seinen Feldern. Ein Klick auf einen Rahmen im Foto wählt das zugehörige Modul aus; der ",[14,1225,1176],{}," zeigt es vergrößert. So vergleichst du Aufdruck und Werte direkt mit dem Original.",[33,1228,1229,1239],{},[36,1230,1231],{},[39,1232,1233,1236],{},[42,1234,1235],{},"Feld oder Aktion",[42,1237,1238],{},"Wofür",[49,1240,1241,1251,1260,1270,1280,1290,1306,1318,1328,1341],{},[39,1242,1243,1248],{},[54,1244,1245],{},[14,1246,1247],{},"Bezeichnung",[54,1249,1250],{},"Name des Moduls im Schaltschrank. Bleibt sie leer, verwendet PlanElec den Namen des Modultyps",[39,1252,1253,1257],{},[54,1254,1255],{},[14,1256,1027],{},[54,1258,1259],{},"Typ korrigieren, etwa wenn ein RCBO als Leitungsschutzschalter erkannt wurde",[39,1261,1262,1267],{},[54,1263,1264],{},[14,1265,1266],{},"Reihe",[54,1268,1269],{},"Hutschiene von oben gezählt; 1 ist die oberste Reihe",[39,1271,1272,1277],{},[54,1273,1274],{},[14,1275,1276],{},"Startplatz",[54,1278,1279],{},"Position in TE ab dem linken Rand der Reihe; 0 ist der erste Platz, Halbschritte wie 2,5 sind möglich",[39,1281,1282,1287],{},[54,1283,1284],{},[14,1285,1286],{},"Breite (TE)",[54,1288,1289],{},"Modulbreite in Schritten von 0,5 TE",[39,1291,1292,1303],{},[54,1293,1294,93,1297,93,1300],{},[14,1295,1296],{},"Strom (A)",[14,1298,1299],{},"Pole",[14,1301,1302],{},"Empfindlichkeit (mA)",[54,1304,1305],{},"Abgelesene Werte prüfen, ergänzen oder leeren",[39,1307,1308,1315],{},[54,1309,1310,93,1313,496],{},[14,1311,1312],{},"Fotoansicht 1",[14,1314,495],{},[54,1316,1317],{},"Springt zu dem Foto, auf dem das Modul an dieser Stelle zu sehen ist",[39,1319,1320,1325],{},[54,1321,1322],{},[14,1323,1324],{},"Verwerfen",[54,1326,1327],{},"Entfernt einen falschen Eintrag aus dem Vorschlag",[39,1329,1330,1338],{},[54,1331,1332,517,1335],{},[14,1333,1334],{},"Mit Modul zusammenführen",[14,1336,1337],{},"Zusammenführen",[54,1339,1340],{},"Vereint zwei Einträge, die dasselbe physische Modul auf verschiedenen Fotos zeigen",[39,1342,1343,1348],{},[54,1344,1345],{},[14,1346,1347],{},"Trennen",[54,1349,1350],{},"Löst die letzte Fotoansicht als eigenes Modul ab, wenn zwei verschiedene Module zusammengefasst wurden",[10,1352,1353],{},"So gehst du vor:",[266,1355,1356,1359,1362,1365],{},[269,1357,1358],{},"Arbeite die Liste von oben nach unten durch und vergleiche jedes Modul mit Rahmen und Ausschnitt.",[269,1360,1361],{},"Verwirf Einträge, die kein Modul sind, und führe doppelt erkannte Module zusammen.",[269,1363,1364],{},"Korrigiere Typ, Reihe, Startplatz und Breite. Fehlen Reihe oder Startplatz bei einem Modul, zeigt das Panel „Bitte Reihe und Startplatz für jedes Modul ergänzen.“",[269,1366,1367],{},"Prüfe die abgelesenen Werte. Die Auslösecharakteristik und den FI-Typ übernimmt PlanElec nur, wenn sie lesbar waren; als eigene Felder kannst du sie in der Prüfliste nicht bearbeiten.",[10,1369,1370],{},"Erfolgskriterium: Jedes verbleibende Modul hat Reihe und Startplatz, und in derselben Reihe überschneiden sich keine Module.",[10,1372,1373],{},[24,1374],{"id":558},[28,1376,1378],{"id":1377},"was-passiert-bei-geprüfte-module-übernehmen","Was passiert bei „Geprüfte Module übernehmen“?",[266,1380,1381,1388],{},[269,1382,1383,1384,1387],{},"Klicke unter der Prüfliste auf ",[14,1385,1386],{},"Geprüfte Module übernehmen",". Die Schaltfläche ist aktiv, sobald mindestens ein Modul vorhanden ist, jedes Modul Reihe und Startplatz hat und der Verteiler leer ist.",[269,1389,1390],{},"PlanElec meldet „Module übernommen.“ Die Module stehen jetzt auf ihren Plätzen im Schaltschrank.",[10,1392,1393],{},"Bei der Übernahme gilt:",[322,1395,1396,1406,1412,1418],{},[269,1397,1398,1401,1402,1405],{},[14,1399,1400],{},"Ein Rückgängig-Schritt."," Die gesamte Übernahme lässt sich mit ",[14,1403,1404],{},"Rückgängig"," auf einmal zurücknehmen.",[269,1407,1408,1411],{},[14,1409,1410],{},"Reihen werden ergänzt, nicht ersetzt."," Hat der Verteiler weniger Reihen als erkannt, legt PlanElec die fehlenden an. Vorhandene, auch selbst benannte Reihen bleiben erhalten.",[269,1413,1414,1417],{},[14,1415,1416],{},"Reihenbreite wächst mit."," Reicht der Platz je Reihe nicht, verbreitert PlanElec die Reihen auf die breiteste übernommene Belegung. Mehr als 72 TE je Reihe sind nicht möglich.",[269,1419,1420,1423],{},[14,1421,1422],{},"Fotos bleiben verknüpft."," Jedes übernommene Modul behält seine Fotoansichten als Beleg.",[10,1425,1426],{},"Erscheint „Module konnten nicht übernommen werden.“, überschneiden sich meist zwei Module in derselben Reihe, ein Modul ragt über 72 TE hinaus, oder der Verteiler ist inzwischen nicht mehr leer. Korrigiere die Werte und versuche es erneut.",[10,1428,1429],{},"Die Übernahme startest du nur selbst im Panel. Der PlanElec-Assistent kann Fotos weder verknüpfen noch einen Fotovorschlag übernehmen, weil dieser Schritt eine Sichtprüfung im Editor verlangt.",[10,1431,1432],{},[24,1433],{"id":618},[28,1435,1437],{"id":1436},"wie-geht-es-nach-der-übernahme-weiter","Wie geht es nach der Übernahme weiter?",[10,1439,1440,1441,1444],{},"Die übernommenen Module bilden den ",[14,1442,1443],{},"physischen Bestand"," des Verteilers ab. Sie zeigen die abgelesenen Werte, etwa „C16“, sind aber noch nicht elektrisch eingebunden: Sie haben keine Anschlussklemmen, keinen Stromkreis und keinen Schutzpfad.",[33,1446,1447,1457],{},[36,1448,1449],{},[39,1450,1451,1454],{},[42,1452,1453],{},"Nächster Schritt",[42,1455,1456],{},"Wo",[49,1458,1459,1473,1488,1502],{},[39,1460,1461,1464],{},[54,1462,1463],{},"Modul am Foto nachprüfen",[54,1465,1466,1467,1469,1470,1472],{},"Panel ",[14,1468,1119],{}," geöffnet lassen und im ",[14,1471,903],{}," über ein übernommenes Modul fahren: Das Panel zeigt dessen Fotoausschnitt",[39,1474,1475,1478],{},[54,1476,1477],{},"Stromkreise und Schutzpfade festlegen",[54,1479,1480,1481,1483,1484],{},"Bereich ",[14,1482,667],{},"; siehe ",[24,1485,1487],{"href":1486},"\u002Fde\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-planen-und-unterverteilungen-bilden#assignment","Installation planen und Unterverteilungen bilden",[39,1489,1490,1493],{},[54,1491,1492],{},"Reihenbelegung und Gehäuse prüfen",[54,1494,1495,1496,1483,1498],{},"Arbeitsbereich ",[14,1497,903],{},[24,1499,1501],{"href":1500},"\u002Fde\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-planen-und-unterverteilungen-bilden#cabinet","Module und Gehäuse konkretisieren",[39,1503,1504,1507],{},[54,1505,1506],{},"Automatisch neu belegen",[54,1508,1509,1512],{},[14,1510,1511],{},"Auto-Belegen"," baut den Verteiler nach einer Bestätigung vollständig neu auf und ersetzt damit die fotografierte Anordnung",[10,1514,1515,1516,1518,1519,82],{},"Willst du die fotografierte Anordnung behalten, verwende ",[14,1517,1511],{}," für diesen Verteiler nicht. Wie Auto-Belegen arbeitet, beschreibt ",[24,1520,1522],{"href":1521},"\u002Fde\u002Fhelp\u002Fautomatische-planung","Automatische Planung",[10,1524,1525],{},"Ein importierter Bestand ist ein Planungsstand, keine Bestandsaufnahme mit Messwerten. Was hinter Abdeckungen liegt, welche Leiter wohin führen und ob Schutzgeräte richtig bemessen sind, prüfst du vor Ort. Die Abnahme nach AREI macht die zugelassene Kontrollstelle.",[10,1527,1528],{},[24,1529],{"id":715},[28,1531,1533],{"id":1532},"welche-meldungen-und-grenzen-gibt-es","Welche Meldungen und Grenzen gibt es?",[33,1535,1536,1546],{},[36,1537,1538],{},[39,1539,1540,1543],{},[42,1541,1542],{},"Meldung oder Situation",[42,1544,1545],{},"Ursache und Lösung",[49,1547,1548,1561,1569,1577,1585,1593,1601],{},[39,1549,1550,1556],{},[54,1551,1552,1553,1555],{},"Schaltfläche ",[14,1554,893],{}," fehlt",[54,1557,1558,1559],{},"Das Projekt ist noch nicht gespeichert, oder du bist nicht im Arbeitsbereich ",[14,1560,903],{},[39,1562,1563,1566],{},[54,1564,1565],{},"„Die Erkennung ist nur für einen leeren Verteiler verfügbar.“",[54,1567,1568],{},"Im Verteiler sind Module platziert oder Geräte zugeordnet. Wähle einen leeren Verteiler oder lege einen neuen an",[39,1570,1571,1574],{},[54,1572,1573],{},"„Höchstens 6 Fotos auswählen.“",[54,1575,1576],{},"Entferne den Haken bei einem anderen Foto, bevor du ein weiteres verknüpfst",[39,1578,1579,1582],{},[54,1580,1581],{},"„Fotos konnten nicht erkannt werden.“",[54,1583,1584],{},"Der KI-Dienst lieferte keinen gültigen Vorschlag, oder dein Tageslimit von 20 Läufen ist erreicht. Versuche es später erneut; das Tageslimit beginnt um Mitternacht UTC neu",[39,1586,1587,1590],{},[54,1588,1589],{},"Meldung zum KI-Kontingent",[54,1591,1592],{},"Dein persönliches KI-Kontingent reicht nicht oder ist für eine laufende Analyse reserviert. Den Stand zeigt das Benutzermenü",[39,1594,1595,1598],{},[54,1596,1597],{},"„Foto nicht verfügbar“",[54,1599,1600],{},"Die Datei wurde aus den Unterlagen entfernt oder lässt sich nicht laden. Verknüpfe ein anderes Foto",[39,1602,1603,1606],{},[54,1604,1605],{},"„Module konnten nicht übernommen werden.“",[54,1607,1608],{},"Überschneidung in einer Reihe, Position außerhalb von 72 TE oder Verteiler nicht mehr leer",[10,1610,1611,1612,1616,1617,82],{},"Weitere allgemeine Fehlerbilder findest du unter ",[24,1613,1615],{"href":1614},"\u002Fde\u002Fhelp\u002Fhaeufige-probleme-loesen","Häufige Probleme lösen",". Wie PlanElec Grundrisse aus PDFs und Bildern erkennt, steht unter ",[24,1618,1620],{"href":1619},"\u002Fde\u002Fhelp\u002Fgrundriss-mit-ki-erkennen","Grundriss mit KI erkennen",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":1622},[1623,1624,1625,1628,1629,1630,1631,1632],{"id":867,"depth":809,"text":868},{"id":980,"depth":809,"text":981},{"id":1090,"depth":809,"text":1091,"children":1626},[1627],{"id":1142,"depth":816,"text":1143},{"id":1186,"depth":809,"text":1187},{"id":1216,"depth":809,"text":1217},{"id":1377,"depth":809,"text":1378},{"id":1436,"depth":809,"text":1437},{"id":1532,"depth":809,"text":1533},"PlanElec erkennt auf bis zu sechs Fotos sichtbare DIN-Module mit Reihe, Startplatz, Breite und Typ und schlägt sie für einen leeren Verteiler vor. Du prüfst jedes Modul und übernimmst die Belegung in einem Rückgängig-Schritt.","de",{},"\u002Fhelp\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.de","7 Min.",{"title":848,"description":1633},"Schaltschrank per Foto erkennen und DIN-Module übernehmen","schaltschrank-aus-foto-erkennen","help\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.de",[1099,1643,1644,1645,1646],"Foto","KI","DIN-Module","Bestandsanlage","5IipBrNdk4ZsYYB4u49fP_QRnta6ZUQze2LKZ0tsLWo",{"id":4,"title":5,"body":1649,"category":822,"description":823,"extension":824,"guideId":825,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":2221,"navigation":829,"order":830,"path":831,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":833,"seo":2222,"seoTitle":835,"slug":836,"stem":837,"tags":2223,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":844},{"type":7,"value":1650,"toc":2209},[1651,1655,1657,1661,1663,1735,1739,1743,1745,1747,1819,1821,1825,1827,1855,1857,1859,1881,1883,1887,1889,1901,1903,1905,1909,1911,1917,2017,2019,2029,2031,2035,2037,2045,2047,2067,2069,2071,2075,2077,2081,2131,2137,2139,2143,2145,2203],[10,1652,12,1653,17],{},[14,1654,16],{},[10,1656,20],{},[10,1658,1659],{},[24,1660],{"id":26},[28,1662,31],{"id":30},[33,1664,1665,1673],{},[36,1666,1667],{},[39,1668,1669,1671],{},[42,1670,44],{},[42,1672,47],{},[49,1674,1675,1683,1695,1709,1715,1721,1727],{},[39,1676,1677,1679],{},[54,1678,56],{},[54,1680,59,1681,63],{},[14,1682,62],{},[39,1684,1685,1687],{},[54,1686,68],{},[54,1688,1689,74,1691,78,1693,82],{},[14,1690,73],{},[14,1692,77],{},[14,1694,81],{},[39,1696,1697,1699],{},[54,1698,87],{},[54,1700,1701,93,1703,78,1705,100,1707,104],{},[14,1702,92],{},[14,1704,96],{},[14,1706,99],{},[14,1708,103],{},[39,1710,1711,1713],{},[54,1712,109],{},[54,1714,112],{},[39,1716,1717,1719],{},[54,1718,62],{},[54,1720,119],{},[39,1722,1723,1725],{},[54,1724,124],{},[54,1726,127],{},[39,1728,1729,1731],{},[54,1730,132],{},[54,1732,135,1733,82],{},[14,1734,132],{},[10,1736,140,1737,144],{},[14,1738,143],{},[10,1740,1741],{},[24,1742],{"id":149},[28,1744,153],{"id":152},[10,1746,156],{},[33,1748,1749,1757],{},[36,1750,1751],{},[39,1752,1753,1755],{},[42,1754,165],{},[42,1756,168],{},[49,1758,1759,1765,1771,1777,1783,1789,1795,1803,1811],{},[39,1760,1761,1763],{},[54,1762,175],{},[54,1764,178],{},[39,1766,1767,1769],{},[54,1768,183],{},[54,1770,186],{},[39,1772,1773,1775],{},[54,1774,191],{},[54,1776,194],{},[39,1778,1779,1781],{},[54,1780,199],{},[54,1782,202],{},[39,1784,1785,1787],{},[54,1786,207],{},[54,1788,210],{},[39,1790,1791,1793],{},[54,1792,215],{},[54,1794,218],{},[39,1796,1797,1799],{},[54,1798,223],{},[54,1800,226,1801,230],{},[14,1802,229],{},[39,1804,1805,1807],{},[54,1806,235],{},[54,1808,1809,241],{},[14,1810,240],{},[39,1812,1813,1815],{},[54,1814,246],{},[54,1816,1817,252],{},[14,1818,251],{},[10,1820,255],{},[10,1822,1823],{},[24,1824],{"id":260},[28,1826,264],{"id":263},[266,1828,1829,1837,1845,1851,1853],{},[269,1830,271,1831,275,1833,279,1835,82],{},[14,1832,274],{},[14,1834,278],{},[14,1836,282],{},[269,1838,285,1839,288,1841,291,1843,295],{},[14,1840,73],{},[14,1842,62],{},[14,1844,294],{},[269,1846,298,1847,302,1849,306],{},[14,1848,301],{},[14,1850,305],{},[269,1852,309],{},[269,1854,312],{},[10,1856,315],{},[317,1858,320],{"id":319},[322,1860,1861,1865,1871,1875],{},[269,1862,1863,329],{},[14,1864,328],{},[269,1866,1867,335,1869,82],{},[14,1868,334],{},[14,1870,338],{},[269,1872,1873,344],{},[14,1874,343],{},[269,1876,1877,350,1879,82],{},[14,1878,349],{},[14,1880,353],{},[10,1882,356],{},[10,1884,1885],{},[24,1886],{"id":361},[28,1888,365],{"id":364},[266,1890,1891,1893,1897],{},[269,1892,370],{},[269,1894,298,1895,375],{},[14,1896,143],{},[269,1898,378,1899,382],{},[14,1900,381],{},[10,1902,385],{},[10,1904,388],{},[10,1906,1907],{},[24,1908],{"id":393},[28,1910,397],{"id":396},[10,1912,400,1913,403,1915,406],{},[14,1914,381],{},[14,1916,353],{},[33,1918,1919,1927],{},[36,1920,1921],{},[39,1922,1923,1925],{},[42,1924,415],{},[42,1926,418],{},[49,1928,1929,1937,1945,1953,1961,1969,1981,1991,1999,2009],{},[39,1930,1931,1935],{},[54,1932,1933],{},[14,1934,427],{},[54,1936,430],{},[39,1938,1939,1943],{},[54,1940,1941],{},[14,1942,199],{},[54,1944,439],{},[39,1946,1947,1951],{},[54,1948,1949],{},[14,1950,446],{},[54,1952,449],{},[39,1954,1955,1959],{},[54,1956,1957],{},[14,1958,456],{},[54,1960,459],{},[39,1962,1963,1967],{},[54,1964,1965],{},[14,1966,466],{},[54,1968,469],{},[39,1970,1971,1979],{},[54,1972,1973,93,1975,93,1977],{},[14,1974,476],{},[14,1976,479],{},[14,1978,482],{},[54,1980,485],{},[39,1982,1983,1989],{},[54,1984,1985,93,1987,496],{},[14,1986,492],{},[14,1988,495],{},[54,1990,499],{},[39,1992,1993,1997],{},[54,1994,1995],{},[14,1996,506],{},[54,1998,509],{},[39,2000,2001,2007],{},[54,2002,2003,517,2005],{},[14,2004,516],{},[14,2006,520],{},[54,2008,523],{},[39,2010,2011,2015],{},[54,2012,2013],{},[14,2014,530],{},[54,2016,533],{},[10,2018,536],{},[266,2020,2021,2023,2025,2027],{},[269,2022,541],{},[269,2024,544],{},[269,2026,547],{},[269,2028,550],{},[10,2030,553],{},[10,2032,2033],{},[24,2034],{"id":558},[28,2036,562],{"id":561},[266,2038,2039,2043],{},[269,2040,567,2041,571],{},[14,2042,570],{},[269,2044,574],{},[10,2046,577],{},[322,2048,2049,2055,2059,2063],{},[269,2050,2051,585,2053,589],{},[14,2052,584],{},[14,2054,588],{},[269,2056,2057,595],{},[14,2058,594],{},[269,2060,2061,601],{},[14,2062,600],{},[269,2064,2065,607],{},[14,2066,606],{},[10,2068,610],{},[10,2070,613],{},[10,2072,2073],{},[24,2074],{"id":618},[28,2076,622],{"id":621},[10,2078,625,2079,629],{},[14,2080,628],{},[33,2082,2083,2091],{},[36,2084,2085],{},[39,2086,2087,2089],{},[42,2088,638],{},[42,2090,641],{},[49,2092,2093,2103,2113,2123],{},[39,2094,2095,2097],{},[54,2096,648],{},[54,2098,651,2099,654,2101,657],{},[14,2100,294],{},[14,2102,73],{},[39,2104,2105,2107],{},[54,2106,662],{},[54,2108,2109,668,2111],{},[14,2110,667],{},[24,2112,672],{"href":671},[39,2114,2115,2117],{},[54,2116,677],{},[54,2118,2119,682,2121],{},[14,2120,73],{},[24,2122,686],{"href":685},[39,2124,2125,2127],{},[54,2126,691],{},[54,2128,2129,697],{},[14,2130,696],{},[10,2132,700,2133,703,2135,82],{},[14,2134,696],{},[24,2136,707],{"href":706},[10,2138,710],{},[10,2140,2141],{},[24,2142],{"id":715},[28,2144,719],{"id":718},[33,2146,2147,2155],{},[36,2148,2149],{},[39,2150,2151,2153],{},[42,2152,728],{},[42,2154,731],{},[49,2156,2157,2167,2173,2179,2185,2191,2197],{},[39,2158,2159,2163],{},[54,2160,400,2161,740],{},[14,2162,62],{},[54,2164,743,2165,746],{},[14,2166,73],{},[39,2168,2169,2171],{},[54,2170,751],{},[54,2172,754],{},[39,2174,2175,2177],{},[54,2176,759],{},[54,2178,762],{},[39,2180,2181,2183],{},[54,2182,767],{},[54,2184,770],{},[39,2186,2187,2189],{},[54,2188,775],{},[54,2190,778],{},[39,2192,2193,2195],{},[54,2194,783],{},[54,2196,786],{},[39,2198,2199,2201],{},[54,2200,791],{},[54,2202,794],{},[10,2204,797,2205,802,2207,82],{},[24,2206,801],{"href":800},[24,2208,806],{"href":805},{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":2210},[2211,2212,2213,2216,2217,2218,2219,2220],{"id":30,"depth":809,"text":31},{"id":152,"depth":809,"text":153},{"id":263,"depth":809,"text":264,"children":2214},[2215],{"id":319,"depth":816,"text":320},{"id":364,"depth":809,"text":365},{"id":396,"depth":809,"text":397},{"id":561,"depth":809,"text":562},{"id":621,"depth":809,"text":622},{"id":718,"depth":809,"text":719},{},{"title":5,"description":823},[839,840,841,842,843],{"id":2225,"title":2226,"body":2227,"category":822,"description":3008,"extension":824,"guideId":825,"image":826,"locale":3009,"meta":3010,"navigation":829,"order":830,"path":3011,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":833,"seo":3012,"seoTitle":3013,"slug":3014,"stem":3015,"tags":3016,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":3021},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.fr.md","Reconnaître un tableau électrique depuis des photos : vérifier et importer les modules DIN",{"type":7,"value":2228,"toc":2996},[2229,2236,2239,2243,2247,2345,2352,2356,2360,2363,2458,2461,2465,2469,2513,2516,2520,2552,2555,2559,2563,2580,2583,2586,2590,2594,2603,2727,2730,2744,2747,2751,2755,2767,2770,2799,2802,2805,2809,2813,2820,2888,2898,2901,2905,2909,2984],[10,2230,2231,2232,2235],{},"Dans l’éditeur de tableau, PlanElec analyse des photos d’un tableau électrique existant et propose les modules DIN visibles : rangée, emplacement, largeur en modules (TE), type de module et valeurs lisibles comme le courant assigné ou la sensibilité. Il vous faut un projet enregistré, le rôle de projet Propriétaire, Administrateur ou Éditeur et un tableau ",[14,2233,2234],{},"vide",". Vous vérifiez et corrigez chaque proposition avant de l’importer ; ce n’est qu’ensuite que les modules prennent place sur les rails. La détection ne déduit ni le câblage caché, ni les circuits, ni les relations de protection : cette partie électrique, vous la complétez ensuite vous-même.",[10,2237,2238],{},"La reconnaissance par photo sert aux installations existantes et aux extensions, lorsque vous voulez reprendre rapidement le montage en place comme point de départ. Chaque détection compte dans votre limite journalière et consomme votre quota IA.",[10,2240,2241],{},[24,2242],{"id":26},[28,2244,2246],{"id":2245},"de-quoi-avez-vous-besoin-pour-la-reconnaissance-par-photo","De quoi avez-vous besoin pour la reconnaissance par photo ?",[33,2248,2249,2259],{},[36,2250,2251],{},[39,2252,2253,2256],{},[42,2254,2255],{},"Condition",[42,2257,2258],{},"Ce qui s’applique",[49,2260,2261,2271,2290,2312,2320,2327,2335],{},[39,2262,2263,2266],{},[54,2264,2265],{},"Projet",[54,2267,2268,2269,82],{},"Le projet est ouvert et enregistré. Ce n’est qu’alors que l’éditeur de tableau affiche le bouton ",[14,2270,62],{},[39,2272,2273,2276],{},[54,2274,2275],{},"Mode de travail",[54,2277,2278,2281,2282,2285,2286,2289],{},[14,2279,2280],{},"Montage"," dans l’éditeur de tableau. En ",[14,2283,2284],{},"Câblage"," et ",[14,2287,2288],{},"Tableaux",", le panneau photo n’est pas disponible.",[39,2291,2292,2295],{},[54,2293,2294],{},"Rôle de projet",[54,2296,2297,93,2300,2303,2304,2307,2308,2311],{},[14,2298,2299],{},"Propriétaire",[14,2301,2302],{},"Administrateur"," ou ",[14,2305,2306],{},"Éditeur",". Avec le rôle ",[14,2309,2310],{},"Lecteur",", l’import de photos, la détection et l’import des modules sont bloqués.",[39,2313,2314,2317],{},[54,2315,2316],{},"Tableau",[54,2318,2319],{},"Un tableau sélectionné et vide : aucun module placé et aucun appareil déjà affecté à ce tableau.",[39,2321,2322,2324],{},[54,2323,62],{},[54,2325,2326],{},"JPEG, PNG ou WebP, six photos au maximum par tableau. Les autres formats n’apparaissent pas dans la liste des photos.",[39,2328,2329,2332],{},[54,2330,2331],{},"Limite journalière",[54,2333,2334],{},"20 détections par utilisateur et par jour. Le compteur repart à minuit UTC (1 h en Belgique, 2 h à l’heure d’été).",[39,2336,2337,2340],{},[54,2338,2339],{},"Quota IA",[54,2341,2342,2343,82],{},"Chaque détection consomme votre quota IA personnel. La part disponible s’affiche dans le menu utilisateur sous ",[14,2344,2339],{},[10,2346,2347,2348,2351],{},"Si le tableau n’est pas vide, ",[14,2349,2350],{},"Détecter les modules"," reste bloqué et le panneau indique : « La détection est disponible uniquement pour un tableau vide. » C’est aussi le cas lorsque des protections sont déjà affectées à ce tableau dans l’installation sans y être placées.",[10,2353,2354],{},[24,2355],{"id":149},[28,2357,2359],{"id":2358},"que-détecte-planelec-sur-une-photo-de-tableau-électrique","Que détecte PlanElec sur une photo de tableau électrique ?",[10,2361,2362],{},"La détection décrit uniquement ce qui est visible et lisible sur les photos. Les données illisibles ou incertaines restent vides au lieu d’être remplies avec des valeurs standard.",[33,2364,2365,2375],{},[36,2366,2367],{},[39,2368,2369,2372],{},[42,2370,2371],{},"Donnée",[42,2373,2374],{},"Résultat dans la proposition",[49,2376,2377,2385,2393,2401,2409,2417,2425,2436,2447],{},[39,2378,2379,2382],{},[54,2380,2381],{},"Modules DIN visibles",[54,2383,2384],{},"Un cadre sur la photo et une ligne dans la liste de vérification pour chaque module",[39,2386,2387,2390],{},[54,2388,2389],{},"Rangée et emplacement",[54,2391,2392],{},"Estimés de haut en bas et de gauche à droite ; vides si la position n’est pas claire",[39,2394,2395,2398],{},[54,2396,2397],{},"Largeur",[54,2399,2400],{},"Largeur approximative en TE",[39,2402,2403,2406],{},[54,2404,2405],{},"Type de module",[54,2407,2408],{},"Choix parmi 17 types, dont interrupteur principal, RCD, RCBO, AFDD, SPD, fusibles, contacteurs, horloges, compteurs d’énergie et appareils KNX",[39,2410,2411,2414],{},[54,2412,2413],{},"Valeurs lisibles",[54,2415,2416],{},"Courant (A), pôles, courbe de déclenchement (B, C, D, K, Z), sensibilité (mA) et type de différentiel (A, B, F, AC), uniquement si elles sont lisibles",[39,2418,2419,2422],{},[54,2420,2421],{},"Marquage",[54,2423,2424],{},"Le texte lu apparaît sous le module dans la liste de vérification",[39,2426,2427,2430],{},[54,2428,2429],{},"Module illisible",[54,2431,226,2432,2435],{},[14,2433,2434],{},"Module DIN inconnu",", pour conserver malgré tout la position et la largeur",[39,2437,2438,2441],{},[54,2439,2440],{},"Câblage, circuits, chemin de protection",[54,2442,2443,2446],{},[14,2444,2445],{},"Non détectés."," Les conducteurs invisibles, les ponts et les affectations électriques ne sont pas déduits",[39,2448,2449,2452],{},[54,2450,2451],{},"Dimensions du coffret et valeurs standard",[54,2453,2454,2457],{},[14,2455,2456],{},"Non supposées."," La détection n’invente ni taille de coffret ni calibre usuel",[10,2459,2460],{},"Le texte imprimé sur une photo est traité uniquement comme contenu d’image. Il ne pilote pas la détection.",[10,2462,2463],{},[24,2464],{"id":260},[28,2466,2468],{"id":2467},"comment-importer-et-associer-les-photos","Comment importer et associer les photos ?",[266,2470,2471,2483,2496,2507,2510],{},[269,2472,2473,2474,2476,2477,279,2480,82],{},"Dans le studio, ouvrez la zone ",[14,2475,2316],{}," et choisissez, dans le sélecteur de tableau de la barre supérieure, le tableau à relever. S’il n’existe pas encore, créez-le via ",[14,2478,2479],{},"Autres actions du tableau",[14,2481,2482],{},"Nouveau tableau",[269,2484,2485,2486,2488,2489,2491,2492,2495],{},"Restez dans le mode ",[14,2487,2280],{}," et cliquez sur ",[14,2490,62],{},". Le panneau ",[14,2493,2494],{},"Photos du tableau"," s’ouvre à droite.",[269,2497,2498,2499,2502,2503,2506],{},"Cliquez sur ",[14,2500,2501],{},"Importer des photos"," et choisissez une ou plusieurs images. Les photos sont enregistrées dans les ",[14,2504,2505],{},"Pièces du projet"," et associées automatiquement à ce tableau.",[269,2508,2509],{},"Pour une photo déjà présente dans le projet, cochez la case devant son nom. Si le panneau affiche « Aucune photo de projet correspondante. », le projet ne contient encore aucune image JPEG, PNG ou WebP.",[269,2511,2512],{},"Vérifiez les onglets au-dessus de l’aperçu : chaque photo associée a son propre onglet. Un clic affiche la photo dans le panneau.",[10,2514,2515],{},"Critère de réussite : les photos voulues sont cochées et apparaissent en onglets. À la septième photo, PlanElec affiche « Sélectionnez au plus 6 photos. » et ne l’associe pas.",[317,2517,2519],{"id":2518},"quelles-photos-aident-la-détection","Quelles photos aident la détection ?",[322,2521,2522,2528,2537,2543],{},[269,2523,2524,2527],{},[14,2525,2526],{},"Un seul tableau par détection."," Toutes les photos associées montrent le même tableau ; la détection les traite comme des vues d’un seul coffret.",[269,2529,2530,2533,2534,82],{},[14,2531,2532],{},"Combiner vue d’ensemble et gros plans."," Si plusieurs photos montrent le même module, la détection réunit ces vues en un seul module avec plusieurs ",[14,2535,2536],{},"vues photo",[269,2538,2539,2542],{},[14,2540,2541],{},"Marquages lisibles."," PlanElec ne reprend des valeurs comme le courant assigné ou la sensibilité que si elles sont lisibles sur la photo. Ce qui est masqué ou flou reste vide.",[269,2544,2545,2548,2549,82],{},[14,2546,2547],{},"Les originaux sont conservés."," Pour l’analyse, PlanElec réduit chaque photo à 3200 pixels au maximum sur le plus grand côté. L’original reste dans les pièces du projet et fournit l’",[14,2550,2551],{},"Extrait en résolution originale",[10,2553,2554],{},"Le panneau le rappelle : les photos sélectionnées sont envoyées au service IA pour analyse. Associez donc uniquement des photos que vous pouvez utiliser à cette fin.",[10,2556,2557],{},[24,2558],{"id":361},[28,2560,2562],{"id":2561},"comment-lancer-la-détection","Comment lancer la détection ?",[266,2564,2565,2568,2573],{},[269,2566,2567],{},"Vérifiez que le bon tableau est sélectionné et que les photos adéquates sont associées.",[269,2569,2498,2570,2572],{},[14,2571,2350],{},". Pendant l’analyse, le bouton affiche « Détection en cours … ».",[269,2574,2575,2576,2579],{},"Attendez le message « Détection prête à vérifier. » Des cadres entourent alors les modules détectés sur la photo, et la zone ",[14,2577,2578],{},"Vérifier les modules détectés"," apparaît en dessous.",[10,2581,2582],{},"Chaque détection qui atteint le service IA compte dans la limite de 20 par jour, même si aucune proposition exploitable n’en ressort. Si votre quota IA ne suffit pas, PlanElec l’indique explicitement, par exemple « Votre quota IA restant est insuffisant pour cette analyse. »",[10,2584,2585],{},"Si vous fermez le panneau avant d’importer, la dernière proposition de ce tableau reste enregistrée. À la prochaine ouverture, PlanElec la recharge, mais dans sa forme d’origine : les corrections faites dans la liste de vérification sans être importées sont alors perdues.",[10,2587,2588],{},[24,2589],{"id":393},[28,2591,2593],{"id":2592},"comment-vérifier-et-corriger-la-proposition","Comment vérifier et corriger la proposition ?",[10,2595,2596,2597,2599,2600,2602],{},"La zone ",[14,2598,2578],{}," liste chaque module détecté avec ses champs. Un clic sur un cadre de la photo sélectionne le module correspondant ; l’",[14,2601,2551],{}," l’affiche en grand. Vous comparez ainsi marquage et valeurs directement avec l’original.",[33,2604,2605,2615],{},[36,2606,2607],{},[39,2608,2609,2612],{},[42,2610,2611],{},"Champ ou action",[42,2613,2614],{},"À quoi il sert",[49,2616,2617,2627,2636,2646,2656,2666,2682,2694,2704,2717],{},[39,2618,2619,2624],{},[54,2620,2621],{},[14,2622,2623],{},"Libellé",[54,2625,2626],{},"Nom du module dans le tableau. S’il reste vide, PlanElec utilise le nom du type de module",[39,2628,2629,2633],{},[54,2630,2631],{},[14,2632,2405],{},[54,2634,2635],{},"Corriger le type, par exemple si un RCBO a été détecté comme disjoncteur",[39,2637,2638,2643],{},[54,2639,2640],{},[14,2641,2642],{},"Rangée",[54,2644,2645],{},"Rail DIN compté depuis le haut ; 1 est la rangée supérieure",[39,2647,2648,2653],{},[54,2649,2650],{},[14,2651,2652],{},"Emplacement",[54,2654,2655],{},"Position en TE depuis le bord gauche de la rangée ; 0 est la première place, les demi-pas comme 2,5 sont possibles",[39,2657,2658,2663],{},[54,2659,2660],{},[14,2661,2662],{},"Largeur (TE)",[54,2664,2665],{},"Largeur du module par pas de 0,5 TE",[39,2667,2668,2679],{},[54,2669,2670,93,2673,93,2676],{},[14,2671,2672],{},"Courant (A)",[14,2674,2675],{},"Pôles",[14,2677,2678],{},"Sensibilité (mA)",[54,2680,2681],{},"Vérifier, compléter ou vider les valeurs relevées",[39,2683,2684,2691],{},[54,2685,2686,93,2689,496],{},[14,2687,2688],{},"Vue photo 1",[14,2690,495],{},[54,2692,2693],{},"Affiche la photo sur laquelle le module apparaît à cet endroit",[39,2695,2696,2701],{},[54,2697,2698],{},[14,2699,2700],{},"Rejeter",[54,2702,2703],{},"Retire une ligne erronée de la proposition",[39,2705,2706,2714],{},[54,2707,2708,517,2711],{},[14,2709,2710],{},"Fusionner avec le module",[14,2712,2713],{},"Fusionner",[54,2715,2716],{},"Réunit deux lignes qui montrent le même module physique sur des photos différentes",[39,2718,2719,2724],{},[54,2720,2721],{},[14,2722,2723],{},"Séparer",[54,2725,2726],{},"Détache la dernière vue photo en module distinct lorsque deux modules différents ont été réunis",[10,2728,2729],{},"Procédez ainsi :",[266,2731,2732,2735,2738,2741],{},[269,2733,2734],{},"Parcourez la liste de haut en bas et comparez chaque module avec son cadre et son extrait.",[269,2736,2737],{},"Rejetez les lignes qui ne sont pas des modules et fusionnez les modules détectés en double.",[269,2739,2740],{},"Corrigez le type, la rangée, l’emplacement et la largeur. S’il manque une rangée ou un emplacement, le panneau affiche « Indiquez une rangée et un emplacement pour chaque module. »",[269,2742,2743],{},"Vérifiez les valeurs relevées. PlanElec ne reprend la courbe de déclenchement et le type de différentiel que s’ils étaient lisibles ; ils ne sont pas modifiables comme champs distincts dans la liste de vérification.",[10,2745,2746],{},"Critère de réussite : chaque module restant a une rangée et un emplacement, et aucun module ne se chevauche dans une même rangée.",[10,2748,2749],{},[24,2750],{"id":558},[28,2752,2754],{"id":2753},"que-se-passe-t-il-avec-importer-les-modules-vérifiés","Que se passe-t-il avec « Importer les modules vérifiés » ?",[266,2756,2757,2764],{},[269,2758,2759,2760,2763],{},"Sous la liste de vérification, cliquez sur ",[14,2761,2762],{},"Importer les modules vérifiés",". Le bouton est actif dès qu’il reste au moins un module, que chaque module a une rangée et un emplacement et que le tableau est vide.",[269,2765,2766],{},"PlanElec affiche « Modules importés. » Les modules occupent maintenant leur place dans le tableau.",[10,2768,2769],{},"Lors de l’import :",[322,2771,2772,2781,2787,2793],{},[269,2773,2774,585,2777,2780],{},[14,2775,2776],{},"Une seule étape d’annulation.",[14,2778,2779],{},"Annuler"," reprend l’ensemble de l’import en une fois.",[269,2782,2783,2786],{},[14,2784,2785],{},"Les rangées sont complétées, pas remplacées."," Si le tableau compte moins de rangées que la détection, PlanElec ajoute celles qui manquent. Les rangées existantes, même renommées, sont conservées.",[269,2788,2789,2792],{},[14,2790,2791],{},"La largeur des rangées s’adapte."," Si la place par rangée ne suffit pas, PlanElec élargit les rangées jusqu’à l’occupation importée la plus large. Une rangée ne peut pas dépasser 72 TE.",[269,2794,2795,2798],{},[14,2796,2797],{},"Les photos restent associées."," Chaque module importé garde ses vues photo comme justificatif.",[10,2800,2801],{},"Si « Impossible d’importer les modules. » s’affiche, deux modules se chevauchent généralement dans une même rangée, un module dépasse 72 TE ou le tableau n’est plus vide. Corrigez les valeurs et réessayez.",[10,2803,2804],{},"C’est vous qui lancez l’import, dans le panneau. L’assistant PlanElec ne peut ni associer des photos ni importer une proposition photo, car cette étape exige un contrôle visuel dans l’éditeur.",[10,2806,2807],{},[24,2808],{"id":618},[28,2810,2812],{"id":2811},"que-faire-après-limport","Que faire après l’import ?",[10,2814,2815,2816,2819],{},"Les modules importés représentent l’",[14,2817,2818],{},"existant physique"," du tableau. Ils affichent les valeurs relevées, par exemple « C16 », mais ne sont pas encore intégrés électriquement : ils n’ont ni bornes de raccordement, ni circuit, ni chemin de protection.",[33,2821,2822,2832],{},[36,2823,2824],{},[39,2825,2826,2829],{},[42,2827,2828],{},"Étape suivante",[42,2830,2831],{},"Où",[49,2833,2834,2848,2863,2877],{},[39,2835,2836,2839],{},[54,2837,2838],{},"Revérifier un module sur la photo",[54,2840,2841,2842,2844,2845,2847],{},"Laissez le panneau ",[14,2843,2494],{}," ouvert et survolez un module importé en ",[14,2846,2280],{}," : le panneau affiche son extrait de photo",[39,2849,2850,2853],{},[54,2851,2852],{},"Définir circuits et chemins de protection",[54,2854,2855,2856,2858,2859],{},"Zone ",[14,2857,667],{}," ; voir ",[24,2860,2862],{"href":2861},"\u002Ffr\u002Fhelp\u002Fplanifier-installation-et-tableaux-secondaires#assignment","Planifier l’installation et former des tableaux secondaires",[39,2864,2865,2868],{},[54,2866,2867],{},"Vérifier l’occupation des rangées et le coffret",[54,2869,2870,2871,2858,2873],{},"Mode ",[14,2872,2280],{},[24,2874,2876],{"href":2875},"\u002Ffr\u002Fhelp\u002Fplanifier-installation-et-tableaux-secondaires#cabinet","Détailler les modules et le coffret",[39,2878,2879,2882],{},[54,2880,2881],{},"Réorganiser automatiquement",[54,2883,2884,2887],{},[14,2885,2886],{},"Auto-Répartition"," reconstruit entièrement le tableau après confirmation et remplace ainsi la disposition photographiée",[10,2889,2890,2891,2893,2894,82],{},"Pour conserver la disposition photographiée, n’utilisez pas ",[14,2892,2886],{}," sur ce tableau. Le fonctionnement de l’Auto-Répartition est décrit dans ",[24,2895,2897],{"href":2896},"\u002Ffr\u002Fhelp\u002Fplanification-automatique","Planification automatique",[10,2899,2900],{},"Un existant importé est un état de planification, pas un relevé avec des mesures. Ce qui se trouve derrière les capots, le cheminement des conducteurs et le dimensionnement correct des protections se vérifient sur place. Le contrôle de conformité selon le RGIE est réalisé par l’organisme agréé.",[10,2902,2903],{},[24,2904],{"id":715},[28,2906,2908],{"id":2907},"quels-messages-et-quelles-limites","Quels messages et quelles limites ?",[33,2910,2911,2921],{},[36,2912,2913],{},[39,2914,2915,2918],{},[42,2916,2917],{},"Message ou situation",[42,2919,2920],{},"Cause et solution",[49,2922,2923,2936,2944,2952,2960,2968,2976],{},[39,2924,2925,2931],{},[54,2926,2927,2928,2930],{},"Le bouton ",[14,2929,62],{}," n’apparaît pas",[54,2932,2933,2934],{},"Le projet n’est pas encore enregistré, ou vous n’êtes pas en mode ",[14,2935,2280],{},[39,2937,2938,2941],{},[54,2939,2940],{},"« La détection est disponible uniquement pour un tableau vide. »",[54,2942,2943],{},"Des modules sont placés ou des appareils sont affectés à ce tableau. Choisissez un tableau vide ou créez-en un nouveau",[39,2945,2946,2949],{},[54,2947,2948],{},"« Sélectionnez au plus 6 photos. »",[54,2950,2951],{},"Décochez d’abord une autre photo avant d’en associer une nouvelle",[39,2953,2954,2957],{},[54,2955,2956],{},"« Impossible de détecter les modules sur les photos. »",[54,2958,2959],{},"Le service IA n’a pas renvoyé de proposition valide, ou votre limite de 20 détections par jour est atteinte. Réessayez plus tard ; la limite repart à minuit UTC",[39,2961,2962,2965],{},[54,2963,2964],{},"Message relatif au quota IA",[54,2966,2967],{},"Votre quota IA personnel est insuffisant ou réservé pour une analyse en cours. Le menu utilisateur en affiche l’état",[39,2969,2970,2973],{},[54,2971,2972],{},"« Photo indisponible »",[54,2974,2975],{},"Le fichier a été retiré des pièces du projet ou ne peut pas être chargé. Associez une autre photo",[39,2977,2978,2981],{},[54,2979,2980],{},"« Impossible d’importer les modules. »",[54,2982,2983],{},"Chevauchement dans une rangée, position au-delà de 72 TE ou tableau qui n’est plus vide",[10,2985,2986,2987,2991,2992,82],{},"D’autres situations courantes sont traitées dans ",[24,2988,2990],{"href":2989},"\u002Ffr\u002Fhelp\u002Fresoudre-les-problemes-courants","Résoudre les problèmes courants",". La reconnaissance de plans à partir de PDF et d’images est décrite dans ",[24,2993,2995],{"href":2994},"\u002Ffr\u002Fhelp\u002Freconnaitre-un-plan-avec-l-ia","Reconnaître un plan avec l’IA",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":2997},[2998,2999,3000,3003,3004,3005,3006,3007],{"id":2245,"depth":809,"text":2246},{"id":2358,"depth":809,"text":2359},{"id":2467,"depth":809,"text":2468,"children":3001},[3002],{"id":2518,"depth":816,"text":2519},{"id":2561,"depth":809,"text":2562},{"id":2592,"depth":809,"text":2593},{"id":2753,"depth":809,"text":2754},{"id":2811,"depth":809,"text":2812},{"id":2907,"depth":809,"text":2908},"PlanElec détecte sur six photos au maximum les modules DIN visibles avec leur rangée, leur emplacement, leur largeur et leur type, puis les propose pour un tableau vide. Vous vérifiez chaque module et importez l’ensemble en une seule étape annulable.","fr",{},"\u002Fhelp\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.fr",{"title":2226,"description":3008},"Reconnaître un tableau et ses modules DIN depuis des photos","reconnaitre-un-tableau-depuis-une-photo","help\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.fr",[3017,840,3018,3019,3020],"tableau électrique","IA","modules DIN","installation existante","EObTEn4x7AAxbQWWcM0o4GtJUOVRpqC21wYrABEtpKU",{"id":3023,"title":3024,"body":3025,"category":822,"description":3805,"extension":824,"guideId":825,"image":826,"locale":3806,"meta":3807,"navigation":829,"order":830,"path":3808,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":833,"seo":3809,"seoTitle":3810,"slug":3811,"stem":3812,"tags":3813,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":3818},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.nl.md","Een verdeelkast herkennen van foto’s: DIN-modules controleren en importeren",{"type":7,"value":3026,"toc":3793},[3027,3034,3037,3041,3045,3142,3149,3153,3157,3160,3255,3258,3262,3266,3310,3313,3317,3349,3352,3356,3360,3376,3379,3382,3386,3390,3399,3523,3526,3540,3543,3547,3551,3563,3566,3595,3598,3601,3605,3609,3616,3685,3695,3698,3702,3706,3781],[10,3028,3029,3030,3033],{},"In de kasteditor leest PlanElec foto’s van een bestaand verdeelbord en stelt het de zichtbare DIN-modules voor: rij, startpositie, breedte in modulebreedtes (TE), moduletype en leesbare waarden zoals nominale stroom of gevoeligheid. Je hebt een opgeslagen project nodig, de projectrol Eigenaar, Beheerder of Bewerker en een ",[14,3031,3032],{},"leeg"," verdeelbord. Je controleert en corrigeert elk voorstel voordat je het importeert; pas dan staan de modules op hun plaats. Verborgen bedrading, stroomkringen en beveiligingsrelaties leidt de herkenning niet af – die elektrische planning vul je daarna zelf aan.",[10,3035,3036],{},"De fotoherkenning is bedoeld voor bestaande installaties en uitbreidingen waarbij je de aanwezige opbouw snel als vertrekpunt wilt vastleggen. Elke run telt mee voor je daglimiet en verbruikt je AI-tegoed.",[10,3038,3039],{},[24,3040],{"id":26},[28,3042,3044],{"id":3043},"wat-heb-je-nodig-voor-de-fotoherkenning","Wat heb je nodig voor de fotoherkenning?",[33,3046,3047,3057],{},[36,3048,3049],{},[39,3050,3051,3054],{},[42,3052,3053],{},"Voorwaarde",[42,3055,3056],{},"Wat geldt",[49,3058,3059,3069,3087,3109,3117,3124,3132],{},[39,3060,3061,3063],{},[54,3062,56],{},[54,3064,3065,3066,82],{},"Het project is geopend en opgeslagen. Pas dan toont de kasteditor de knop ",[14,3067,3068],{},"Foto’s",[39,3070,3071,3074],{},[54,3072,3073],{},"Werkruimte",[54,3075,3076,3079,3080,3083,3084,3086],{},[14,3077,3078],{},"Opbouw"," in de kasteditor. In ",[14,3081,3082],{},"Bedrading"," en ",[14,3085,911],{}," is het fotopaneel niet beschikbaar.",[39,3088,3089,3092],{},[54,3090,3091],{},"Projectrol",[54,3093,3094,93,3097,3100,3101,3104,3105,3108],{},[14,3095,3096],{},"Eigenaar",[14,3098,3099],{},"Beheerder"," of ",[14,3102,3103],{},"Bewerker",". Met de rol ",[14,3106,3107],{},"Kijker"," zijn uploaden, herkennen en importeren geblokkeerd.",[39,3110,3111,3114],{},[54,3112,3113],{},"Verdeelbord",[54,3115,3116],{},"Een geselecteerd, leeg verdeelbord: geen geplaatste modules en geen toestellen die al aan dit bord zijn toegewezen.",[39,3118,3119,3121],{},[54,3120,3068],{},[54,3122,3123],{},"JPEG, PNG of WebP, maximaal zes foto’s per verdeelbord. Andere bestandsformaten verschijnen niet in de fotolijst.",[39,3125,3126,3129],{},[54,3127,3128],{},"Daglimiet",[54,3130,3131],{},"20 herkenningsruns per gebruiker per dag. De teller start opnieuw om middernacht UTC (in België 1 uur, tijdens de zomertijd 2 uur).",[39,3133,3134,3137],{},[54,3135,3136],{},"AI-tegoed",[54,3138,3139,3140,82],{},"Elke run verbruikt je persoonlijke AI-tegoed. Hoeveel er nog beschikbaar is, zie je in het gebruikersmenu onder ",[14,3141,3136],{},[10,3143,3144,3145,3148],{},"Is het verdeelbord niet leeg, dan blijft ",[14,3146,3147],{},"Modules herkennen"," geblokkeerd en toont het paneel: “Herkenning is alleen beschikbaar voor een leeg verdeelbord.” Dat geldt ook wanneer in de installatie al beveiligingen aan dit bord zijn toegewezen die nog niet geplaatst zijn.",[10,3150,3151],{},[24,3152],{"id":149},[28,3154,3156],{"id":3155},"wat-herkent-planelec-op-een-foto-van-een-verdeelkast","Wat herkent PlanElec op een foto van een verdeelkast?",[10,3158,3159],{},"De herkenning beschrijft alleen wat op de foto’s zichtbaar en leesbaar is. Onleesbare of onduidelijke gegevens blijven leeg en worden niet met standaardwaarden ingevuld.",[33,3161,3162,3172],{},[36,3163,3164],{},[39,3165,3166,3169],{},[42,3167,3168],{},"Gegeven",[42,3170,3171],{},"Resultaat in het voorstel",[49,3173,3174,3182,3190,3198,3206,3214,3222,3233,3244],{},[39,3175,3176,3179],{},[54,3177,3178],{},"Zichtbare DIN-modules",[54,3180,3181],{},"Per module een kader op de foto en een regel in de controlelijst",[39,3183,3184,3187],{},[54,3185,3186],{},"Rij en startpositie",[54,3188,3189],{},"Geschat van boven naar onder en van links naar rechts; leeg als de plaats onduidelijk is",[39,3191,3192,3195],{},[54,3193,3194],{},"Breedte",[54,3196,3197],{},"Geschatte breedte in TE",[39,3199,3200,3203],{},[54,3201,3202],{},"Moduletype",[54,3204,3205],{},"Keuze uit 17 types, waaronder hoofdschakelaar, RCD, RCBO, AFDD, SPD, zekeringen, contactoren, tijdschakelaars, energiemeters en KNX-toestellen",[39,3207,3208,3211],{},[54,3209,3210],{},"Leesbare waarden",[54,3212,3213],{},"Stroom (A), polen, uitschakelkarakteristiek (B, C, D, K, Z), gevoeligheid (mA) en differentieeltype (A, B, F, AC), alleen als ze op de foto leesbaar zijn",[39,3215,3216,3219],{},[54,3217,3218],{},"Opdruk",[54,3220,3221],{},"De gelezen tekst verschijnt onder de module in de controlelijst",[39,3223,3224,3227],{},[54,3225,3226],{},"Onleesbare module",[54,3228,226,3229,3232],{},[14,3230,3231],{},"Onbekende DIN-module",", zodat plaats en breedte toch behouden blijven",[39,3234,3235,3238],{},[54,3236,3237],{},"Bedrading, stroomkringen, beveiligingspad",[54,3239,3240,3243],{},[14,3241,3242],{},"Niet herkend."," Ook onzichtbare geleiders, bruggen en elektrische toewijzingen worden niet afgeleid",[39,3245,3246,3249],{},[54,3247,3248],{},"Kastafmetingen en standaardwaarden",[54,3250,3251,3254],{},[14,3252,3253],{},"Niet aangenomen."," De herkenning verzint geen kastmaten en geen gebruikelijke nominale waarden",[10,3256,3257],{},"Tekst die op een foto staat, behandelt PlanElec uitsluitend als beeldinhoud. Die tekst stuurt de herkenning niet.",[10,3259,3260],{},[24,3261],{"id":260},[28,3263,3265],{"id":3264},"hoe-upload-en-koppel-je-de-fotos","Hoe upload en koppel je de foto’s?",[266,3267,3268,3281,3293,3304,3307],{},[269,3269,3270,3271,3274,3275,279,3278,82],{},"Open in de studio het onderdeel ",[14,3272,3273],{},"Verdeelkast"," en kies in de bordkeuze in de bovenste balk het verdeelbord dat je wilt vastleggen. Bestaat het nog niet, maak het dan aan via ",[14,3276,3277],{},"Meer kastacties",[14,3279,3280],{},"Nieuwe verdeler",[269,3282,3283,3284,3286,3287,3289,3290,82],{},"Blijf in de werkruimte ",[14,3285,3078],{}," en klik op ",[14,3288,3068],{},". Rechts opent het paneel ",[14,3291,3292],{},"Kastfoto’s",[269,3294,3295,3296,3299,3300,3303],{},"Klik op ",[14,3297,3298],{},"Foto’s uploaden"," en kies een of meer afbeeldingen. De foto’s worden in de ",[14,3301,3302],{},"Projectstukken"," van het project bewaard en automatisch aan dit verdeelbord gekoppeld.",[269,3305,3306],{},"Bestaande projectfoto’s activeer je met het selectievakje voor hun naam. Staat er “Nog geen passende projectfoto’s.”, dan bevat het project nog geen JPEG-, PNG- of WebP-afbeelding.",[269,3308,3309],{},"Controleer de tabbladen boven het voorbeeld: elke gekoppelde foto heeft een eigen tabblad. Een klik toont de foto in het paneel.",[10,3311,3312],{},"Succescriterium: de gewenste foto’s zijn aangevinkt en verschijnen als tabblad. Bij een zevende foto meldt PlanElec “Selecteer maximaal 6 foto’s.” en koppelt het die niet.",[317,3314,3316],{"id":3315},"welke-fotos-helpen-de-herkenning","Welke foto’s helpen de herkenning?",[322,3318,3319,3325,3334,3340],{},[269,3320,3321,3324],{},[14,3322,3323],{},"Eén verdeelbord per run."," Alle gekoppelde foto’s tonen hetzelfde bord; de herkenning behandelt ze als aanzichten van één kast.",[269,3326,3327,3330,3331,82],{},[14,3328,3329],{},"Overzicht en close-ups combineren."," Staat dezelfde module op meerdere foto’s, dan voegt de herkenning die aanzichten samen tot één module met meerdere ",[14,3332,3333],{},"fotoaanzichten",[269,3335,3336,3339],{},[14,3337,3338],{},"Leesbare opdrukken."," Waarden zoals nominale stroom of gevoeligheid neemt PlanElec alleen over als ze op de foto leesbaar zijn. Wat verborgen of onscherp is, blijft leeg.",[269,3341,3342,3345,3346,82],{},[14,3343,3344],{},"Originelen blijven bewaard."," Voor de analyse verkleint PlanElec elke foto tot maximaal 3200 pixels langs de langste zijde. Het origineel blijft in de projectstukken en levert de ",[14,3347,3348],{},"Uitsnede op oorspronkelijke resolutie",[10,3350,3351],{},"Het paneel wijst erop: geselecteerde foto’s worden voor analyse naar de AI-dienst gestuurd. Koppel dus alleen foto’s die je hiervoor mag gebruiken.",[10,3353,3354],{},[24,3355],{"id":361},[28,3357,3359],{"id":3358},"hoe-start-je-de-herkenning","Hoe start je de herkenning?",[266,3361,3362,3365,3370],{},[269,3363,3364],{},"Controleer dat het juiste verdeelbord geselecteerd is en dat de passende foto’s gekoppeld zijn.",[269,3366,3295,3367,3369],{},[14,3368,3147],{},". Tijdens de analyse staat op de knop “Herkenning loopt …”.",[269,3371,3372,3373,82],{},"Wacht op de melding “Herkenning klaar voor controle.” Boven op de foto verschijnen nu kaders rond de herkende modules, met daaronder het onderdeel ",[14,3374,3375],{},"Herkende modules controleren",[10,3377,3378],{},"Elke run die de AI-dienst bereikt, telt mee voor de daglimiet van 20 runs – ook als er geen bruikbaar voorstel terugkomt. Is je AI-tegoed onvoldoende, dan vermeldt PlanElec die reden uitdrukkelijk, bijvoorbeeld “Je resterende AI-tegoed is onvoldoende voor deze analyse.”",[10,3380,3381],{},"Sluit je het paneel voordat je importeert, dan blijft het laatste voorstel voor dit verdeelbord bewaard. Bij de volgende keer laadt PlanElec het opnieuw – wel in zijn oorspronkelijke vorm. Correcties die je in de controlelijst hebt gemaakt maar niet hebt geïmporteerd, zijn dan verloren.",[10,3383,3384],{},[24,3385],{"id":393},[28,3387,3389],{"id":3388},"hoe-controleer-en-corrigeer-je-het-voorstel","Hoe controleer en corrigeer je het voorstel?",[10,3391,3392,3393,3395,3396,3398],{},"Het onderdeel ",[14,3394,3375],{}," toont elke herkende module met haar velden. Een klik op een kader in de foto selecteert de bijbehorende module; de ",[14,3397,3348],{}," toont ze vergroot. Zo vergelijk je opdruk en waarden rechtstreeks met het origineel.",[33,3400,3401,3411],{},[36,3402,3403],{},[39,3404,3405,3408],{},[42,3406,3407],{},"Veld of actie",[42,3409,3410],{},"Waarvoor",[49,3412,3413,3423,3432,3442,3452,3462,3478,3490,3500,3513],{},[39,3414,3415,3420],{},[54,3416,3417],{},[14,3418,3419],{},"Naam",[54,3421,3422],{},"Naam van de module in de kast. Blijft hij leeg, dan gebruikt PlanElec de naam van het moduletype",[39,3424,3425,3429],{},[54,3426,3427],{},[14,3428,3202],{},[54,3430,3431],{},"Type corrigeren, bijvoorbeeld als een RCBO als automaat werd herkend",[39,3433,3434,3439],{},[54,3435,3436],{},[14,3437,3438],{},"Rij",[54,3440,3441],{},"DIN-rail van boven geteld; 1 is de bovenste rij",[39,3443,3444,3449],{},[54,3445,3446],{},[14,3447,3448],{},"Startpositie",[54,3450,3451],{},"Positie in TE vanaf de linkerrand van de rij; 0 is de eerste plaats, halve stappen zoals 2,5 kunnen",[39,3453,3454,3459],{},[54,3455,3456],{},[14,3457,3458],{},"Breedte (TE)",[54,3460,3461],{},"Modulebreedte in stappen van 0,5 TE",[39,3463,3464,3475],{},[54,3465,3466,93,3469,93,3472],{},[14,3467,3468],{},"Stroom (A)",[14,3470,3471],{},"Polen",[14,3473,3474],{},"Gevoeligheid (mA)",[54,3476,3477],{},"Afgelezen waarden controleren, aanvullen of leegmaken",[39,3479,3480,3487],{},[54,3481,3482,93,3485,496],{},[14,3483,3484],{},"Fotoaanzicht 1",[14,3486,495],{},[54,3488,3489],{},"Springt naar de foto waarop de module op die plaats te zien is",[39,3491,3492,3497],{},[54,3493,3494],{},[14,3495,3496],{},"Verwerpen",[54,3498,3499],{},"Verwijdert een foute regel uit het voorstel",[39,3501,3502,3510],{},[54,3503,3504,517,3507],{},[14,3505,3506],{},"Samenvoegen met module",[14,3508,3509],{},"Samenvoegen",[54,3511,3512],{},"Voegt twee regels samen die dezelfde fysieke module op verschillende foto’s tonen",[39,3514,3515,3520],{},[54,3516,3517],{},[14,3518,3519],{},"Splitsen",[54,3521,3522],{},"Maakt het laatste fotoaanzicht los als aparte module, als twee verschillende modules werden samengevoegd",[10,3524,3525],{},"Zo pak je het aan:",[266,3527,3528,3531,3534,3537],{},[269,3529,3530],{},"Loop de lijst van boven naar onder door en vergelijk elke module met kader en uitsnede.",[269,3532,3533],{},"Verwerp regels die geen module zijn en voeg dubbel herkende modules samen.",[269,3535,3536],{},"Corrigeer type, rij, startpositie en breedte. Ontbreekt bij een module een rij of startpositie, dan toont het paneel “Vul voor elke module een rij en startpositie in.”",[269,3538,3539],{},"Controleer de afgelezen waarden. Uitschakelkarakteristiek en differentieeltype neemt PlanElec alleen over als ze leesbaar waren; als apart veld kun je ze in de controlelijst niet bewerken.",[10,3541,3542],{},"Succescriterium: elke resterende module heeft een rij en startpositie, en in dezelfde rij overlappen geen modules.",[10,3544,3545],{},[24,3546],{"id":558},[28,3548,3550],{"id":3549},"wat-gebeurt-er-bij-gecontroleerde-modules-importeren","Wat gebeurt er bij “Gecontroleerde modules importeren”?",[266,3552,3553,3560],{},[269,3554,3555,3556,3559],{},"Klik onder de controlelijst op ",[14,3557,3558],{},"Gecontroleerde modules importeren",". De knop is actief zodra er minstens één module is, elke module een rij en startpositie heeft en het verdeelbord leeg is.",[269,3561,3562],{},"PlanElec meldt “Modules geïmporteerd.” De modules staan nu op hun plaats in de kast.",[10,3564,3565],{},"Bij het importeren geldt:",[322,3567,3568,3577,3583,3589],{},[269,3569,3570,3573,3574,82],{},[14,3571,3572],{},"Eén stap ongedaan maken."," De volledige import draai je in één keer terug met ",[14,3575,3576],{},"Ongedaan maken",[269,3578,3579,3582],{},[14,3580,3581],{},"Rijen worden aangevuld, niet vervangen."," Heeft het bord minder rijen dan herkend, dan maakt PlanElec de ontbrekende aan. Bestaande rijen, ook rijen met een eigen naam, blijven behouden.",[269,3584,3585,3588],{},[14,3586,3587],{},"Rijbreedte groeit mee."," Is er per rij te weinig plaats, dan verbreedt PlanElec de rijen tot de breedste geïmporteerde bezetting. Meer dan 72 TE per rij kan niet.",[269,3590,3591,3594],{},[14,3592,3593],{},"Foto’s blijven gekoppeld."," Elke geïmporteerde module houdt haar fotoaanzichten als bewijs.",[10,3596,3597],{},"Verschijnt “Modules konden niet worden geïmporteerd.”, dan overlappen meestal twee modules in dezelfde rij, reikt een module voorbij 72 TE, of is het verdeelbord intussen niet meer leeg. Corrigeer de waarden en probeer opnieuw.",[10,3599,3600],{},"Het importeren start je alleen zelf in het paneel. De PlanElec-assistent kan geen foto’s koppelen en geen fotovoorstel importeren, omdat die stap een visuele controle in de editor vraagt.",[10,3602,3603],{},[24,3604],{"id":618},[28,3606,3608],{"id":3607},"hoe-gaat-het-verder-na-de-import","Hoe gaat het verder na de import?",[10,3610,3611,3612,3615],{},"De geïmporteerde modules geven de ",[14,3613,3614],{},"fysieke bestaande toestand"," van het verdeelbord weer. Ze tonen de afgelezen waarden, bijvoorbeeld “C16”, maar zijn nog niet elektrisch ingebonden: ze hebben geen aansluitklemmen, geen stroomkring en geen beveiligingspad.",[33,3617,3618,3628],{},[36,3619,3620],{},[39,3621,3622,3625],{},[42,3623,3624],{},"Volgende stap",[42,3626,3627],{},"Waar",[49,3629,3630,3644,3660,3674],{},[39,3631,3632,3635],{},[54,3633,3634],{},"Module op de foto nakijken",[54,3636,3637,3638,3640,3641,3643],{},"Laat het paneel ",[14,3639,3292],{}," open en beweeg in ",[14,3642,3078],{}," over een geïmporteerde module: het paneel toont haar fotouitsnede",[39,3645,3646,3649],{},[54,3647,3648],{},"Stroomkringen en beveiligingspaden bepalen",[54,3650,3651,3652,3655,3656],{},"Onderdeel ",[14,3653,3654],{},"Installatie","; zie ",[24,3657,3659],{"href":3658},"\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallatie-plannen-en-onderverdelers-vormen#assignment","Een installatie plannen en onderverdelers vormen",[39,3661,3662,3665],{},[54,3663,3664],{},"Rijbezetting en behuizing controleren",[54,3666,3667,3668,3655,3670],{},"Werkruimte ",[14,3669,3078],{},[24,3671,3673],{"href":3672},"\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallatie-plannen-en-onderverdelers-vormen#cabinet","Modules en behuizing uitwerken",[39,3675,3676,3679],{},[54,3677,3678],{},"Automatisch opnieuw bezetten",[54,3680,3681,3684],{},[14,3682,3683],{},"Auto-Toewijzen"," bouwt het bord na een bevestiging volledig opnieuw op en vervangt zo de gefotografeerde opstelling",[10,3686,3687,3688,3690,3691,82],{},"Wil je de gefotografeerde opstelling behouden, gebruik dan geen ",[14,3689,3683],{}," voor dit verdeelbord. Hoe Auto-Toewijzen werkt, lees je in ",[24,3692,3694],{"href":3693},"\u002Fhelp\u002Fautomatische-planning","Automatische planning gebruiken en controleren",[10,3696,3697],{},"Een geïmporteerde bestaande toestand is een planningsstand, geen opname met meetwaarden. Wat achter afdekkingen zit, welke geleiders waarheen lopen en of beveiligingen correct gedimensioneerd zijn, controleer je ter plaatse. De keuring volgens het AREI doet het erkend organisme.",[10,3699,3700],{},[24,3701],{"id":715},[28,3703,3705],{"id":3704},"welke-meldingen-en-grenzen-zijn-er","Welke meldingen en grenzen zijn er?",[33,3707,3708,3718],{},[36,3709,3710],{},[39,3711,3712,3715],{},[42,3713,3714],{},"Melding of situatie",[42,3716,3717],{},"Oorzaak en oplossing",[49,3719,3720,3733,3741,3749,3757,3765,3773],{},[39,3721,3722,3728],{},[54,3723,3724,3725,3727],{},"Knop ",[14,3726,3068],{}," ontbreekt",[54,3729,3730,3731],{},"Het project is nog niet opgeslagen, of je bent niet in de werkruimte ",[14,3732,3078],{},[39,3734,3735,3738],{},[54,3736,3737],{},"“Herkenning is alleen beschikbaar voor een leeg verdeelbord.”",[54,3739,3740],{},"In het bord zijn modules geplaatst of toestellen toegewezen. Kies een leeg verdeelbord of maak een nieuw aan",[39,3742,3743,3746],{},[54,3744,3745],{},"“Selecteer maximaal 6 foto’s.”",[54,3747,3748],{},"Vink eerst een andere foto uit voordat je er nog een koppelt",[39,3750,3751,3754],{},[54,3752,3753],{},"“Modules konden niet worden herkend.”",[54,3755,3756],{},"De AI-dienst gaf geen geldig voorstel, of je daglimiet van 20 runs is bereikt. Probeer later opnieuw; de daglimiet start om middernacht UTC opnieuw",[39,3758,3759,3762],{},[54,3760,3761],{},"Melding over het AI-tegoed",[54,3763,3764],{},"Je persoonlijke AI-tegoed is onvoldoende of gereserveerd voor een lopende analyse. Het gebruikersmenu toont de stand",[39,3766,3767,3770],{},[54,3768,3769],{},"“Foto niet beschikbaar”",[54,3771,3772],{},"Het bestand is uit de projectstukken verwijderd of kan niet worden geladen. Koppel een andere foto",[39,3774,3775,3778],{},[54,3776,3777],{},"“Modules konden niet worden geïmporteerd.”",[54,3779,3780],{},"Overlapping in een rij, positie buiten 72 TE of verdeelbord niet meer leeg",[10,3782,3783,3784,3788,3789,82],{},"Meer algemene foutbeelden vind je in ",[24,3785,3787],{"href":3786},"\u002Fhelp\u002Fveelvoorkomende-problemen-oplossen","Veelvoorkomende problemen oplossen",". Hoe PlanElec grondplannen uit pdf’s en afbeeldingen herkent, staat in ",[24,3790,3792],{"href":3791},"\u002Fhelp\u002Fgrondplan-herkennen-met-ai","Een grondplan herkennen met AI",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":3794},[3795,3796,3797,3800,3801,3802,3803,3804],{"id":3043,"depth":809,"text":3044},{"id":3155,"depth":809,"text":3156},{"id":3264,"depth":809,"text":3265,"children":3798},[3799],{"id":3315,"depth":816,"text":3316},{"id":3358,"depth":809,"text":3359},{"id":3388,"depth":809,"text":3389},{"id":3549,"depth":809,"text":3550},{"id":3607,"depth":809,"text":3608},{"id":3704,"depth":809,"text":3705},"PlanElec herkent op maximaal zes foto’s zichtbare DIN-modules met rij, startpositie, breedte en type en stelt ze voor in een leeg verdeelbord. Je controleert elke module en importeert de bezetting in één stap die je ongedaan kunt maken.","nl",{},"\u002Fhelp\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.nl",{"title":3024,"description":3805},"Verdeelkast en DIN-modules herkennen van foto’s","verdeelkast-herkennen-van-foto","help\u002Fcabinet-photo-recognition.nl",[3814,3815,841,3816,3817],"verdeelkast","foto","DIN-modules","bestaande installatie","SqnwNbjqFEZiLUkOzgXSYOishllL2uULCdmDhAue0o0",[3820,5037,5342,5980,7021,7612,7856,7997,8386,8898,9258,9723,10627,11203,12216,13025,14470,15533],{"id":3821,"title":3822,"body":3823,"category":5022,"description":5023,"extension":824,"guideId":5024,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":5025,"navigation":829,"order":5026,"path":5027,"publishedAt":5028,"readTime":5029,"seo":5030,"seoTitle":826,"slug":5024,"stem":5031,"tags":5032,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":5036},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fgetting-started.en.md","Getting started: from a new project to your first PDF",{"type":7,"value":3824,"toc":5003},[3825,3836,3842,3847,3851,3924,3927,3932,3936,3939,4001,4012,4017,4021,4024,4089,4095,4115,4118,4126,4130,4133,4214,4221,4249,4252,4298,4301,4306,4310,4331,4338,4346,4350,4383,4391,4396,4400,4406,4417,4428,4436,4440,4489,4512,4517,4521,4528,4604,4607,4612,4616,4626,4630,4633,4656,4661,4665,4668,4678,4751,4759,4775,4781,4786,4790,4793,4905,4909,4933,4944,4948,4951,4963,4969,4973,4986,4993],[10,3826,3827,3828,3831,3832,3835],{},"To start your first project, you need a PlanElec account and an up-to-date browser. You create the project in the studio with ",[14,3829,3830],{},"New project",", choose one of two planning approaches and work from the floor plan or the single-line diagram through to the ",[14,3833,3834],{},"Export"," mode. There you download each document as a draft first. Every area works on the same project model, so the floor plan, installation, distribution board, single-line diagram and documents never need to be updated separately. The AREI\u002FRGIE self-check shows open points within the supported rules. AREI (French: RGIE) is the Belgian electrical installation regulation; the official inspection, the keuring, is carried out by a recognised inspection body.",[3837,3838,3839],"blockquote",{},[10,3840,3841],{},"Using PlanElec as an owner or self-builder? Have all decisions and documents reviewed by a qualified electrician before installation and inspection.",[10,3843,3844],{},[24,3845],{"id":3846},"project",[28,3848,3850],{"id":3849},"how-do-i-create-a-new-project","How do I create a new project?",[266,3852,3853,3866,3880,3894,3900,3918],{},[269,3854,3855,3856,3859,3860,3862,3863,3865],{},"In the studio, open the ",[14,3857,3858],{},"Projects"," panel and click the plus button ",[14,3861,3830],{},". You can also find ",[14,3864,3830],{}," in the project menu, which you open with the blue PlanElec button at the top left.",[269,3867,3868,3869,3871,3872,3875,3876,3879],{},"In the ",[14,3870,3830],{}," dialog, enter a ",[14,3873,3874],{},"Name"," with at least two characters. The ",[14,3877,3878],{},"Description"," is optional.",[269,3881,3882,3883,3886,3887,78,3890,3893],{},"Under ",[14,3884,3885],{},"Planning approach",", choose ",[14,3888,3889],{},"Plan from the floor plan",[14,3891,3892],{},"Draw the single-line diagram first"," (see the next section).",[269,3895,3896,3897],{},"For the floor plan approach, pick your entry point under ",[14,3898,3899],{},"How would you like to start?",[269,3901,3882,3902,3905,3906,93,3909,93,3912,78,3915,82],{},[14,3903,3904],{},"Project type",", choose the occasion: ",[14,3907,3908],{},"New build",[14,3910,3911],{},"Document existing installation",[14,3913,3914],{},"Extension",[14,3916,3917],{},"Renovation",[269,3919,298,3920,3923],{},[14,3921,3922],{},"Create",". PlanElec creates the project and opens it in the studio.",[10,3925,3926],{},"If the name is missing, the dialog jumps back to the name field and shows why. The choices in the dialog only change the assistance you receive; every editor tool remains available on every path.",[10,3928,3929],{},[24,3930],{"id":3931},"planning-path",[28,3933,3935],{"id":3934},"floor-plan-or-single-line-diagram-which-approach-fits","Floor plan or single-line diagram: which approach fits?",[10,3937,3938],{},"Both approaches create the same project type. Only the starting point differs.",[33,3940,3941,3958],{},[36,3942,3943],{},[39,3944,3945,3947,3950,3955],{},[42,3946,3885],{},[42,3948,3949],{},"Best for",[42,3951,3952,3953],{},"What happens after ",[14,3954,3922],{},[42,3956,3957],{},"Good to know",[49,3959,3960,3979],{},[39,3961,3962,3967,3970,3976],{},[54,3963,3964,3966],{},[14,3965,3889],{}," (Recommended)",[54,3968,3969],{},"Anyone who captures rooms and devices spatially",[54,3971,400,3972,3975],{},[14,3973,3974],{},"Floor plan"," mode opens; depending on your entry point, guidance or a template starts",[54,3977,3978],{},"The single-line diagram is generated from the recorded rooms, devices and circuits",[39,3980,3981,3985,3988,3998],{},[54,3982,3983],{},[14,3984,3892],{},[54,3986,3987],{},"Users switching from classic drawing tools",[54,3989,400,3990,3993,3994,3997],{},[14,3991,3992],{},"Electrical"," mode opens with the ",[14,3995,3996],{},"Single-line diagram"," maximised; a main board and supply head are ready as an assumption",[54,3999,4000],{},"You place symbols directly in the diagram. Without a drawn floor plan, the situation plan stays out of the dossier and spatial checks do not block the diagram or the self-check report. All other checks still apply",[10,4002,4003,4004,4007,4008,4011],{},"You can switch approach later in the project menu under ",[14,4005,4006],{},"Project settings…",", section ",[14,4009,4010],{},"General",". Switching only changes the starting point and export defaults; the diagram, floor plan and distribution board stay unchanged. PlanElec does not import project files from other planning tools such as Trikker.",[10,4013,4014],{},[24,4015],{"id":4016},"entry-modes",[28,4018,4020],{"id":4019},"start-with-guidance-from-a-template-or-without-guidance","Start with guidance, from a template or without guidance?",[10,4022,4023],{},"With the floor plan approach, the dialog offers four entry points:",[33,4025,4026,4036],{},[36,4027,4028],{},[39,4029,4030,4033],{},[42,4031,4032],{},"Entry point",[42,4034,4035],{},"What it does",[49,4037,4038,4059,4069,4079],{},[39,4039,4040,4045],{},[54,4041,4042,3966],{},[14,4043,4044],{},"Build with guidance",[54,4046,4047,4048,4051,4052,4055,4056,82],{},"Starts the ",[14,4049,4050],{},"Record the installation"," workflow and opens the coach in the ",[14,4053,4054],{},"Workflow"," panel. It leads you from the building to ",[14,4057,4058],{},"Review and confirm the diagram",[39,4060,4061,4066],{},[54,4062,4063],{},[14,4064,4065],{},"Start from a template",[54,4067,4068],{},"Loads a prepared starting project and also starts the guidance.",[39,4070,4071,4076],{},[54,4072,4073],{},[14,4074,4075],{},"Start with the situation plan",[54,4077,4078],{},"You place the consumers first and plan the installation afterwards; the cabinet and module positions stay open initially. Also starts the guidance.",[39,4080,4081,4086],{},[54,4082,4083],{},[14,4084,4085],{},"Without guidance",[54,4087,4088],{},"Opens the free editor directly with all tools and no coach.",[10,4090,3882,4091,4094],{},[14,4092,4093],{},"Choose a starting project",", three templates are available:",[322,4096,4097,4103,4109],{},[269,4098,4099,4102],{},[14,4100,4101],{},"Small apartment",": five rooms, standard consumers and a two-row main board.",[269,4104,4105,4108],{},[14,4106,4107],{},"Family house",": multiple floors, typical residential circuits and a three-row main board.",[269,4110,4111,4114],{},[14,4112,4113],{},"Existing installation survey",": a compact starting point for an older existing installation.",[10,4116,4117],{},"A template is an example, not a design for your building. Adapt rooms, devices and boards to the real installation. The coach marks steps that are already done in the project. You can skip a step or end the workflow; your project data stays as it is.",[10,4119,4120,4123],{},[24,4121],{"id":4122},"floorplan",[24,4124],{"id":4125},"situation-plan",[28,4127,4129],{"id":4128},"draw-upload-or-let-ai-recognise-the-floor-plan","Draw, upload or let AI recognise the floor plan",[10,4131,4132],{},"The studio is organised into modes, which you select in the bar on the left. Each mode brings its own tools and panels:",[33,4134,4135,4145],{},[36,4136,4137],{},[39,4138,4139,4142],{},[42,4140,4141],{},"Mode",[42,4143,4144],{},"Used for",[49,4146,4147,4156,4166,4175,4185,4195,4205],{},[39,4148,4149,4153],{},[54,4150,4151],{},[14,4152,3974],{},[54,4154,4155],{},"Walls, rooms, doors, windows, stairs, plan templates and calibration",[39,4157,4158,4163],{},[54,4159,4160],{},[14,4161,4162],{},"Furniture",[54,4164,4165],{},"Furnishing as orientation on the plan",[39,4167,4168,4172],{},[54,4169,4170],{},[14,4171,3992],{},[54,4173,4174],{},"Devices, switch chains, circuits, cable routes, installation",[39,4176,4177,4182],{},[54,4178,4179],{},[14,4180,4181],{},"Smart home",[54,4183,4184],{},"Bus routes, distribution board and automation channels",[39,4186,4187,4192],{},[54,4188,4189],{},[14,4190,4191],{},"Lighting",[54,4193,4194],{},"Lighting planning and lighting study",[39,4196,4197,4202],{},[54,4198,4199],{},[14,4200,4201],{},"Energy",[54,4203,4204],{},"PV system",[39,4206,4207,4211],{},[54,4208,4209],{},[14,4210,3834],{},[54,4212,4213],{},"Review, download and archive documents",[10,4215,4216,4217,4220],{},"On an empty floor, PlanElec asks ",[14,4218,4219],{},"How would you like to start this floor?"," and offers three options:",[322,4222,4223,4229,4239],{},[269,4224,4225,4228],{},[14,4226,4227],{},"Draw a floor plan",": you create rooms directly on the situation plan.",[269,4230,4231,4234,4235,82],{},[14,4232,4233],{},"Upload a plan",": a PDF, image or DXF serves as a template to trace. Set up pages, sections and scale as described in ",[24,4236,4238],{"href":4237},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fimport-and-calibrate-a-floor-plan","Import and calibrate a floor plan",[269,4240,4241,4244,4245,4248],{},[14,4242,4243],{},"Recognise the plan automatically",": walls and rooms arrive as a proposal from a PDF or image. You check the draft and measure a known distance before applying it. The page is sent to an external AI provider for analysis. See ",[24,4246,4247],{"href":805},"How do I get AI to recognise a floor plan?"," for the process and its limits.",[10,4250,4251],{},"To draw it yourself:",[266,4253,4254,4266,4273,4287,4290],{},[269,4255,3868,4256,4258,4259,78,4262,4265],{},[14,4257,3974],{}," mode, select the ",[14,4260,4261],{},"Polygon",[14,4263,4264],{},"Rectangle"," tool. Type exact dimensions while drawing: Tab switches fields, Enter confirms.",[269,4267,4268,4269,4272],{},"Close the outline. PlanElec detects closed areas as rooms; use ",[14,4270,4271],{},"Split room"," to divide a room.",[269,4274,4275,4276,93,4279,4282,4283,4286],{},"Place ",[14,4277,4278],{},"Door",[14,4280,4281],{},"Window"," and ",[14,4284,4285],{},"Stairs"," in their real positions.",[269,4288,4289],{},"Select a room and set its room type, such as kitchen, bathroom or technical room. Later device recommendations depend on it.",[269,4291,4292,4293,4297],{},"Add further floors. You edit each floor separately; ",[24,4294,4296],{"href":4295},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Falign-floors-and-building-origin","aligning floors and the building origin"," explains how to stack them.",[10,4299,4300],{},"Success check: every room is closed, named and classified. That is the right moment to start placing devices.",[10,4302,4303],{},[24,4304],{"id":4305},"devices",[28,4307,4309],{"id":4308},"place-and-connect-devices","Place and connect devices",[266,4311,4312,4318,4321,4328],{},[269,4313,4314,4315,4317],{},"Switch to the ",[14,4316,3992],{}," mode. The palette at the bottom shows room recommendations and the device catalogue.",[269,4319,4320],{},"Place sockets, switches, lights, fixed connections, junction boxes and the distribution board. Wall-mounted symbols snap to the wall.",[269,4322,4323,4324,4327],{},"Connect switches and lights with the ",[14,4325,4326],{},"Switch chain"," tool. For unassigned switches and lights in a room, PlanElec proposes a chain; check the sequence before applying it.",[269,4329,4330],{},"Review the list of unconnected and unplaced components. A floor plan symbol only becomes part of the electrical model once its topology assignment is correct.",[10,4332,4333,4334,82],{},"For the palette, icons and topology in detail, see ",[24,4335,4337],{"href":4336},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fplace-and-connect-electrical-symbols","Place and connect electrical symbols",[10,4339,4340,4343],{},[24,4341],{"id":4342},"automatic-planning",[24,4344],{"id":4345},"cabinet",[28,4347,4349],{"id":4348},"plan-circuits-the-installation-and-the-distribution-board","Plan circuits, the installation and the distribution board",[266,4351,4352,4365,4375,4380],{},[269,4353,4354,4355,4357,4358,4361,4362,82],{},"Open the ",[14,4356,667],{}," panel. ",[14,4359,4360],{},"Complete installation automatically"," plans circuits and protection devices from the open consumers. Review the preview with the target board, circuits and protection devices, then click ",[14,4363,4364],{},"Apply proposal",[269,4366,4367,4368,4371,4372,82],{},"Assign individual devices with ",[14,4369,4370],{},"Assign circuit",", and define cable paths with ",[14,4373,4374],{},"Cable route",[269,4376,4354,4377,4379],{},[14,4378,274],{}," panel. Automatic assignment places main switches, RCDs and circuit breakers on the DIN rails after a preview and keeps spare space free.",[269,4381,4382],{},"Check the protection chain, phase allocation, module positions and the warnings shown.",[10,4384,4385,4386,4282,4388,82],{},"Every automatic step is an editable proposal. Afterwards, check the board and circuit assignment, protection devices, cable data, junction boxes and calculated cable lengths. Read more in ",[24,4387,707],{"href":706},[24,4389,672],{"href":4390},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fplan-installation-and-distribution-boards",[10,4392,4393],{},[24,4394],{"id":4395},"schema",[28,4397,4399],{"id":4398},"review-the-single-line-diagram-and-the-self-check","Review the single-line diagram and the self-check",[10,4401,4402,4403,4405],{},"The single-line diagram is generated from the same topology. Open the ",[14,4404,3996],{}," panel and check circuit names, protection devices, cable data, installation methods and symbols. If an assignment is wrong, correct the consumer, circuit or cable section in the model, not just the drawing.",[10,4407,400,4408,4411,4412,4416],{},[14,4409,4410],{},"Analysis"," panel shows the findings of the AREI\u002FRGIE self-check. It covers a documented subset of the rules that can be decided from the recorded data. A run without errors means: no errors within these supported rules. Measurements, on-site conditions and rules that are not modelled stay outside its scope. ",[24,4413,4415],{"href":4414},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fwhat-the-self-check-verifies","What does PlanElec's AREI self-check verify?"," describes the exact coverage.",[10,4418,4419,4422,4425],{},[24,4420],{"id":4421},"export",[24,4423],{"id":4424},"exports",[24,4426],{"id":4427},"first-pdf",[4429,4430],"help-figure",{":height":4431,":width":4432,"alt":4433,"caption":4434,"src":4435},"223","870","Export view with a single-line diagram document card, preview, draft and locked final-delivery states.","The card status describes the available working state; a locked final-delivery state is released only after export readiness is met.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fworkflows\u002Fen-document-selection.png",[28,4437,4439],{"id":4438},"how-do-i-get-to-my-first-pdf","How do I get to my first PDF?",[266,4441,4442,4451,4461,4472,4478],{},[269,4443,4314,4444,4446,4447,4450],{},[14,4445,3834],{}," mode. The ",[14,4448,4449],{},"Documents"," panel opens.",[269,4452,3882,4453,4456,4457,4460],{},[14,4454,4455],{},"One data source for every document",", review the project details and complete them with ",[14,4458,4459],{},"Edit metadata",": customer, installation address, installer, licence number and EAN.",[269,4462,4463,4464,4467,4468,4471],{},"On the ",[14,4465,4466],{},"Single-Line Diagram"," card, open the ",[14,4469,4470],{},"Preview"," and check the pages and the title block.",[269,4473,298,4474,4477],{},[14,4475,4476],{},"Download draft",". You receive a PDF marked as a draft for a visual check.",[269,4479,4480,4481,4484,4485,4488],{},"Read the card status: under ",[14,4482,4483],{},"Corrections needed",", the next item appears as a link, for example ",[14,4486,4487],{},"Review and confirm the single-line diagram",". Clicking it takes you there.",[10,4490,4491,4492,78,4495,4498,4499,4502,4503,4507,4508,82],{},"Only when a card shows ",[14,4493,4494],{},"Ready for release",[14,4496,4497],{},"Ready with warnings"," does ",[14,4500,4501],{},"Create release copy"," become active; you confirm any warnings before archiving. PlanElec archives that copy on the server with a version. What is stored and how the QR code is verified is described in ",[24,4504,4506],{"href":4505},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Farchive-and-verify-documents","Archive documents with versions and verify them by QR code",". All documents, statuses and the dossier are covered in ",[24,4509,4511],{"href":4510},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fexport-documents","Exporting documents",[10,4513,4514],{},[24,4515],{"id":4516},"help",[28,4518,4520],{"id":4519},"where-can-i-find-help-in-the-studio","Where can I find help in the studio?",[10,4522,4523,4524,4527],{},"The question-mark button ",[14,4525,4526],{},"Help"," in the header opens a menu with these entries:",[33,4529,4530,4540],{},[36,4531,4532],{},[39,4533,4534,4537],{},[42,4535,4536],{},"Entry",[42,4538,4539],{},"What happens",[49,4541,4542,4552,4562,4572,4585,4595],{},[39,4543,4544,4549],{},[54,4545,4546],{},[14,4547,4548],{},"Quick help",[54,4550,4551],{},"Appears in the floor plan, installation, distribution board and single-line diagram views with five short steps.",[39,4553,4554,4559],{},[54,4555,4556],{},[14,4557,4558],{},"Start studio tour",[54,4560,4561],{},"Points out the project menu, mode bar, toolbar, palette, panels, view, floors, status, search and assistant in turn.",[39,4563,4564,4569],{},[54,4565,4566],{},[14,4567,4568],{},"Open hands-on tutorial",[54,4570,4571],{},"Eight hands-on chapters: Draw the floor plan, Place devices and the board, Create the roof, Lay out PV arrays, Generate the distribution board, Connect the PV system, Create and route cables, Check and export.",[39,4573,4574,4579],{},[54,4575,4576],{},[14,4577,4578],{},"Restart guided setup",[54,4580,4581,4582,4584],{},"Restarts the ",[14,4583,4050],{}," workflow and opens the coach.",[39,4586,4587,4592],{},[54,4588,4589],{},[14,4590,4591],{},"Open the related guide",[54,4593,4594],{},"Opens the knowledge base article for the current view in a new tab.",[39,4596,4597,4601],{},[54,4598,4599],{},[14,4600,801],{},[54,4602,4603],{},"Opens the guide to typical problems, whatever view you are in.",[10,4605,4606],{},"The tour and the tutorial are only available in the studio.",[10,4608,4609],{},[24,4610],{"id":4611},"assistant",[28,4613,4615],{"id":4614},"ask-the-ai-assistant-for-help","Ask the AI assistant for help",[10,4617,3868,4618,4621,4622],{},[14,4619,4620],{},"Activity & assistant"," panel, you write to the PlanElec assistant in English, Dutch, French or German. It answers technical questions with sources from the help pages and the full AREI\u002FRGIE text, and it carries out planning instructions in the project, for example for rooms, devices, circuits or the distribution board. Clear, reversible changes run directly; riskier actions need your confirmation first. Every change is its own undo step and appears in the project history. Each run uses your AI allowance. Read more in ",[24,4623,4625],{"href":4624},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fstudio-activity-assistant","How do I use activity and the assistant in the studio?",[28,4627,4629],{"id":4628},"checklist-before-your-first-download","Checklist before your first download",[10,4631,4632],{},"Before your first download, check that:",[322,4634,4635,4638,4641,4644,4647,4650,4653],{},[269,4636,4637],{},"all floors and rooms exist and are named and classified;",[269,4639,4640],{},"electrical symbols are in the right positions;",[269,4642,4643],{},"consumers are linked to the topology, a circuit and a board;",[269,4645,4646],{},"cable data and calculated or manual lengths have been checked;",[269,4648,4649],{},"the distribution board and protection chain match the planned set-up;",[269,4651,4652],{},"project, customer, installer and installation details are complete;",[269,4654,4655],{},"the self-check findings have been reviewed and assessed.",[10,4657,4658],{},[24,4659],{"id":4660},"autosave",[28,4662,4664],{"id":4663},"how-do-i-save-is-my-project-saved-automatically","How do I save? Is my project saved automatically?",[10,4666,4667],{},"Yes. PlanElec saves every change in the studio automatically, about 1.5 seconds after your last edit and, while you keep working, within a few seconds at the latest. This covers the whole project: floor plan, rooms, devices, circuits and all other project data. There is no Save button; you never need to save manually.",[10,4669,4670,4671,78,4674,4677],{},"The save status appears in the round status indicator in the status bar at the bottom right of the studio. Click it for details: save status, time of the last save, connection (",[14,4672,4673],{},"Online",[14,4675,4676],{},"Offline",") and the last complete server state.",[33,4679,4680,4690],{},[36,4681,4682],{},[39,4683,4684,4687],{},[42,4685,4686],{},"Indicator",[42,4688,4689],{},"Meaning",[49,4691,4692,4702,4712,4722,4732,4741],{},[39,4693,4694,4699],{},[54,4695,4696],{},[14,4697,4698],{},"Saved",[54,4700,4701],{},"All changes are on the server.",[39,4703,4704,4709],{},[54,4705,4706],{},[14,4707,4708],{},"Saving...",[54,4710,4711],{},"The latest change is being sent.",[39,4713,4714,4719],{},[54,4715,4716],{},[14,4717,4718],{},"Unsaved",[54,4720,4721],{},"Changes are waiting for the next automatic save.",[39,4723,4724,4729],{},[54,4725,4726],{},[14,4727,4728],{},"Saved locally",[54,4730,4731],{},"Changes are kept in this browser; the server backup is still pending.",[39,4733,4734,4738],{},[54,4735,4736],{},[14,4737,4676],{},[54,4739,4740],{},"No connection. Changes are saved locally.",[39,4742,4743,4748],{},[54,4744,4745],{},[14,4746,4747],{},"Save failed",[54,4749,4750],{},"The server did not accept the change; the details state the reason.",[10,4752,4753,4756,4757,82],{},[14,4754,4755],{},"Without an internet connection"," you can keep working. PlanElec keeps your changes in this browser and sends them automatically once the connection is back. If you close the tab, PlanElec still sends pending changes while closing; anything that does not arrive is caught up the next time you open the project in the same browser. Do not clear your browser data until the indicator shows ",[14,4758,4698],{},[10,4760,4761,4764,4765,4767,4768,4771,4772,82],{},[14,4762,4763],{},"If there is a conflict",", for example because the same project was changed on another device in the meantime, the status indicator reports it. PlanElec then keeps your local state as a draft. You find it in the ",[14,4766,3858],{}," panel under ",[14,4769,4770],{},"Recovered drafts"," and open it with ",[14,4773,4774],{},"Open draft as project copy",[10,4776,4777,4778,4780],{},"To take back a single step, use ",[14,4779,588],{},": the arrow at the top right of the studio or Ctrl+Z (Mac: Cmd+Z).",[10,4782,4783],{},[24,4784],{"id":4785},"start-over",[28,4787,4789],{"id":4788},"how-do-i-start-over-or-clear-parts-of-a-project","How do I start over or clear parts of a project?",[10,4791,4792],{},"To start over completely, create a new project and archive the old one. To discard only parts, delete specific devices, rooms, an imported floor plan (underlay) or a floor. There is no \"clear everything\" button that empties a whole project at once.",[33,4794,4795,4808],{},[36,4796,4797],{},[39,4798,4799,4802,4805],{},[42,4800,4801],{},"Goal",[42,4803,4804],{},"Path in the studio",[42,4806,4807],{},"Getting it back",[49,4809,4810,4823,4843,4858,4872,4888],{},[39,4811,4812,4815,4820],{},[54,4813,4814],{},"Start from scratch",[54,4816,4817,4818],{},"Project menu → ",[14,4819,3830],{},[54,4821,4822],{},"The existing project stays unchanged.",[39,4824,4825,4828,4833],{},[54,4826,4827],{},"Remove the old project from the list",[54,4829,4817,4830],{},[14,4831,4832],{},"Archive",[54,4834,4835,279,4837,279,4840],{},[14,4836,3858],{},[14,4838,4839],{},"Show archive",[14,4841,4842],{},"Restore",[39,4844,4845,4848,4854],{},[54,4846,4847],{},"Remove all devices of a room, keep the walls",[54,4849,4850,4851],{},"Right-click the room → ",[14,4852,4853],{},"Remove devices",[54,4855,4856],{},[14,4857,588],{},[39,4859,4860,4863,4868],{},[54,4861,4862],{},"Delete a room with its walls and devices",[54,4864,4850,4865],{},[14,4866,4867],{},"Delete room",[54,4869,4870],{},[14,4871,588],{},[39,4873,4874,4877,4883],{},[54,4875,4876],{},"Delete an imported plan (image, PDF, DXF)",[54,4878,4879,4882],{},[14,4880,4881],{},"Floor plans"," → trash icon",[54,4884,4885,4887],{},[14,4886,588],{},"; the layer is retained for 7 days",[39,4889,4890,4893,4902],{},[54,4891,4892],{},"Delete a whole floor",[54,4894,4895,4896,279,4899],{},"Floor rail → ",[14,4897,4898],{},"Manage floors",[14,4900,4901],{},"Delete …",[54,4903,4904],{},"The dialog warns that deletion is permanent.",[317,4906,4908],{"id":4907},"create-a-new-project-and-archive-the-old-one","Create a new project and archive the old one",[266,4910,4911,4914,4925],{},[269,4912,4913],{},"Open the project menu with the blue PlanElec button at the top left.",[269,4915,4916,4917,4919,4920,4922,4923,82],{},"Choose ",[14,4918,3830],{},". Alternatively, open the ",[14,4921,3858],{}," panel in the left rail and choose the plus icon ",[14,4924,3830],{},[269,4926,4927,4928,4930,4931,82],{},"Switch back to the old project and choose ",[14,4929,4832],{}," in the project menu. Confirm with ",[14,4932,4832],{},[10,4934,4935,4936,4938,4939,4282,4941,4943],{},"An archived project leaves the list and is kept in the archive. You bring it back in the ",[14,4937,3858],{}," panel via ",[14,4940,4839],{},[14,4942,4842],{},". Users with edit rights can archive. The interface does not offer permanent deletion of a whole project.",[317,4945,4947],{"id":4946},"clear-or-delete-a-room","Clear or delete a room",[10,4949,4950],{},"In the floor plan, right-click a room; on a touch screen, press and hold the room.",[322,4952,4953,4958],{},[269,4954,4955,4957],{},[14,4956,4853],{}," removes all devices in the room. The walls stay.",[269,4959,4960,4962],{},[14,4961,4867],{}," removes the walls and all devices of the room. Interior walls shared with other rooms are kept.",[10,4964,4965,4966,4968],{},"Both actions ask for confirmation and form a single ",[14,4967,588],{}," step.",[317,4970,4972],{"id":4971},"delete-a-floor","Delete a floor",[10,4974,4975,4976,4978,4979,291,4982,4985],{},"In the floor rail at the top right, open the ",[14,4977,4898],{}," menu (three-dot icon) and choose ",[14,4980,4981],{},"Delete ‹floor name› …",[14,4983,4984],{},"Delete floor?"," dialog lists the affected devices, stairs, switch chains, cable routes and floor-plan layers. The floor and all associated data are deleted; its floor-plan layers are retained for seven more days. The last remaining floor cannot be deleted.",[10,4987,4988,4989,82],{},"To remove only an imported floor plan, see the ",[24,4990,4992],{"href":4991},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fimport-and-calibrate-a-floor-plan#delete","floor-plan import guide",[10,4994,4995,4996,4998,4999,82],{},"A qualified electrician reviews inputs and exports before installation; the binding assessment is made by a recognised inspection body. If something does not work as expected, see ",[24,4997,801],{"href":800},". No account yet? ",[24,5000,5002],{"href":5001},"\u002Fauth\u002Fregister","Create a free Early Access account",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":5004},[5005,5006,5007,5008,5009,5010,5011,5012,5013,5014,5015,5016,5017],{"id":3849,"depth":809,"text":3850},{"id":3934,"depth":809,"text":3935},{"id":4019,"depth":809,"text":4020},{"id":4128,"depth":809,"text":4129},{"id":4308,"depth":809,"text":4309},{"id":4348,"depth":809,"text":4349},{"id":4398,"depth":809,"text":4399},{"id":4438,"depth":809,"text":4439},{"id":4519,"depth":809,"text":4520},{"id":4614,"depth":809,"text":4615},{"id":4628,"depth":809,"text":4629},{"id":4663,"depth":809,"text":4664},{"id":4788,"depth":809,"text":4789,"children":5018},[5019,5020,5021],{"id":4907,"depth":816,"text":4908},{"id":4946,"depth":816,"text":4947},{"id":4971,"depth":816,"text":4972},"getting_started","Create a project, choose the floor plan or the single-line diagram as your starting point, use guidance, a template or AI floor plan recognition, and produce your first draft PDF.","getting-started",{},1,"\u002Fhelp\u002Fgetting-started.en","2026-07-20","11 min",{"title":3822,"description":5023},"help\u002Fgetting-started.en",[3846,5033,5034,4305,839,5035,4421],"floor plan","situation plan","single-line diagram","DKOKpxGU22BaI9-jzLtO_INJuCs_vDgSzc7DcH6jnto",{"id":5038,"title":707,"body":5039,"category":822,"description":5329,"extension":824,"guideId":4342,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":5330,"navigation":829,"order":809,"path":5331,"publishedAt":5028,"readTime":5332,"seo":5333,"seoTitle":826,"slug":4342,"stem":5334,"tags":5335,"updatedAt":5340,"__hash__":5341},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fautomatic-planning.en.md",{"type":7,"value":5040,"toc":5318},[5041,5044,5050,5054,5061,5068,5072,5075,5078,5095,5098,5102,5105,5108,5115,5120,5124,5127,5130,5137,5140,5154,5157,5162,5166,5169,5189,5192,5197,5201,5204,5207,5213,5217,5221,5224,5227,5241,5244,5250,5254,5257,5295,5298,5303,5307,5313],[10,5042,5043],{},"PlanElec's automatic functions create editable proposals. They reduce repetitive work, but they cannot know which equipment will actually be installed, how a cable will run on site, or which product specifications your electrician will select.",[10,5045,5046,5047,82],{},"Use the same pattern each time: ",[14,5048,5049],{},"create proposal → review preview → apply → check technically",[10,5051,5052],{},[24,5053],{"id":4342},[4429,5055],{":height":5056,":width":5057,"alt":5058,"caption":5059,"src":5060},"594","720","Room actions sheet with suggestions for automatic planning.","The suggestions are an editable starting point and do not decide quantities or final positions.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fworkflows\u002Fen-room-automation.png",[10,5062,5063,5066],{},[24,5064],{"id":5065},"consumers",[24,5067],{"id":4305},[28,5069,5071],{"id":5070},"propose-devices-and-lighting-points","Propose devices and lighting points",[10,5073,5074],{},"The floor-plan editor includes helpers for automatic sockets, lighting, standard equipment, and spotlight grids. The proposals use the drawn rooms and geometry as their basis.",[10,5076,5077],{},"For a useful result:",[266,5079,5080,5083,5086,5089,5092],{},[269,5081,5082],{},"draw closed, correctly named rooms;",[269,5084,5085],{},"set the required count or pattern where applicable;",[269,5087,5088],{},"inspect the proposed positions;",[269,5090,5091],{},"move, add, or remove points to match the real design;",[269,5093,5094],{},"review special zones and fixed appliances separately.",[10,5096,5097],{},"PlanElec does not silently add every missing appliance. You remain responsible for the design brief and final placement.",[317,5099,5101],{"id":5100},"build-switch-chains-automatically","Build switch chains automatically",[10,5103,5104],{},"PlanElec can propose a switch chain for unassigned switches and lighting points in the same room. It normally starts with the free switch closest to a door and then connects nearby free points.",[10,5106,5107],{},"Always verify which switch controls which light. Edit the sequence manually when the real control logic differs.",[10,5109,5110,5111,5114],{},"If the position of a box is already fixed, no suggestion is needed: the PlanElec assistant places sockets, switches and data outlets exactly there from one sentence with wall, corner, distance and height. See ",[24,5112,5113],{"href":4624},"Activity and assistant in the studio"," for how it works.",[10,5116,5117],{},[24,5118],{"id":5119},"cables",[28,5121,5123],{"id":5122},"generate-cable-specifications-and-routes","Generate cable specifications and routes",[10,5125,5126],{},"Once the electrical topology exists, PlanElec can create a cable segment for each parent-to-child connection. A real connection or junction box splits the connection into separate segments. A box that is only nearby is not silently inserted into the electrical path.",[10,5128,5129],{},"Automatic routing searches for a short route along the drawn walls on each floor. If the start and end are not connected through the same wall component, the router uses a direct fallback.",[10,5131,5132,5133,5136],{},"In the situation plan, open ",[14,5134,5135],{},"Linking & cabling → Cable route"," in the top toolbar.",[10,5138,5139],{},"After routing:",[322,5141,5142,5145,5148,5151],{},[269,5143,5144],{},"check whether the route matches the intended installation;",[269,5146,5147],{},"add or move waypoints where required;",[269,5149,5150],{},"review cable type, cross-section, and installation method;",[269,5152,5153],{},"enter a manual length when the calculated route does not represent reality closely enough.",[10,5155,5156],{},"The resulting length feeds the material list, voltage-drop calculation, and validation. It is a net length without an automatic waste or reserve factor.",[10,5158,5159],{},[24,5160],{"id":5161},"circuits",[28,5163,5165],{"id":5164},"assign-devices-to-circuits-automatically","Assign devices to circuits automatically",[10,5167,5168],{},"Automatic circuit assignment creates a proposal from the recorded devices and product rules. It supports decisions such as:",[322,5170,5171,5174,5177,5180,5183,5186],{},[269,5172,5173],{},"grouping standard lighting and socket points by room;",[269,5175,5176],{},"allowing no more than eight connection points on a standard circuit;",[269,5178,5179],{},"creating dedicated breakers for appliances including hobs, ovens, washing machines, tumble dryers, dishwashers, boilers, heat pumps, and saunas;",[269,5181,5182],{},"placing standard groups behind 30 mA RCDs;",[269,5184,5185],{},"assigning an EV charger a separate 30 mA RCD and three-phase breaker; with documented built-in 6 mA DC detection PlanElec proposes external Type A, otherwise Type B;",[269,5187,5188],{},"distributing assignments across boards in a multi-board project.",[10,5190,5191],{},"Review the preview before confirming it. Pay particular attention to mixed circuits, special appliances, existing manual assignments, and whether the defaults suit the actual project.",[10,5193,5194],{},[24,5195],{"id":5196},"phases",[28,5198,5200],{"id":5199},"balance-loads-across-phases","Balance loads across phases",[10,5202,5203],{},"For a three-phase or delta supply, PlanElec can distribute loads across L1, L2, and L3. The phase overview shows the calculated load on each phase and warns about a clear imbalance.",[10,5205,5206],{},"This remains a model calculation based on the entered loads. Real simultaneity, measurements, and network conditions require assessment outside the software.",[4429,5208],{":height":5209,":width":5057,"alt":5210,"caption":5211,"src":5212},"150","Cable-routing panel with automatic routing and manual waypoint tools.","The route is a planning aid; path, length and feasibility must be checked against the intended installation route.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fworkflows\u002Fen-cable-routing.png",[10,5214,5215],{},[24,5216],{"id":4345},[28,5218,5220],{"id":5219},"fill-the-distribution-board-automatically","Fill the distribution board automatically",[10,5222,5223],{},"Auto-fill places existing main switches, RCDs, and MCBs in free DIN-rail slots. Its default sequence is main RCD, group RCDs, and then circuit breakers. By default, it reserves about twenty percent of the rail capacity.",[10,5225,5226],{},"The distinction from circuit assignment matters:",[322,5228,5229,5235],{},[269,5230,5231,5234],{},[14,5232,5233],{},"Circuit assignment"," creates and connects the electrical protection structure.",[269,5236,5237,5240],{},[14,5238,5239],{},"Auto-fill"," arranges those existing modules physically in the board.",[10,5242,5243],{},"After auto-fill, review the board size, TE widths, spare capacity, protection chains, and connection paths. Explicit paths through connection boxes are preserved when the board is filled again.",[10,5245,5246,5248],{},[24,5247],{"id":4395},[24,5249],{"id":393},[28,5251,5253],{"id":5252},"final-review-of-an-automatic-proposal","Final review of an automatic proposal",[10,5255,5256],{},"After every automatic action, check:",[266,5258,5259,5265,5271,5277,5283,5289],{},[269,5260,5261,5264],{},[14,5262,5263],{},"Completeness:"," are all real devices, boxes, and boards modeled?",[269,5266,5267,5270],{},[14,5268,5269],{},"Topology:"," is each parent-to-child connection correct, with nothing left unconnected?",[269,5272,5273,5276],{},[14,5274,5275],{},"Protection:"," do the RCD, MCB, pole configuration, and cable suit the application?",[269,5278,5279,5282],{},[14,5280,5281],{},"Space:"," are routes and positions practical on site?",[269,5284,5285,5288],{},[14,5286,5287],{},"Phases:"," is the allocation plausible for the entered loads?",[269,5290,5291,5294],{},[14,5292,5293],{},"Documents:"," do the situation plan and single-line diagram remain readable?",[10,5296,5297],{},"The AREI\u002FRGIE self-check helps with supported rules that can be evaluated from project data. It is not a declaration of conformity and does not replace an electrician's review or the official inspection.",[10,5299,5300,5301,82],{},"Continue with ",[24,5302,4511],{"href":4510},[28,5304,5306],{"id":5305},"continue-planning-the-electrical-installation","Continue planning the electrical installation",[10,5308,5309,5310,5312],{},"You can also assign existing devices to circuits in ",[14,5311,667],{},", follow their protection paths and form distribution boards after a preview. Enclosures and module positions can remain open initially. The suggested sequence is guidance; existing projects and other valid starting points remain supported.",[10,5314,5315,82],{},[24,5316,5317],{"href":4390},"Illustrated installation planning guide",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":5319},[5320,5323,5324,5325,5326,5327,5328],{"id":5070,"depth":809,"text":5071,"children":5321},[5322],{"id":5100,"depth":816,"text":5101},{"id":5122,"depth":809,"text":5123},{"id":5164,"depth":809,"text":5165},{"id":5199,"depth":809,"text":5200},{"id":5219,"depth":809,"text":5220},{"id":5252,"depth":809,"text":5253},{"id":5305,"depth":809,"text":5306},"Use PlanElec proposals for devices, switch chains, cable routes, circuits, phases, and the distribution board without skipping technical review.",{},"\u002Fhelp\u002Fautomatic-planning.en","9 min",{"title":707,"description":5329},"help\u002Fautomatic-planning.en",[5336,4305,5337,5161,5338,839,5339],"automatic planning","cable routing","phase balancing","DIN rail","2026-10-10","F1kkIW-TSkBk4-yp4GXSADtMMzZHF6j6K-nITJlDkyQ",{"id":5343,"title":5344,"body":5345,"category":4424,"description":5967,"extension":824,"guideId":5968,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":5969,"navigation":829,"order":816,"path":5970,"publishedAt":5028,"readTime":5029,"seo":5971,"seoTitle":826,"slug":5972,"stem":5973,"tags":5974,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":5979},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fdocument-exports.en.md","Exporting documents and assembling an installation dossier",{"type":7,"value":5346,"toc":5954},[5347,5356,5360,5362,5366,5464,5477,5482,5486,5495,5560,5581,5589,5593,5614,5663,5666,5673,5677,5722,5725,5729,5733,5736,5741,5745,5748,5753,5767,5771,5795,5798,5805,5809,5825,5830,5834,5875,5878,5886,5890,5915,5920,5924,5944],[10,5348,5349,5350,5352,5353,5355],{},"You create every document in the studio in the ",[14,5351,3834],{}," mode, ",[14,5354,4449],{}," panel. You need a saved project with content for the document in question, for example a topology for the single-line diagram. You download each document as a PDF draft first; once export readiness is met, you create a release copy, which PlanElec archives unchanged and with a version on the server. You can combine selected documents into an installation dossier with a cover, document index and continuous page numbering, for example as the file for handover or inspection. All outputs come from the same project model and carry the same project and installer details. The self-check report shows open points for the supported AREI\u002FRGIE rules (the Belgian electrical installation regulation); the official inspection is carried out by a recognised inspection body.",[10,5357,5358],{},[24,5359],{"id":4424},[4429,5361],{":height":4431,":width":4432,"alt":4433,"caption":4434,"src":4435},[28,5363,5365],{"id":5364},"which-documents-are-available-and-what-is-their-status","Which documents are available, and what is their status?",[33,5367,5368,5381],{},[36,5369,5370],{},[39,5371,5372,5375,5378],{},[42,5373,5374],{},"Document",[42,5376,5377],{},"Status",[42,5379,5380],{},"Content and limits",[49,5382,5383,5395,5408,5421,5433,5452],{},[39,5384,5385,5389,5392],{},[54,5386,5387],{},[14,5388,4466],{},[54,5390,5391],{},"Available",[54,5393,5394],{},"Multi-page PDF from the electrical topology with title block; always black and white.",[39,5396,5397,5403,5405],{},[54,5398,5399,5402],{},[14,5400,5401],{},"Site Plan"," (situation plan)",[54,5404,5391],{},[54,5406,5407],{},"PDF of floors, rooms and placed symbols with legend. Left out of the dossier when a project using \"Draw the single-line diagram first\" has no drawn floor plan.",[39,5409,5410,5415,5418],{},[54,5411,5412],{},[14,5413,5414],{},"AREI\u002FRGIE self-check report",[54,5416,5417],{},"Available, advisory",[54,5419,5420],{},"Result of the supported rules that can be evaluated from the project data. Not available when the self-check is switched off for the project.",[39,5422,5423,5428,5430],{},[54,5424,5425],{},[14,5426,5427],{},"Distribution board layout",[54,5429,5391],{},[54,5431,5432],{},"Selectable as soon as the distribution board contains data.",[39,5434,5435,5446,5449],{},[54,5436,5437,93,5440,93,5443],{},[14,5438,5439],{},"Circuit List",[14,5441,5442],{},"Material List",[14,5444,5445],{},"Cable list",[54,5447,5448],{},"Pilot",[54,5450,5451],{},"Manufacturer-neutral, model-based lists as PDF and CSV; no prices, not approved for ordering. Field acceptance is still open before general release.",[39,5453,5454,5459,5461],{},[54,5455,5456],{},[14,5457,5458],{},"Installation dossier",[54,5460,5391],{},[54,5462,5463],{},"Selected documents with a branded cover, document index, continuous page numbering and versioned server archiving. All pages carry the same dossier identifier. Field acceptance with real customer projects is still open.",[10,5465,5466,5467,93,5470,78,5473,5476],{},"Depending on the project, further entries appear, such as the ",[14,5468,5469],{},"Conductor list",[14,5471,5472],{},"Distribution board terminal plan",[14,5474,5475],{},"PV yield report",". A current PV yield report is always included in the dossier. Treat these outputs like the lists: as working documents that you review technically. With an active automation profile, a smart home section also appears below the documents; those documents are not part of server archiving.",[10,5478,5479],{},[24,5480],{"id":5481},"status",[28,5483,5485],{"id":5484},"what-do-draft-corrections-needed-and-ready-for-release-mean","What do Draft, Corrections needed and Ready for release mean?",[10,5487,5488,5489,93,5491,4282,5493,82],{},"Each document card shows a status and the buttons ",[14,5490,4470],{},[14,5492,4476],{},[14,5494,4501],{},[33,5496,5497,5508],{},[36,5498,5499],{},[39,5500,5501,5503,5505],{},[42,5502,5377],{},[42,5504,4689],{},[42,5506,5507],{},"What you can do",[49,5509,5510,5523,5535,5548],{},[39,5511,5512,5517,5520],{},[54,5513,5514],{},[14,5515,5516],{},"Draft",[54,5518,5519],{},"The document has no content yet; preview and download are locked.",[54,5521,5522],{},"Add the content in the project",[39,5524,5525,5529,5532],{},[54,5526,5527],{},[14,5528,4483],{},[54,5530,5531],{},"At least one item blocks the release copy. The first item is shown as a link below the status.",[54,5533,5534],{},"Download a draft; follow the link to the correction",[39,5536,5537,5541,5544],{},[54,5538,5539],{},[14,5540,4494],{},[54,5542,5543],{},"Nothing is open.",[54,5545,5546],{},[14,5547,4501],{},[39,5549,5550,5554,5557],{},[54,5551,5552],{},[14,5553,4497],{},[54,5555,5556],{},"No block, but warnings such as missing project details.",[54,5558,5559],{},"Create a release copy and explicitly confirm the warnings",[10,5561,5562,5563,93,5565,93,5568,93,5571,93,5574,4282,5577,5580],{},"Typical open items are ",[14,5564,4487],{},[14,5566,5567],{},"Complete and confirm installation methods",[14,5569,5570],{},"Place missing devices on the situation plan",[14,5572,5573],{},"Place missing modules on the DIN rails",[14,5575,5576],{},"Complete circuit labels",[14,5578,5579],{},"Review the self-check findings",". A draft is marked DRAFT and is not an archived release copy.",[10,5582,5583,5586],{},[24,5584],{"id":5585},"metadata",[24,5587],{"id":5588},"branding",[28,5590,5592],{"id":5591},"check-project-details-installer-details-and-logo","Check project details, installer details and logo",[10,5594,5595,5596,5598,5599,5601,5602,5604,5605,5607,5608,4282,5611,82],{},"At the top of the ",[14,5597,4449],{}," panel, ",[14,5600,4455],{}," summarises project, customer, installation, installer and EAN. Use ",[14,5603,4459],{}," to complete them; the same fields are in the project menu under ",[14,5606,4006],{},", sections ",[14,5609,5610],{},"Customer & installation",[14,5612,5613],{},"Participants",[33,5615,5616,5626],{},[36,5617,5618],{},[39,5619,5620,5623],{},[42,5621,5622],{},"Detail",[42,5624,5625],{},"Where it comes from",[49,5627,5628,5639,5649],{},[39,5629,5630,5633],{},[54,5631,5632],{},"Customer, installation address, EAN",[54,5634,5635,5636,5638],{},"Project settings, ",[14,5637,5610],{}," section",[39,5640,5641,5644],{},[54,5642,5643],{},"Installer, licence number, contact, inspection body",[54,5645,5635,5646,5648],{},[14,5647,5613],{}," section; empty company, enterprise number and address fields are taken from the project owner's profile",[39,5650,5651,5654],{},[54,5652,5653],{},"Company logo",[54,5655,5656,5657,93,5660,5662],{},"Account menu ",[14,5658,5659],{},"My Profile",[14,5661,5653],{},": PNG or JPG, max 500 KB, at least 200 × 80 px and at most 2000 × 800 px",[10,5664,5665],{},"The single-line diagram, situation plan, self-check report and dossier cover all use the same snapshot of these details, including the logo, at export time. If the logo cannot be loaded, the document is still created, just without the logo. Missing details such as the customer name, installation address, installer or licence number, and an invalid EAN appear as warnings: drafts remain possible, and a release copy requires you to confirm these warnings explicitly.",[10,5667,5668,5670],{},[24,5669],{"id":4395},[24,5671],{"id":5672},"single-line",[28,5674,5676],{"id":5675},"how-do-i-export-a-single-document","How do I export a single document?",[266,5678,5679,5685,5695,5709,5714],{},[269,5680,4314,5681,4446,5683,4450],{},[14,5682,3834],{},[14,5684,4449],{},[269,5686,3868,5687,5690,5691,5694],{},[14,5688,5689],{},"Dossier overview",", choose the ",[14,5692,5693],{},"Plan format"," A4 or A3. The single-line diagram and situation plan use that format; tables and the cover stay A4.",[269,5696,5697,5698,5701,5702,78,5705,5708],{},"If needed, set ",[14,5699,5700],{},"Circuit colours"," to ",[14,5703,5704],{},"Colour",[14,5706,5707],{},"Black and white",". This applies to the situation plan and the cabinet view.",[269,5710,4354,5711,5713],{},[14,5712,4470],{}," on the document card and check the pages, title block and page edges.",[269,5715,298,5716,5718,5719,82],{},[14,5717,4476],{}," and open the file outside PlanElec for a visual check. The lists also offer ",[14,5720,5721],{},"CSV",[10,5723,5724],{},"For the single-line diagram, check in particular that every consumer path reaches the correct circuit breaker and RCD, that cable type, cross-section and labels are present, and that spare modules do not appear as active circuits. Large diagrams are spread across several pages.",[10,5726,5727],{},[24,5728],{"id":4125},[28,5730,5732],{"id":5731},"what-should-i-check-on-the-situation-plan","What should I check on the situation plan?",[10,5734,5735],{},"The situation plan shows rooms, openings and electrical symbols in their positions. Check each floor for overlapping labels, missing devices and legibility in the selected format. The situation plan and single-line diagram share the title block and project notes; correct those details in the project, not in an individual PDF.",[10,5737,5738],{},[24,5739],{"id":5740},"self-check",[28,5742,5744],{"id":5743},"what-does-the-areirgie-self-check-report-show","What does the AREI\u002FRGIE self-check report show?",[10,5746,5747],{},"The report summarises the findings PlanElec can evaluate from the recorded data and the supported rules. It states when a check is incomplete or when part of the installation falls outside the current coverage. For PV, it contains an installation register explicitly labelled as a planning register.",[10,5749,5750,5751],{},"A report without errors means: no errors within the supported rules that can be checked from the data. Measurements, manufacturer evidence, on-site conditions and rules that are not modelled stay outside its scope. Which rules are checked is described in ",[24,5752,4415],{"href":4414},[10,5754,5755,5758,5761,5764],{},[24,5756],{"id":5757},"lists",[24,5759],{"id":5760},"circuit-list",[24,5762],{"id":5763},"cable-list",[24,5765],{"id":5766},"material-list",[28,5768,5770],{"id":5769},"reading-the-circuit-material-and-cable-lists-pilot","Reading the circuit, material and cable lists (pilot)",[322,5772,5773,5778,5787],{},[269,5774,400,5775,5777],{},[14,5776,5439],{}," helps you check assignments and the protection chain.",[269,5779,4354,5780,5782,5783,5786],{},[14,5781,5442],{}," with ",[14,5784,5785],{},"Open material overview",", by category or by room. Contributions without a room stay visible. Manually entered items are marked as such and are never merged with calculated rows.",[269,5788,4354,5789,5782,5791,5794],{},[14,5790,5445],{},[14,5792,5793],{},"Open cable list",". It shows segments and net lengths; a manual length overrides the calculated one.",[10,5796,5797],{},"The material list uses manufacturer-neutral default assumptions. It contains no prices, no specific manufacturer products and no automatic site reserve; household appliances count as connections. The card points this out with the note that the list contains model quantities and is not an approved procurement list. Use it as a reviewable starting point for a quotation.",[10,5799,5800,5802],{},[24,5801],{"id":4345},[24,5803],{"id":5804},"cabinet-pdf",[28,5806,5808],{"id":5807},"export-the-distribution-board-layout","Export the distribution board layout",[10,5810,400,5811,5813,5814,5817,5818,5821,5822,5824],{},[14,5812,5427],{}," becomes selectable as soon as the board in the project contains data; no switch or activation is needed. With several boards, choose ",[14,5815,5816],{},"All distribution boards"," or a single board under ",[14,5819,5820],{},"Export scope"," in the ",[14,5823,5689],{},". The scope applies to the cabinet layout, single-line diagram, conductor list and terminal plan; a single board keeps its sheet number from the complete diagram. Check rows, module positions, labels and spare space against the planned set-up.",[10,5826,5827],{},[24,5828],{"id":5829},"dossier",[28,5831,5833],{"id":5832},"assemble-an-installation-dossier","Assemble an installation dossier",[266,5835,5836,5841,5854,5857,5863],{},[269,5837,5838,5839,82],{},"Complete the project details with ",[14,5840,4459],{},[269,5842,3882,5843,5846,5847,5849,5850,5853],{},[14,5844,5845],{},"Assemble the dossier",", tick only the documents that belong to the current working state. The ",[14,5848,5689],{}," lists them under ",[14,5851,5852],{},"Included documents"," in a fixed order.",[269,5855,5856],{},"Check the plan format, circuit colours and other options.",[269,5858,5859,5860,5862],{},"Open the dossier ",[14,5861,4470],{}," and check the cover, document index, order, title blocks and continuous page numbering.",[269,5864,298,5865,5867,5868,5870,5871,5874],{},[14,5866,4476],{}," for a working copy, or ",[14,5869,4501],{}," once ",[14,5872,5873],{},"Final submission"," is ready.",[10,5876,5877],{},"A complete dossier contains the single-line diagram, situation plan and self-check report; the overview tells you whether your selection is complete or a partial output. With \"Draw the single-line diagram first\" and no floor plan, the dossier counts as complete without the situation plan.",[10,5879,5880,5883],{},[24,5881],{"id":5882},"release",[24,5884],{"id":5885},"archive",[28,5887,5889],{"id":5888},"create-and-archive-a-release-copy","Create and archive a release copy",[10,5891,5892,5894,5895,5898,5899,5782,5902,93,5905,93,5908,4282,5911,5914],{},[14,5893,4501],{}," applies to the saved project state. If there are warnings, PlanElec shows them first; with ",[14,5896,5897],{},"Confirm warnings and archive",", they remain part of the stored copy. The copy then appears under ",[14,5900,5901],{},"Versioned PDF outputs",[14,5903,5904],{},"PDF",[14,5906,5907],{},"Sticker PDF",[14,5909,5910],{},"Sticker PNG",[14,5912,5913],{},"Revoke QR",". Its QR code refers to that exact archive version. Drafts remain local downloads.",[10,5916,5917,5918,82],{},"Later project changes do not change an archived copy; for a new state, you create a new copy. Archiving confirms origin and file integrity. It is not an electrical inspection, a certificate of conformity or an electronic signature. How recipients verify a document via the QR code, and how you revoke a link, is explained in ",[24,5919,4506],{"href":4505},[28,5921,5923],{"id":5922},"final-check-before-sharing","Final check before sharing",[322,5925,5926,5929,5932,5935,5938,5941],{},[269,5927,5928],{},"Are project, customer, address, installer, logo and revision correct on every document?",[269,5930,5931],{},"Are all floors, circuits, symbols and cable labels legible?",[269,5933,5934],{},"Do the plan format and page order suit the purpose?",[269,5936,5937],{},"Have you reviewed automatically planned assignments and lengths?",[269,5939,5940],{},"Are open findings or coverage gaps in the self-check report visible and understood?",[269,5942,5943],{},"Does the dossier contain only the document versions you actually reviewed?",[10,5945,5946,5947,5951,5952,82],{},"Have the documentation reviewed by the responsible electrician; the official inspection is carried out by a recognised inspection body. To build up the project model, start with ",[24,5948,5950],{"href":5949},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fgetting-started","Getting started","; if something goes wrong, see ",[24,5953,801],{"href":800},{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":5955},[5956,5957,5958,5959,5960,5961,5962,5963,5964,5965,5966],{"id":5364,"depth":809,"text":5365},{"id":5484,"depth":809,"text":5485},{"id":5591,"depth":809,"text":5592},{"id":5675,"depth":809,"text":5676},{"id":5731,"depth":809,"text":5732},{"id":5743,"depth":809,"text":5744},{"id":5769,"depth":809,"text":5770},{"id":5807,"depth":809,"text":5808},{"id":5832,"depth":809,"text":5833},{"id":5888,"depth":809,"text":5889},{"id":5922,"depth":809,"text":5923},"Download the single-line diagram, situation plan, self-check report, board layout and planning lists as drafts, combine them into an installation dossier and archive release copies with versions.","document-exports",{},"\u002Fhelp\u002Fdocument-exports.en",{"title":5344,"description":5967},"export-documents","help\u002Fdocument-exports.en",[5975,5035,5034,5740,5161,5976,5977,5978],"PDF export","cable list","material list","installation dossier","8nvtfR-p2XufpYGagJMsFRoLxB5MpHvYe84HNA4E1L4",{"id":5981,"title":4415,"body":5982,"category":7003,"description":7004,"extension":824,"guideId":7005,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":7006,"navigation":829,"order":7007,"path":7008,"publishedAt":7009,"readTime":833,"seo":7010,"seoTitle":826,"slug":7011,"stem":7012,"tags":7013,"updatedAt":7019,"__hash__":7020},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fself-check-coverage.en.md",{"type":7,"value":5983,"toc":6987},[5984,5987,5990,5996,6001,6008,6012,6027,6030,6034,6247,6251,6305,6309,6377,6381,6447,6451,6531,6535,6575,6579,6632,6636,6894,6898,6901,6904,6907,6910,6913,6916,6920,6923,6929,6935,6941,6947,6951,6954,6977,6981,6984],[10,5985,5986],{},"PlanElec contains two things that are easily confused.",[10,5988,5989],{},"AREI\u002FRGIE references are linked publicly only after the documented source and subject-matter approvals. Practice rules and plausibility checks make no claim to quote the regulations.",[10,5991,400,5992,5995],{},[14,5993,5994],{},"automatic self-check"," covers only part of it. This page states exactly which part. We list the rules that are checked and, just as plainly, the areas where the application makes no statement — because an incomplete check presenting itself as complete is more dangerous than no check at all.",[3837,5997,5998],{},[10,5999,6000],{},"The self-check is preparation. Only an accredited inspection body issues the official assessment.",[4429,6002],{":height":6003,":width":6004,"alt":6005,"caption":6006,"src":6007},"485","384","AREI self-check popover with an incomplete finding and open points.","The report shows supported checks and open points as preparation; a missing project value is never treated as passed.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fworkflows\u002Fen-self-check.png",[28,6009,6011],{"id":6010},"what-is-checked-automatically","What is checked automatically",[10,6013,6014,6015,6018,6019,6022,6023,6026],{},"The application currently holds ",[14,6016,6017],{},"56 checks",". Of these, ",[14,6020,6021],{},"29"," point to a specific AREI article; the remaining ",[14,6024,6025],{},"27"," are practice rules or plausibility checks, marked as such, carrying no regulatory obligation.",[10,6028,6029],{},"A check only produces a result once the required project data has been entered. Where data is missing, the report marks the check as incomplete — never as passed.",[317,6031,6033],{"id":6032},"protection","Protection",[33,6035,6036,6052],{},[36,6037,6038],{},[39,6039,6040,6043,6046,6049],{},[42,6041,6042],{},"Check",[42,6044,6045],{},"What is verified",[42,6047,6048],{},"Basis",[42,6050,6051],{},"Severity",[49,6053,6054,6068,6081,6094,6107,6120,6132,6145,6158,6171,6184,6196,6209,6221,6234],{},[39,6055,6056,6059,6062,6065],{},[54,6057,6058],{},"Main RCD",[54,6060,6061],{},"A residual current device of at most 300 mA must be present at the head of the installation.",[54,6063,6064],{},"AREI 4.2.4.3",[54,6066,6067],{},"Error",[39,6069,6070,6073,6076,6079],{},[54,6071,6072],{},"Max. circuits per high-sensitivity RCD",[54,6074,6075],{},"At most 8 final circuits per high-sensitivity residual current device (≤ 30 mA).",[54,6077,6078],{},"AREI 4.2.4.3.b",[54,6080,6067],{},[39,6082,6083,6086,6089,6092],{},[54,6084,6085],{},"Shutter actuator ratings",[54,6087,6088],{},"DIN-rail shutter actuators require an upstream MCB or RCBO; protective-device and motor loads stay within the catalogued input and channel ratings.",[54,6090,6091],{},"Practice rule",[54,6093,6067],{},[39,6095,6096,6099,6102,6105],{},[54,6097,6098],{},"Charging-point protection (EV charging)",[54,6100,6101],{},"A charging point requires its own circuit, a dedicated residual current device and at least IP44 outdoors.",[54,6103,6104],{},"AREI 7.22.4",[54,6106,6067],{},[39,6108,6109,6112,6115,6117],{},[54,6110,6111],{},"RCD selectivity (practice recommendation)",[54,6113,6114],{},"Practice recommendation: grade sensitivity and time between upstream and downstream RCDs (IEC 60364-5-53).",[54,6116,6091],{},[54,6118,6119],{},"Information",[39,6121,6122,6125,6128,6130],{},[54,6123,6124],{},"30 mA RCD for socket circuits",[54,6126,6127],{},"All socket circuits must be protected by a 30 mA residual current device.",[54,6129,6078],{},[54,6131,6067],{},[39,6133,6134,6137,6140,6143],{},[54,6135,6136],{},"Surge protection (SPD)",[54,6138,6139],{},"The presence of a surge protective device (SPD) is assessed; the AREI imposes no general obligation.",[54,6141,6142],{},"AREI 4.5.1",[54,6144,6119],{},[39,6146,6147,6150,6153,6156],{},[54,6148,6149],{},"Main switch min. 40 A",[54,6151,6152],{},"A main switch must be present and rated at least 40 A in domestic installations.",[54,6154,6155],{},"AREI 5.3.5.1.b",[54,6157,6067],{},[39,6159,6160,6163,6166,6169],{},[54,6161,6162],{},"Main RCD min. 40 A",[54,6164,6165],{},"The residual current device at the supply point must be rated at least 40 A.",[54,6167,6168],{},"AREI 5.3.5.3.a",[54,6170,6067],{},[39,6172,6173,6176,6179,6181],{},[54,6174,6175],{},"Distribution-board layout",[54,6177,6178],{},"Board: occupancy within the module count, one residual current device per row and roughly 20 % spare capacity.",[54,6180,6091],{},[54,6182,6183],{},"Warning",[39,6185,6186,6189,6192,6194],{},[54,6187,6188],{},"Embedded wall heating: 100 mA RCD",[54,6190,6191],{},"Heating elements embedded in walls above 25 V AC require a separate 100 mA residual current device.",[54,6193,6078],{},[54,6195,6067],{},[39,6197,6198,6201,6204,6207],{},[54,6199,6200],{},"Pole configuration in residential installations",[54,6202,6203],{},"Single-pole breakers are not permitted in Belgian dwellings with a star configuration; use 1P+N.",[54,6205,6206],{},"AREI 4.4.4.2",[54,6208,6183],{},[39,6210,6211,6214,6217,6219],{},[54,6212,6213],{},"Trip characteristic versus load type",[54,6215,6216],{},"Practice recommendation: the breaker curve B, C or D must match the load type.",[54,6218,6091],{},[54,6220,6183],{},[39,6222,6223,6226,6229,6232],{},[54,6224,6225],{},"Feeder back-up protection between distribution boards",[54,6227,6228],{},"A feeder to a sub-board requires its own protective device in the supplying board and a consistent link.",[54,6230,6231],{},"AREI 4.4.1.4",[54,6233,6067],{},[39,6235,6236,6239,6242,6245],{},[54,6237,6238],{},"Breaking capacity versus prospective short-circuit current",[54,6240,6241],{},"The breaking capacity of each breaker must withstand the prospective short-circuit current; checked only when the value is recorded.",[54,6243,6244],{},"AREI 5.3.5.5",[54,6246,6067],{},[317,6248,6250],{"id":6249},"earthing","Earthing",[33,6252,6253,6265],{},[36,6254,6255],{},[39,6256,6257,6259,6261,6263],{},[42,6258,6042],{},[42,6260,6045],{},[42,6262,6048],{},[42,6264,6051],{},[49,6266,6267,6280,6293],{},[39,6268,6269,6272,6275,6278],{},[54,6270,6271],{},"Main equipotential bonding",[54,6273,6274],{},"A main equipotential bonding rail must be present.",[54,6276,6277],{},"AREI 4.2.3.2",[54,6279,6067],{},[39,6281,6282,6285,6288,6291],{},[54,6283,6284],{},"Earth electrode (ring earth\u002Fearth rod)",[54,6286,6287],{},"For a TT or IT system, an earth electrode must be documented.",[54,6289,6290],{},"AREI 4.2.3",[54,6292,6067],{},[39,6294,6295,6298,6301,6303],{},[54,6296,6297],{},"Earthing and supply plausibility",[54,6299,6300],{},"Plausibility check: a public domestic 3×230 V connection recorded as a TN system requires review.",[54,6302,6091],{},[54,6304,6183],{},[317,6306,6308],{"id":6307},"cables-and-sizing","Cables and sizing",[33,6310,6311,6323],{},[36,6312,6313],{},[39,6314,6315,6317,6319,6321],{},[42,6316,6042],{},[42,6318,6045],{},[42,6320,6048],{},[42,6322,6051],{},[49,6324,6325,6338,6351,6364],{},[39,6326,6327,6330,6333,6336],{},[54,6328,6329],{},"Cable cross-section",[54,6331,6332],{},"The cable cross-section must match the rating of the protective device.",[54,6334,6335],{},"AREI 5.2.2",[54,6337,6067],{},[39,6339,6340,6343,6346,6349],{},[54,6341,6342],{},"Voltage drop (ΔU)",[54,6344,6345],{},"Voltage drop computed from cable length: guide value 3 % for lighting and 5 % for other final circuits.",[54,6347,6348],{},"AREI 5.2.5",[54,6350,6067],{},[39,6352,6353,6356,6359,6362],{},[54,6354,6355],{},"CPR cable fire-performance class",[54,6357,6358],{},"Individually laid cables must have the F1 property or reach at least CPR class Eca; class Fca is not permitted.",[54,6360,6361],{},"AREI 5.2.7.2",[54,6363,6067],{},[39,6365,6366,6369,6372,6375],{},[54,6367,6368],{},"Cables in hollow walls: Cca\u002FPreflex",[54,6370,6371],{},"Cables in building cavities run in conduit (Preflex) or reach at least CPR class Cca.",[54,6373,6374],{},"AREI 4.3.3.5.b",[54,6376,6067],{},[317,6378,6380],{"id":6379},"circuit-loading","Circuit loading",[33,6382,6383,6395],{},[36,6384,6385],{},[39,6386,6387,6389,6391,6393],{},[42,6388,6042],{},[42,6390,6045],{},[42,6392,6048],{},[42,6394,6051],{},[49,6396,6397,6410,6422,6435],{},[39,6398,6399,6402,6405,6408],{},[54,6400,6401],{},"Automation: channel load",[54,6403,6404],{},"Compares current calculated from documented load powers with the entered channel rating. Missing power or rating is a data gap. Does not check inrush current, power factor or internal protection. (AREI 4.4.1.1)",[54,6406,6407],{},"AREI 4.4.1.1",[54,6409,6067],{},[39,6411,6412,6415,6418,6420],{},[54,6413,6414],{},"Automation: known bus current",[54,6416,6417],{},"Compares known device and catalog currents with the planned bus capacity. Planning warning based on the profile catalog, no numerical AREI limit; safety objective AREI 4.4.1.1.",[54,6419,6091],{},[54,6421,6183],{},[39,6423,6424,6427,6430,6433],{},[54,6425,6426],{},"Max. contact points per final circuit",[54,6428,6429],{},"At most 8 sockets and fixed appliances per final circuit; lighting-only points are not counted.",[54,6431,6432],{},"AREI 5.3.5.2b",[54,6434,6067],{},[39,6436,6437,6440,6443,6445],{},[54,6438,6439],{},"Phase imbalance",[54,6441,6442],{},"Practice recommendation: imbalance between phases should stay below 30 %.",[54,6444,6091],{},[54,6446,6183],{},[317,6448,6450],{"id":6449},"rooms-and-zones","Rooms and zones",[33,6452,6453,6465],{},[36,6454,6455],{},[39,6456,6457,6459,6461,6463],{},[42,6458,6042],{},[42,6460,6045],{},[42,6462,6048],{},[42,6464,6051],{},[49,6466,6467,6480,6493,6506,6519],{},[39,6468,6469,6472,6475,6478],{},[54,6470,6471],{},"30 mA protection for wet rooms",[54,6473,6474],{},"Sockets in damp rooms must be protected by a 30 mA residual current device.",[54,6476,6477],{},"AREI 4.2.4.4",[54,6479,6067],{},[39,6481,6482,6485,6488,6491],{},[54,6483,6484],{},"30 mA RCD for bathroom circuits",[54,6486,6487],{},"All circuits in bathrooms and damp rooms must be protected by a 30 mA residual current device.",[54,6489,6490],{},"AREI 7.1.4.3",[54,6492,6067],{},[39,6494,6495,6498,6501,6504],{},[54,6496,6497],{},"Bathroom zones 0\u002F1\u002F2: permitted equipment",[54,6499,6500],{},"In bathroom volumes 0, 1 and 2 only certain equipment is permitted; distribution boards are prohibited there.",[54,6502,6503],{},"AREI 7.1.5.2",[54,6505,6067],{},[39,6507,6508,6511,6514,6517],{},[54,6509,6510],{},"Pool zones 0\u002F1\u002F2: equipment within the inspection zones",[54,6512,6513],{},"Equipment located in swimming-pool zones 0, 1 and 2 is reported as an inspection notice; the requirements of AREI 7.2.3 ff. must be checked by a professional.",[54,6515,6516],{},"AREI 7.2.2",[54,6518,6119],{},[39,6520,6521,6524,6527,6529],{},[54,6522,6523],{},"Smoke-detector coverage (recommendation)",[54,6525,6526],{},"Non-binding advice based on regional housing rules; the AREI itself does not mandate smoke detectors in dwellings.",[54,6528,6091],{},[54,6530,6183],{},[317,6532,6534],{"id":6533},"topology-and-control","Topology and control",[33,6536,6537,6549],{},[36,6538,6539],{},[39,6540,6541,6543,6545,6547],{},[42,6542,6042],{},[42,6544,6045],{},[42,6546,6048],{},[42,6548,6051],{},[49,6550,6551,6563],{},[39,6552,6553,6556,6559,6561],{},[54,6554,6555],{},"Electric shutter control paths",[54,6557,6558],{},"Plausibility check: direct switches, actuator inputs, central controls and drive types together form a consistent control path.",[54,6560,6091],{},[54,6562,6067],{},[39,6564,6565,6568,6571,6573],{},[54,6566,6567],{},"Project integrity",[54,6569,6570],{},"References between diagram, situation plan and distribution board must point to existing objects.",[54,6572,6091],{},[54,6574,6067],{},[317,6576,6578],{"id":6577},"photovoltaic-installation","Photovoltaic installation",[33,6580,6581,6593],{},[36,6582,6583],{},[39,6584,6585,6587,6589,6591],{},[42,6586,6042],{},[42,6588,6045],{},[42,6590,6048],{},[42,6592,6051],{},[49,6594,6595,6608,6620],{},[39,6596,6597,6600,6603,6606],{},[54,6598,6599],{},"PV installation compliance",[54,6601,6602],{},"PV installation: anti-islanding, earthing of module frames, warning signs and identification of DC and AC conductors.",[54,6604,6605],{},"AREI 7.112.2",[54,6607,6067],{},[39,6609,6610,6613,6616,6618],{},[54,6611,6612],{},"PV string design",[54,6614,6615],{},"Checks strings against the documented manufacturer limits of the inverter and modules.",[54,6617,6091],{},[54,6619,6067],{},[39,6621,6622,6625,6628,6630],{},[54,6623,6624],{},"Combined current in distribution boards with multiple sources",[54,6626,6627],{},"In a board with local generation, grid and source currents add up per phase on jointly loaded sections.",[54,6629,6091],{},[54,6631,6067],{},[317,6633,6635],{"id":6634},"completeness-of-the-file","Completeness of the file",[33,6637,6638,6650],{},[36,6639,6640],{},[39,6641,6642,6644,6646,6648],{},[42,6643,6042],{},[42,6645,6045],{},[42,6647,6048],{},[42,6649,6051],{},[49,6651,6652,6665,6677,6688,6699,6710,6722,6734,6746,6758,6770,6782,6795,6807,6820,6833,6845,6858,6870,6882],{},[39,6653,6654,6657,6660,6663],{},[54,6655,6656],{},"Automation: controls in the diagram",[54,6658,6659],{},"For domestic installations, checks whether existing control points appear in the actual diagram input. Missing assignments can be completed in the channel matrix or through the module supply path. Not a complete symbol or extra-low-voltage check. (AREI 3.1.2.1.a)",[54,6661,6662],{},"AREI 3.1.2.1",[54,6664,6067],{},[39,6666,6667,6670,6673,6675],{},[54,6668,6669],{},"Automation supply protection",[54,6671,6672],{},"Planning check: supply protection, bus supply and unique, complete channel assignments must be documented. A finding blocks final export; this is no additional AREI requirement.",[54,6674,6091],{},[54,6676,6067],{},[39,6678,6679,6682,6684,6686],{},[54,6680,6681],{},"Unique load assignment",[54,6683,6672],{},[54,6685,6091],{},[54,6687,6067],{},[39,6689,6690,6693,6695,6697],{},[54,6691,6692],{},"Bus supply",[54,6694,6672],{},[54,6696,6091],{},[54,6698,6067],{},[39,6700,6701,6704,6706,6708],{},[54,6702,6703],{},"Actuator configuration",[54,6705,6672],{},[54,6707,6091],{},[54,6709,6067],{},[39,6711,6712,6715,6718,6720],{},[54,6713,6714],{},"Devices per line",[54,6716,6717],{},"Planning warning based on the profile catalog: Devices per line. Limits and assignments come from the profile catalog, not from AREI.",[54,6719,6091],{},[54,6721,6183],{},[39,6723,6724,6727,6730,6732],{},[54,6725,6726],{},"Lines per system",[54,6728,6729],{},"Planning warning based on the profile catalog: Lines per system. Limits and assignments come from the profile catalog, not from AREI.",[54,6731,6091],{},[54,6733,6183],{},[39,6735,6736,6739,6742,6744],{},[54,6737,6738],{},"Profile channel load",[54,6740,6741],{},"Planning warning based on the profile catalog: Profile channel load. Limits and assignments come from the profile catalog, not from AREI.",[54,6743,6091],{},[54,6745,6183],{},[39,6747,6748,6751,6754,6756],{},[54,6749,6750],{},"Channel kind and load",[54,6752,6753],{},"Planning warning based on the profile catalog: Channel kind and load. Limits and assignments come from the profile catalog, not from AREI.",[54,6755,6091],{},[54,6757,6183],{},[39,6759,6760,6763,6766,6768],{},[54,6761,6762],{},"Line assignment",[54,6764,6765],{},"Planning warning based on the profile catalog: Line assignment. Limits and assignments come from the profile catalog, not from AREI.",[54,6767,6091],{},[54,6769,6183],{},[39,6771,6772,6775,6778,6780],{},[54,6773,6774],{},"Line coupler",[54,6776,6777],{},"Planning warning based on the profile catalog: Line coupler. Limits and assignments come from the profile catalog, not from AREI.",[54,6779,6091],{},[54,6781,6183],{},[39,6783,6784,6787,6790,6793],{},[54,6785,6786],{},"Voltage classes per bus line",[54,6788,6789],{},"Checks SELV together with FELV or LV on the same bus line (AREI 4.2.5.5.c). Warns about a logical contradiction; does not establish physical connections or source quality.",[54,6791,6792],{},"AREI 4.2.5.5.c",[54,6794,6183],{},[39,6796,6797,6800,6803,6805],{},[54,6798,6799],{},"Complete connections",[54,6801,6802],{},"Every element in the diagram must be connected; orphan nodes indicate an incomplete model.",[54,6804,6091],{},[54,6806,6183],{},[39,6808,6809,6812,6815,6818],{},[54,6810,6811],{},"Minimum number of lighting circuits",[54,6813,6814],{},"Practice recommendation: at least two lighting circuits per dwelling unit.",[54,6816,6817],{},"AREI 5.3.5.2.b",[54,6819,6067],{},[39,6821,6822,6825,6828,6831],{},[54,6823,6824],{},"Dedicated circuits for large appliances",[54,6826,6827],{},"Large appliances such as washing machine, dryer, dishwasher, hob and oven each require a dedicated circuit.",[54,6829,6830],{},"AREI 5.2.1.2",[54,6832,6067],{},[39,6834,6835,6838,6841,6843],{},[54,6836,6837],{},"Installation dossier (AREI 9.1.2)",[54,6839,6840],{},"The installation file requires a single-line diagram, a situation plan and a complete title block; PV needs additional documents.",[54,6842,6091],{},[54,6844,6183],{},[39,6846,6847,6850,6853,6856],{},[54,6848,6849],{},"Placement of connection\u002Fjunction boxes",[54,6851,6852],{},"Structural junction boxes must appear exactly once and consistently in the diagram.",[54,6854,6855],{},"AREI 3.1.2.3",[54,6857,6183],{},[39,6859,6860,6863,6866,6868],{},[54,6861,6862],{},"Consumers placed on the situation plan",[54,6864,6865],{},"Consumers from the single-line diagram must be placed on the situation plan through their link.",[54,6867,6091],{},[54,6869,6183],{},[39,6871,6872,6875,6878,6880],{},[54,6873,6874],{},"Unlinked electrical floor-plan symbols",[54,6876,6877],{},"Floor-plan devices without a link to the electrical topology are reported for information.",[54,6879,6091],{},[54,6881,6119],{},[39,6883,6884,6887,6890,6892],{},[54,6885,6886],{},"Switch-control group plausibility",[54,6888,6889],{},"Plausibility check: a control group contains at least one switch and at least one switched load.",[54,6891,6091],{},[54,6893,6183],{},[28,6895,6897],{"id":6896},"domotica","Domotica",[10,6899,6900],{},"This section contains AREI checks, mandatory planning checks and profile warnings. It does not certify the entire extra-low-voltage installation, manufacturer conformity or physical bus routing. The bus supply source type cannot be recorded in the model (AREI 4.2.5.3.a).",[10,6902,6903],{},"Areas not checked automatically (not passed checks):",[10,6905,6906],{},"Disabled: not every internal extra-low-voltage component can be recorded and represented in the diagram. The claimed blanket June 2023 change is not established here. Only the documented control-point check is active.",[10,6908,6909],{},"Disabled: no evidence for a blanket requirement for a dedicated 30 mA bus circuit; type A is a general RCD requirement.",[10,6911,6912],{},"Disabled: cable adjacency, distance and insulation evidence cannot be recorded. The regulation permits several separation measures.",[10,6914,6915],{},"No automated symbol check: Table 2.23 J specifies the control-unit symbol (AREI 3.1.2.1.a). Users cannot correct missing catalog or renderer geometry.",[28,6917,6919],{"id":6918},"what-the-self-check-does-not-assess","What the self-check does not assess",[10,6921,6922],{},"These areas of Book 1 deliberately remain outside the automatic check:",[10,6924,6925,6928],{},[14,6926,6927],{},"Special installations and locations (Part 7)."," Of fourteen chapters, PlanElec touches three, each only in part: rooms containing a bath or shower (7.1), supply of electric road vehicles (7.22) and domestic photovoltaic installations (7.112). Not covered: swimming pools (7.2), saunas (7.3), construction sites and outdoor installations (7.4), conductive confined spaces (7.6), camping sites (7.8), marinas (7.9), fairground installations (7.11), fountains (7.100), stationary vehicles (7.101), explosive atmospheres (7.102) and industrial accumulator batteries (7.103).",[10,6930,6931,6934],{},[14,6932,6933],{},"The direct-current side."," The model has no separate roles for the L+, L-, M, PEM and PEL conductors. Conductor selection, colouring, combined protective conductors, DC residual current sensitivity, protection of the M conductor and permanent insulation monitoring in an IT system are therefore not verifiable. For photovoltaics this remains manual work.",[10,6936,6937,6940],{},[14,6938,6939],{},"The transitional provisions of articles 59 and 69."," Whether an exception applies to an existing installation depends on data that cannot be derived from a single-line diagram — among others the PEN cross-section, the actual start of work on site and the presence of a monitoring device. PlanElec does take the relaxations of Part 8 into account by presenting certain findings on existing parts as indications rather than errors, but does not decide the exception itself.",[10,6942,6943,6946],{},[14,6944,6945],{},"Inspections of installations (Part 6) and the rules of conduct (Part 9)"," fall outside the reach of a planning tool. Only the composition of the installation file is checked.",[28,6948,6950],{"id":6949},"what-software-cannot-establish-in-principle","What software cannot establish in principle",[10,6952,6953],{},"Even after further extension of the model, these points remain dependent on measurement, documentation or visual inspection on site:",[322,6955,6956,6959,6962,6965,6968,6971,6974],{},[269,6957,6958],{},"the actual wiring, continuity and polarity of the conductors;",[269,6960,6961],{},"the tripping characteristics and DC suitability of the devices actually installed;",[269,6963,6964],{},"insulation measurement and the operation of a permanent insulation monitoring device;",[269,6966,6967],{},"the mechanical and chemical resistance and corrosion state of the earthing;",[269,6969,6970],{},"the effectiveness of automatic disconnection and the real earth impedance;",[269,6972,6973],{},"the suitability and certification of inverters, batteries and PV components;",[269,6975,6976],{},"zoning, risk assessment and on-site conditions.",[28,6978,6980],{"id":6979},"what-this-means-for-your-inspection","What this means for your inspection",[10,6982,6983],{},"Use the self-check to catch avoidable mistakes early: a missing residual current device, a cross-section that does not match the protection, too many contact points on one circuit, an incomplete file. These are exactly the findings that otherwise surface only at inspection.",[10,6985,6986],{},"Do not rely on it for the cases listed above. There, your expertise and the judgement of the accredited body remain decisive.",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":6988},[6989,6999,7000,7001,7002],{"id":6010,"depth":809,"text":6011,"children":6990},[6991,6992,6993,6994,6995,6996,6997,6998],{"id":6032,"depth":816,"text":6033},{"id":6249,"depth":816,"text":6250},{"id":6307,"depth":816,"text":6308},{"id":6379,"depth":816,"text":6380},{"id":6449,"depth":816,"text":6450},{"id":6533,"depth":816,"text":6534},{"id":6577,"depth":816,"text":6578},{"id":6634,"depth":816,"text":6635},{"id":6896,"depth":809,"text":6897},{"id":6918,"depth":809,"text":6919},{"id":6949,"depth":809,"text":6950},{"id":6979,"depth":809,"text":6980},"compliance","The complete list of rules PlanElec checks automatically — and an equally explicit list of what the self-check does not assess.","self-check-coverage",{},4,"\u002Fhelp\u002Fself-check-coverage.en","2026-08-17",{"title":4415,"description":7004},"what-the-self-check-verifies","help\u002Fself-check-coverage.en",[7014,7015,5740,7016,7017,7018],"AREI","RGIE","inspection","coverage","validation","2026-10-14","gd4RIyzqksGFrw5RNhahyP-if2adcvVxKiXDQq_a_-Q",{"id":7022,"title":4238,"body":7023,"category":5022,"description":7596,"extension":824,"guideId":7597,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":7598,"navigation":829,"order":7599,"path":7600,"publishedAt":7601,"readTime":7602,"seo":7603,"seoTitle":826,"slug":7604,"stem":7605,"tags":7606,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":7611},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Ffloorplan-import-calibration.en.md",{"type":7,"value":7024,"toc":7586},[7025,7032,7037,7044,7048,7066,7106,7159,7162,7167,7171,7178,7204,7207,7212,7216,7225,7228,7233,7237,7270,7273,7305,7308,7312,7320,7323,7337,7343,7348,7352,7355,7435,7440,7445,7449,7455,7488,7494,7505,7520,7574,7578,7581],[10,7026,7027,7028,7031],{},"An imported plan is a ",[14,7029,7030],{},"reference layer"," in PlanElec. You need an existing floor and a PNG, JPEG, WebP, PDF or DXF file. After import and calibration, the plan sits to scale under your drawing; you draw walls, rooms and electrical symbols over it as editable PlanElec data. That keeps an export legible even if you later hide or replace the original plan. If you would rather not trace walls and rooms yourself, AI can recognise them from a PDF or image as a proposal; the section \"Let PlanElec recognise the floor plan automatically\" explains how.",[10,7033,7034],{},[24,7035],{"id":7036},"import",[4429,7038],{":height":7039,":width":7040,"alt":7041,"caption":7042,"src":7043},"614","768","Add-floor-plans dialog with file selection and import queue.","Before uploading, check file type, floor assignment and, where applicable, the selected pages or crops.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fworkflows\u002Fen-import-plan.png",[28,7045,7047],{"id":7046},"how-do-i-import-a-plan-reference","How do I import a plan reference?",[10,7049,3868,7050,7052,7053,7056,7057,7060,7061,5821,7063,7065],{},[14,7051,3974],{}," mode, select ",[14,7054,7055],{},"Floor Plans"," in the toolbar and then ",[14,7058,7059],{},"Add floor plan",". On an empty floor, ",[14,7062,4233],{},[14,7064,4219],{}," start dialog opens the same import dialog – for images, PDFs and DXF alike.",[266,7067,7068,7079,7082,7085,7099],{},[269,7069,7070,7071,7074,7075,7078],{},"Drag the files into the ",[14,7072,7073],{},"Add floor plans"," dialog or use ",[14,7076,7077],{},"Choose files",". PNG, JPEG, WebP, PDF and DXF can be selected together.",[269,7080,7081],{},"For a PDF, select the pages you need; for a DXF, confirm the drawing unit and deselect layers you do not need.",[269,7083,7084],{},"Mark the sections if needed (see below).",[269,7086,7087,7088,7091,7092,7095,7096,82],{},"Check the floor assignment in the ",[14,7089,7090],{},"Import queue"," and finish with ",[14,7093,7094],{},"Upload layers",". A file that failed can be retried on its own with ",[14,7097,7098],{},"Try again",[269,7100,7101,7102,7105],{},"Select ",[14,7103,7104],{},"Set up"," for a layer to open the layer workbench.",[33,7107,7108,7118],{},[36,7109,7110],{},[39,7111,7112,7115],{},[42,7113,7114],{},"Limit per run",[42,7116,7117],{},"Value",[49,7119,7120,7128,7136,7143,7151],{},[39,7121,7122,7125],{},[54,7123,7124],{},"Layers",[54,7126,7127],{},"up to 20",[39,7129,7130,7133],{},[54,7131,7132],{},"Total size",[54,7134,7135],{},"up to 100 MB",[39,7137,7138,7140],{},[54,7139,5904],{},[54,7141,7142],{},"up to 25 MB and 50 pages",[39,7144,7145,7148],{},[54,7146,7147],{},"DXF",[54,7149,7150],{},"up to 30 MB",[39,7152,7153,7156],{},[54,7154,7155],{},"DWG",[54,7157,7158],{},"not imported",[10,7160,7161],{},"DXF is processed in the browser as a reference image. Model Space and the selected layers are taken into account.",[10,7163,7164],{},[24,7165],{"id":7166},"sections",[28,7168,7170],{"id":7169},"split-several-floor-plans-on-one-sheet","Split several floor plans on one sheet",[10,7172,7173,7174,7177],{},"Architects' drawings often carry the ground floor, upper floor and attic on the same page. In the ",[14,7175,7176],{},"Mark sections"," step, drag a rectangle around each floor plan – every rectangle becomes its own floor plan that you assign to its own storey.",[322,7179,7180,7186,7192,7198],{},[269,7181,7182,7185],{},[14,7183,7184],{},"Without a marking",", the whole page is used.",[269,7187,7188,7191],{},[14,7189,7190],{},"Name each section"," in the list below the preview. Every section of one sheet carries the same file name; only the name tells them apart in the queue and in the floor plan list.",[269,7193,7194,7197],{},[14,7195,7196],{},"Sections, elevations and title blocks stay unmarked."," Only what carries a rectangle is imported.",[269,7199,7200,7203],{},[14,7201,7202],{},"The section is applied while rasterising."," It is therefore rendered sharper than the same area within a fully imported page.",[10,7205,7206],{},"A rectangle can be moved after being drawn and resized at its corners. The arrows above the preview page through the selected pages; markings apply per page.",[10,7208,7209],{},[24,7210],{"id":7211},"sources",[28,7213,7215],{"id":7214},"the-source-file-stays-in-the-project","The source file stays in the project",[10,7217,7218,7219,4767,7221,7224],{},"The uploaded file is kept and listed at the bottom of the ",[14,7220,4881],{},[14,7222,7223],{},"Source files",". Several floor plans from one sheet reference the same file; it is stored only once.",[10,7226,7227],{},"This lets you cut another section later without hunting for the file again – for instance when a storey was missed during the first import. For a survey of an existing installation or a keuring (the official Belgian inspection), the architect's drawing also stays with the project as the basis of the documentation.",[10,7229,7230],{},[24,7231],{"id":7232},"calibrate",[28,7234,7236],{"id":7235},"set-scale-rotation-and-position","Set scale, rotation and position",[10,7238,400,7239,7242,7243,93,7246,93,7249,4282,7252,7255,7256,7258,7259,7261,7262,7265,7266,7269],{},[14,7240,7241],{},"Set up layer"," workbench has the steps ",[14,7244,7245],{},"Crop",[14,7247,7248],{},"Rotate",[14,7250,7251],{},"Scale",[14,7253,7254],{},"Position",". If the floor plan comes from a marked section, it starts at ",[14,7257,7248],{}," – the area was already defined during import. ",[14,7260,7245],{}," stays available for edge corrections. Panning and zooming remain available while the workbench is open, but drawing tools are locked. Your changes remain a draft until you select ",[14,7263,7264],{},"Done","; ",[14,7267,7268],{},"Cancel"," discards them.",[10,7271,7272],{},"Calibrate an image or PDF layer with a known distance:",[266,7274,7275,7288,7294,7297,7300],{},[269,7276,4354,7277,7279,7280,7283,7284,7287],{},[14,7278,7251],{}," step, or select ",[14,7281,7282],{},"Calibrate"," in the toolbar (",[14,7285,7286],{},"Recalibrate"," for a layer that is already calibrated).",[269,7289,7101,7290,7293],{},[14,7291,7292],{},"Set reference length"," and place two points on a distance whose real length you know, for example between two dimension lines.",[269,7295,7296],{},"Enter the length in metres and check the preview.",[269,7298,7299],{},"If necessary, align the reference edge horizontally or vertically.",[269,7301,7101,7302,7304],{},[14,7303,7264],{}," only after checking the result.",[10,7306,7307],{},"For a DXF, PlanElec takes the scale from the drawing unit. If the file names no unit, PlanElec infers it from the dimensions or asks you once. The scale source stays visible in the workbench. Recalibrate manually whenever a known dimension does not match.",[28,7309,7311],{"id":7310},"continue-drawing-on-the-reference","Continue drawing on the reference",[10,7313,7314,7315,78,7317,7319],{},"Adjust the layer's opacity and crop if required. Then draw closed exterior and interior walls with ",[14,7316,4261],{},[14,7318,4264],{},". PlanElec derives rooms from the closed wall outlines; devices and cable routes use this editable wall graph, not pixels in the reference.",[10,7321,7322],{},"Check the following before planning the electrical installation:",[322,7324,7325,7328,7331,7334],{},[269,7326,7327],{},"Do one or more known dimensions match the configured scale?",[269,7329,7330],{},"Is the plan rotated and positioned correctly?",[269,7332,7333],{},"Are only relevant layers visible, without dimension chains or title blocks getting in the way?",[269,7335,7336],{},"Have exterior and interior walls been traced as PlanElec walls?",[10,7338,7339,7340,82],{},"For multiple floors, set up each floor separately. Aligning floors to each other is a separate task and does not replace calibration of an imported layer; see ",[24,7341,7342],{"href":4295},"Align floors and the building origin",[10,7344,7345],{},[24,7346],{"id":7347},"recognize",[28,7349,7351],{"id":7350},"let-planelec-recognise-the-floor-plan-automatically","Let PlanElec recognise the floor plan automatically",[10,7353,7354],{},"Instead of tracing, you can have walls and rooms recognised from a plan. The result is a proposal that you review before it is applied to the floor.",[33,7356,7357,7367],{},[36,7358,7359],{},[39,7360,7361,7364],{},[42,7362,7363],{},"Question",[42,7365,7366],{},"Answer",[49,7368,7369,7386,7394,7402,7415,7427],{},[39,7370,7371,7374],{},[54,7372,7373],{},"Where do I start?",[54,7375,7376,7377,7379,7380,7382,7383],{},"On an empty floor with ",[14,7378,4243],{}," in the start dialog, or for a stored file in the ",[14,7381,305],{}," panel with ",[14,7384,7385],{},"Recognise floor plan",[39,7387,7388,7391],{},[54,7389,7390],{},"Which files?",[54,7392,7393],{},"PDF, PNG, JPEG and WebP; not DXF",[39,7395,7396,7399],{},[54,7397,7398],{},"What is recognised?",[54,7400,7401],{},"Walls, rooms with their area, doors and windows, and supported device symbols such as sockets, switches and light points",[39,7403,7404,7407],{},[54,7405,7406],{},"Where do I review it?",[54,7408,3868,7409,7412,7413],{},[14,7410,7411],{},"Recognition"," panel: rooms, openings, devices, questions and ",[14,7414,7251],{},[39,7416,7417,7420],{},[54,7418,7419],{},"What do I need?",[54,7421,7422,7423,7426],{},"Edit rights in the project, an empty target floor and a confirmed scale – without ",[14,7424,7425],{},"Confirm scale",", applying the proposal stays blocked",[39,7428,7429,7432],{},[54,7430,7431],{},"What is not imported?",[54,7433,7434],{},"Circuits, the single-line diagram and symbols that cannot be matched",[10,7436,7437,7438],{},"For recognition, the page is sent to an external AI provider for analysis; each run uses your AI allowance. If recognition finds no usable floor plan, the plan is ready as a template to trace and you continue as described above. The full process, including the correction editor, is covered in ",[24,7439,4247],{"href":805},[10,7441,7442],{},[24,7443],{"id":7444},"delete",[28,7446,7448],{"id":7447},"delete-a-floor-plan-how-do-i-remove-an-underlay","Delete a floor plan: how do I remove an underlay?",[10,7450,7451,7452,7454],{},"You delete an imported floor plan (image, PDF page or DXF, also called plan, underlay or reference layer) in the ",[14,7453,4881],{}," panel. The walls, rooms and devices you drew stay in place; only the reference layer is removed.",[266,7456,7457,7473,7478],{},[269,7458,7459,7460,7462,7463,7465,7466,7468,7469,7472],{},"In ",[14,7461,3974],{}," mode, open the ",[14,7464,4881],{}," panel for the current floor with the ",[14,7467,7055],{}," button in the toolbar (group ",[14,7470,7471],{},"Building & floors",").",[269,7474,7475,7476,82],{},"In the card of the floor plan you want to remove, choose the red trash icon next to ",[14,7477,7104],{},[269,7479,7480,7481,7484,7485,82],{},"Confirm the ",[14,7482,7483],{},"Delete image?"," dialog with ",[14,7486,7487],{},"Delete",[10,7489,7490,7491,7493],{},"The layer is removed and retained for 7 days for recovery or undo. Right afterwards you bring it back with ",[14,7492,588],{}," (arrow at the top right or Ctrl+Z, Mac: Cmd+Z). The panel has no separate trash with a restore button. If the deleted floor plan was active, the next floor plan of that floor becomes active.",[10,7495,7496,7497,7500,7501,7504],{},"If you only want the underlay out of sight for a while, hide it with the eye icon (",[14,7498,7499],{},"Hide layer",") or lower the ",[14,7502,7503],{},"Opacity"," instead of deleting it.",[10,7506,7507,7509,7510,7512,7513,7515,7516,7519],{},[14,7508,7223],{}," stay in the project when you delete a layer; the ",[14,7511,4881],{}," panel has no delete button for them. Every uploaded plan is also listed in the ",[14,7514,305],{}," panel. Removing a file there with ",[14,7517,7518],{},"Delete permanently"," is irreversible.",[33,7521,7522,7531],{},[36,7523,7524],{},[39,7525,7526,7529],{},[42,7527,7528],{},"What should go?",[42,7530,641],{},[49,7532,7533,7543,7554,7563],{},[39,7534,7535,7538],{},[54,7536,7537],{},"Only the floor plan of one floor",[54,7539,7540,7542],{},[14,7541,4881],{}," panel → trash icon",[39,7544,7545,7548],{},[54,7546,7547],{},"The whole floor with all its data",[54,7549,4895,7550,279,7552],{},[14,7551,4898],{},[14,7553,4901],{},[39,7555,7556,7559],{},[54,7557,7558],{},"The whole project from the list",[54,7560,4817,7561],{},[14,7562,4832],{},[39,7564,7565,7568],{},[54,7566,7567],{},"Start over completely",[54,7569,7570],{},[24,7571,7573],{"href":7572},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fgetting-started#start-over","Start over",[28,7575,7577],{"id":7576},"what-importing-does-not-do","What importing does not do",[10,7579,7580],{},"A manual import only places a reference layer under your drawing. Rooms only exist once you draw the walls on it or apply a reviewed recognition proposal. Neither import nor recognition determines an electrical installation or produces an official survey. Check dimensions, wall layout and the real installation before placing symbols or exporting documents.",[10,7582,7583,7584,82],{},"Next: ",[24,7585,4337],{"href":4336},{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":7587},[7588,7589,7590,7591,7592,7593,7594,7595],{"id":7046,"depth":809,"text":7047},{"id":7169,"depth":809,"text":7170},{"id":7214,"depth":809,"text":7215},{"id":7235,"depth":809,"text":7236},{"id":7310,"depth":809,"text":7311},{"id":7350,"depth":809,"text":7351},{"id":7447,"depth":809,"text":7448},{"id":7576,"depth":809,"text":7577},"Use an image, PDF or DXF drawing as a scale-accurate reference, align the layer and draw the editable floor plan over it – or let AI propose walls and rooms.","floorplan-import-calibration",{},5,"\u002Fhelp\u002Ffloorplan-import-calibration.en","2026-08-21","10 min",{"title":4238,"description":7596},"import-and-calibrate-a-floor-plan","help\u002Ffloorplan-import-calibration.en",[7607,5904,7147,7608,7609,7610],"floor plan import","calibration","scale","layer workbench","y8uQwLj8AfAqOuQPn21CFBiVCGuKmKIBl5JGh6z2Z4w",{"id":7613,"title":4337,"body":7614,"category":5022,"description":7839,"extension":824,"guideId":7840,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":7841,"navigation":829,"order":7842,"path":7843,"publishedAt":7601,"readTime":7844,"seo":7845,"seoTitle":826,"slug":7846,"stem":7847,"tags":7848,"updatedAt":7854,"__hash__":7855},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fplace-and-connect-symbols.en.md",{"type":7,"value":7615,"toc":7830},[7616,7623,7628,7635,7639,7644,7658,7661,7665,7675,7685,7688,7692,7698,7720,7724,7734,7751,7756,7760,7763,7766,7769,7793,7796,7800,7814,7820,7822,7826],[10,7617,7618,7619,7622],{},"A symbol on the floor plan first describes its ",[14,7620,7621],{},"physical location",". Linking it to the electrical topology turns it into an assigned consumer or item of equipment for a circuit, diagram and documents.",[10,7624,7625],{},[24,7626],{"id":7627},"place",[4429,7629],{":height":7630,":width":7631,"alt":7632,"caption":7633,"src":7634},"51","926","Tool palette with the available electrical symbols for the selected room.","The palette is the starting point for placement; position, orientation and symbol variant still need review.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fworkflows\u002Fen-device-palette.png",[28,7636,7638],{"id":7637},"place-symbols-from-the-palette","Place symbols from the palette",[10,7640,7459,7641,7643],{},[14,7642,3974],{},", open the tool palette and select a socket, switch, light, fixed appliance, box or distribution board. The tool icons are shown in the palette; pointing at one shows its name.",[266,7645,7646,7649,7652,7655],{},[269,7647,7648],{},"Select the symbol tool.",[269,7650,7651],{},"Place wall-mounted devices on the correct side of the wall. Sockets and switches snap to walls.",[269,7653,7654],{},"Place free lights or spots in the room.",[269,7656,7657],{},"Check the position, orientation and symbol variant after placing it.",[10,7659,7660],{},"A symbol can only be placed where the editor identifies a valid location. The preview shows the final geometry before you commit it. Correct the wall or room first if a symbol will not snap where you intend.",[28,7662,7664],{"id":7663},"create-shared-cover-frames","Create shared cover frames",[10,7666,7667,7668,7671,7672,7674],{},"An installation group is a physical combination with a shared two- to five-gang cover frame. It is ",[14,7669,7670],{},"not"," a switch chain and ",[14,7673,7670],{}," a circuit.",[10,7676,7677,7678,7681,7682,7684],{},"Drag suitable devices together on the same wall side, or start the cover-frame tool. In the ",[14,7679,7680],{},"Installation group"," panel, choose horizontal or vertical and complete it with ",[14,7683,7264],{},". Moving one member moves the combination.",[10,7686,7687],{},"Switches, standard sockets, Ethernet and coax outlets can be grouped. IP44 sockets remain excluded because they use a sealed frame. Passive data outlets do not become 230 V consumers as a result.",[28,7689,7691],{"id":7690},"adjust-or-dissolve-a-shared-cover-frame","Adjust or dissolve a shared cover frame",[10,7693,7694,7695,7697],{},"The frame appears centred between the grouped devices; the device you started with does not jump to another spot. Right after grouping, a notice offers ",[14,7696,588],{}," to revert the grouping in one step.",[10,7699,7700,7701,7704,7705,7708,7709,4282,7712,7715,7716,7719],{},"Click the shared frame to edit it. In the ",[14,7702,7703],{},"Shared frame"," panel you change the ",[14,7706,7707],{},"Cover frame orientation"," (horizontal or vertical) and the order with ",[14,7710,7711],{},"Previous position",[14,7713,7714],{},"Next position",". ",[14,7717,7718],{},"Dissolve group"," in the toolbar of a grouped device splits the frame again: the devices end up side by side and can be edited individually once more.",[28,7721,7723],{"id":7722},"change-the-symbol-size-for-the-project","Change the symbol size for the project",[10,7725,7726,7727,7729,7730,7733],{},"Are the symbols for sockets, switches and lights too large for your plan? Open the ",[14,7728,7124],{}," menu in the left bar and choose a step between 50% and 150% under ",[14,7731,7732],{},"Symbol size",". The default is 100%.",[322,7735,7736,7743,7746],{},[269,7737,7738,7739,7742],{},"It is a ",[14,7740,7741],{},"project setting",": it applies to the whole project and to the situation plan export, not just the current view.",[269,7744,7745],{},"It scales the compact wall symbols and the shared cover frames. Positions, stored device dimensions and the 3D model stay unchanged.",[269,7747,7748,7749,82],{},"Each change is one step that you can revert with ",[14,7750,588],{},[10,7752,7753],{},[24,7754],{"id":7755},"topology",[28,7757,7759],{"id":7758},"link-the-device-to-electrical-topology","Link the device to electrical topology",[10,7761,7762],{},"Open the placed device's properties and link it to a type-compatible node in the electrical topology. Socket, switch and light variants are treated as matching families. Connection and junction boxes only become electrically effective when they are genuinely linked.",[10,7764,7765],{},"Then review the list of unconnected components. It shows symbols that are located on the floor plan but are not yet part of the electrical model.",[10,7767,7768],{},"Keep these concepts separate:",[322,7770,7771,7776,7781,7787],{},[269,7772,7773,7775],{},[14,7774,7254],{},": where is the device on the floor plan?",[269,7777,7778,7780],{},[14,7779,7680],{},": which inserts share one cover frame?",[269,7782,7783,7786],{},[14,7784,7785],{},"Topology",": which electrical node belongs to the device?",[269,7788,7789,7792],{},[14,7790,7791],{},"Circuit",": which protective device supplies that node?",[10,7794,7795],{},"Changing a cover frame changes neither a switching function nor a circuit assignment. Next, edit the switch chain for lighting control and assign devices to a circuit for electrical supply.",[28,7797,7799],{"id":7798},"check-before-continuing","Check before continuing",[322,7801,7802,7805,7808,7811],{},[269,7803,7804],{},"Every symbol is in its intended real-world location.",[269,7806,7807],{},"Wall-mounted devices are aligned to the right wall side.",[269,7809,7810],{},"Cover-frame combinations represent the intended mounting, not assumed wiring.",[269,7812,7813],{},"All electrical devices are linked to the appropriate topology node.",[10,7815,7583,7816,82],{},[24,7817,7819],{"href":7818},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fswitch-chains-circuits-and-cable-routes","edit switch chains, circuits and cable routes",[28,7821,5306],{"id":5305},[10,7823,5309,7824,5312],{},[14,7825,667],{},[10,7827,7828,82],{},[24,7829,5317],{"href":4390},{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":7831},[7832,7833,7834,7835,7836,7837,7838],{"id":7637,"depth":809,"text":7638},{"id":7663,"depth":809,"text":7664},{"id":7690,"depth":809,"text":7691},{"id":7722,"depth":809,"text":7723},{"id":7758,"depth":809,"text":7759},{"id":7798,"depth":809,"text":7799},{"id":5305,"depth":809,"text":5306},"Place devices at the right location, create shared cover frames and connect electrical symbols to the appropriate topology.","place-and-connect-symbols",{},6,"\u002Fhelp\u002Fplace-and-connect-symbols.en","8 min",{"title":4337,"description":7839},"place-and-connect-electrical-symbols","help\u002Fplace-and-connect-symbols.en",[7849,7850,7851,7852,7853,7755],"electrical symbols","sockets","switches","lights","cover frames","2026-10-13","Kcl9F_WBARxr4tox3aQzostXNUQNpATzFZGYC7vu4gs",{"id":7857,"title":7858,"body":7859,"category":822,"description":7980,"extension":824,"guideId":7981,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":7982,"navigation":829,"order":7983,"path":7984,"publishedAt":7601,"readTime":5332,"seo":7985,"seoTitle":826,"slug":7986,"stem":7987,"tags":7988,"updatedAt":7995,"__hash__":7996},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fswitch-chains-circuits-cable-routes.en.md","Edit switch chains, circuits and cable routes",{"type":7,"value":7860,"toc":7974},[7861,7874,7879,7883,7888,7891,7894,7898,7905,7909,7917,7920,7923,7928,7930,7934,7947,7950,7953,7957,7971],[10,7862,7863,7864,585,7867,585,7870,7873],{},"These three tools answer different questions: ",[14,7865,7866],{},"which switch controls which light?",[14,7868,7869],{},"Which circuit supplies which device?",[14,7871,7872],{},"Where does the cable physically run?"," Edit them in sequence so that the plan remains technically traceable.",[10,7875,7876],{},[24,7877],{"id":7878},"switch-chains",[28,7880,7882],{"id":7881},"link-switches-and-lights-as-a-chain","Link switches and lights as a chain",[10,7884,4916,7885,7887],{},[14,7886,4326],{}," in the floor plan. It links switches and the lights they control in a logical order. PlanElec can propose a chain for free switches and lights in one room; always check the proposal against the intended controls.",[10,7889,7890],{},"For a manual chain, deliberately select the participating devices. A valid chain includes at least one switch and one light. A device cannot belong to multiple switch chains at once. Across several floors, the chain remains project-wide; each floor shows only its local sections and continuation markers.",[10,7892,7893],{},"Switching function and pole count are separate settings. The application can derive a one-way, two-way or intermediate switching function from the chain; you choose the pole count explicitly. A double switch is one physical device with two separate channels: deliberately assign each light to channel A or B.",[10,7895,7896],{},[24,7897],{"id":5161},[4429,7899],{":height":7900,":width":7901,"alt":7902,"caption":7903,"src":7904},"149","576","Circuit-assignment panel with a selected target circuit.","The panel applies the selected devices together; electrical assignment does not define a real cable route.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fworkflows\u002Fen-circuit-assignment.png",[28,7906,7908],{"id":7907},"assign-devices-to-an-existing-circuit","Assign devices to an existing circuit",[10,7910,4916,7911,7913,7914,7916],{},[14,7912,4370],{},". In the panel, first select the target circuit or its MCB, then select devices, including through the floor selector. ",[14,7915,7264],{}," applies the selection together.",[10,7918,7919],{},"Devices that are not yet linked are created as consumers under the selected MCB and linked to their floor-plan symbol. When a device already belongs to another MCB, the application asks for explicit confirmation before moving it. Cancelling changes no project data; you can undo the entire confirmation in one step.",[10,7921,7922],{},"Circuit assignment describes electrical membership. It does not yet define the physical path through walls, shafts or floors.",[10,7924,7925],{},[24,7926],{"id":7927},"cable-routes",[4429,7929],{":height":5209,":width":5057,"alt":5210,"caption":5211,"src":5212},[28,7931,7933],{"id":7932},"plan-and-refine-the-cable-route","Plan and refine the cable route",[10,7935,5132,7936,7938,7939,7942,7943,7946],{},[14,7937,5135],{},". When cables exist in the topology, use ",[14,7940,7941],{},"Auto-route all"," for the active floor or select a cable and choose ",[14,7944,7945],{},"Auto-route",". The automatic route follows drawn walls where possible; check it against the intended installation.",[10,7948,7949],{},"Select a cable line to edit it manually. Click a segment to add a waypoint and drag it immediately; double-click to remove a waypoint. Escape clears the selection or exits the mode. The displayed length is used by material lists, voltage-drop calculation and exports, so check every exceptional route.",[10,7951,7952],{},"For a cable between floors, explicitly select an existing stair, shaft or riser in the cable-route panel. PlanElec does not invent a vertical connection. If a required connector or reliable heights are missing, the route remains incomplete instead of showing a misleading length.",[28,7954,7956],{"id":7955},"final-check","Final check",[322,7958,7959,7962,7965,7968],{},[269,7960,7961],{},"Test the switch chain against the intended controls, not only spatial proximity.",[269,7963,7964],{},"Check each device's circuit, protective device and topology.",[269,7966,7967],{},"Check cable route and length against the planned installation path.",[269,7969,7970],{},"Treat automatic proposals as editable planning assistance, not approval for construction.",[10,7972,7973],{},"You can then continue checking the distribution board and single-line diagram, and run the supported self-check.",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":7975},[7976,7977,7978,7979],{"id":7881,"depth":809,"text":7882},{"id":7907,"depth":809,"text":7908},{"id":7932,"depth":809,"text":7933},{"id":7955,"depth":809,"text":7956},"Keep lighting control, circuit assignment and the physical cable path separate, and use the appropriate tool for each step.","switch-chains-circuits-cable-routes",{},7,"\u002Fhelp\u002Fswitch-chains-circuits-cable-routes.en",{"title":7858,"description":7980},"switch-chains-circuits-and-cable-routes","help\u002Fswitch-chains-circuits-cable-routes.en",[7989,7990,7991,7992,7993,7994],"switch chain","two-way switching","circuit","MCB","cable route","cable length","2026-08-30","EpXcOfui26PEmPw0dpxC1ynPG0Xjj-A30iIZm3NwKaY",{"id":7998,"title":7999,"body":8000,"category":822,"description":8369,"extension":824,"guideId":8370,"image":8160,"locale":827,"meta":8371,"navigation":829,"order":8372,"path":8373,"publishedAt":8374,"readTime":5332,"seo":8375,"seoTitle":826,"slug":8376,"stem":8377,"tags":8378,"updatedAt":8384,"__hash__":8385},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fknx-planning-documentation.en.md","Plan KNX: push buttons, channels and quantities",{"type":7,"value":8001,"toc":8357},[8002,8008,8013,8017,8020,8040,8046,8060,8066,8074,8080,8083,8088,8092,8098,8105,8112,8116,8135,8146,8154,8161,8165,8171,8177,8181,8185,8191,8197,8201,8207,8211,8221,8280,8283,8288,8292,8306,8309,8313,8319,8322,8326,8330,8333,8337],[10,8003,8004,8005,8007],{},"With ",[14,8006,6897],{}," planning enabled, PlanElec documents modules, channels, control points, keys, bus lines and terminals in one project. Exports include channel and terminal plans, functions by room, logical topology, quantities and a handover dossier with the self-check report. An active automation profile and access for your account are required. This planning does not replace ETS, device programming or an official certificate of conformity.",[10,8009,8010],{},[24,8011],{"id":8012},"practical-example",[28,8014,8016],{"id":8015},"practical-example-two-lights-controlled-from-two-locations","Practical example: two lights controlled from two locations",[10,8018,8019],{},"This fictional example documents a ceiling light and a wall light in a living room, operated from two push buttons. The screenshots show the French interface. Channel assignments, the missing-power warning and quantities were checked; the images do not show a fully validated installation dossier.",[266,8021,8022,8028,8034],{},[269,8023,8024,8027],{},[14,8025,8026],{},"Profile and devices:"," select KNX in the project metadata. Place the two lights and two push buttons from the control points and sensors category on the situation plan. Give them distinct names. Add the power supply and actuator to the cabinet.",[269,8029,8030,8033],{},[14,8031,8032],{},"Electrical connections:"," in Installation, check the circuit, the modules’ supply and their cabinet assignment. If a light is unavailable in the receiver list, check its electrical connection. A logical channel assignment does not replace the protection path.",[269,8035,8036,8039],{},[14,8037,8038],{},"Channel:"," assign both lights and both buttons to CH1. The example uses “Plafonnier salon”, “Applique salon”, “Poussoir entrée” and “Poussoir canapé”. The buttons use a Bus connection here. Add a clear note describing the intended function.",[4429,8041],{":height":8042,":width":8043,"alt":8044,"caption":8044,"src":8045},"220","1790","CH1 links two lights with two buttons. The unassigned terminal remains visible. French interface, fictional data.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fknx-example\u002Ffr-04-matrice-affectations.jpg",[266,8047,8048,8054],{"start":7007},[269,8049,8050,8053],{},[14,8051,8052],{},"Missing data:"," if the matrix reports a missing light power rating, enter the actual device specifications. Entering the fictional values of 24 W and 12 W removed that warning. This does not constitute a complete electrical compatibility check.",[269,8055,8056,8059],{},[14,8057,8058],{},"Line and supply:"," assign devices under Lines and explicitly select the line’s power supply module. Then check the bus current: unknown contributions remain open data. A logical line is not a measured cable route.",[4429,8061],{":height":8062,":width":8063,"alt":8064,"caption":8064,"src":8065},"1009","2073","The line has a 640 mA power supply, but three bus-current contributions are unknown. Consumption has therefore not been fully checked. French interface.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fknx-example\u002Ffr-05-ligne-alimentation.jpg",[266,8067,8068],{"start":7842},[269,8069,8070,8073],{},[14,8071,8072],{},"Quantities:"," open Export → Domotica and download the automation quantities as a draft. Compare the result with the intended devices. The checked export contains one power supply, one actuator and two push buttons. The two lights are not included in this automation list; add them from the rest of your material overview. This example provides neither cable lengths nor manufacturer order references.",[4429,8075],{":height":8076,":width":8077,"alt":8078,"caption":8078,"src":8079},"1600","1132","Actual exported PDF: one power supply, one actuator and two push buttons. The BROUILLON watermark marks the document as a draft, not a certificate.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fknx-example\u002Ffr-06-quantites.png",[10,8081,8082],{},"For inspection documents, also check the situation plan, device references, complete single-line diagram and outstanding export findings. The quantities shown here do not confirm those steps. The following sections explain the available documents and their status.",[10,8084,8085],{},[24,8086],{"id":8087},"activate",[28,8089,8091],{"id":8090},"how-do-i-enable-domotica-planning","How do I enable Domotica planning?",[10,8093,8094,8095,8097],{},"Open the project metadata and select the appropriate building automation profile, such as KNX. Profiles determine which devices and connection types are offered. The ",[14,8096,6897],{}," area appears when access is enabled. If it is absent, this feature is unavailable for that project or account; selecting a profile does not grant access by itself.",[10,8099,8100,8101,8104],{},"Switching between active system profiles preserves existing assignments. Confirming ",[14,8102,8103],{},"No building automation",", however, removes the logical Domotica planning document and its automation assignments; placed floor-plan devices remain. Review the confirmation before removing the profile and check retained devices and connections after a change. Unknown manufacturer values remain unknown and must be checked against the actual product.",[10,8106,8107,8109],{},[24,8108],{"id":4305},[24,8110],{"id":8111},"controls",[28,8113,8115],{"id":8114},"how-do-i-document-push-buttons-and-their-keys","How do I document push buttons and their keys?",[10,8117,8118,8119,8122,8123,8126,8127,8130,8131,8134],{},"Place devices from ",[14,8120,8121],{},"Control points & sensors"," on the floor plan. Select a device and use ",[14,8124,8125],{},"Configure control point",". Choose the actual ",[14,8128,8129],{},"Connection"," and check the ",[14,8132,8133],{},"Voltage class",". The voltage class is a planning input, not electrical evidence.",[10,8136,8137,8138,8141,8142,8145],{},"Use ",[14,8139,8140],{},"Key \u002F input assignments"," to associate documented keys with channels. One control point can operate several channels, and several control points can share a channel. A channel assignment without a key index remains valid but appears as ",[14,8143,8144],{},"Key not documented"," in the function list. RF\u002FIP is shown as a wireless control connection and does not create a physical cable route.",[10,8147,8148,8151],{},[24,8149],{"id":8150},"modules",[24,8152],{"id":8153},"channels",[4429,8155],{":height":8156,":width":8157,"alt":8158,"caption":8159,"src":8160},"510","952","Channel matrix with one CH1 card for a ceiling light and push-button input, room and protection device, and an empty terminal field.","The card documents CH1 with its ceiling light, push-button input, room and protection device; the empty terminal field remains visible as an open planning value.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fworkflows\u002Fen-domotica-channels.png",[28,8162,8164],{"id":8163},"how-do-i-create-a-cabinet-door-channel-sheet","How do I create a cabinet-door channel sheet?",[10,8166,8167,8168,8170],{},"Place suitable modules in the cabinet and add their channels. The channel matrix in ",[14,8169,6897],{}," links each channel to its loads and control points. Use understandable channel names and add notes where needed. Multiple loads and control points are retained in full; their logical association does not replace a protection path or a documented cable route.",[10,8172,400,8173,8176],{},[14,8174,8175],{},"Channel plan"," uses the same data and ordering. It lists board, module, channel, load, room, protection, terminal, control point and note. Select the board in the export area and sort by module, protection device, room or terminal. The A4 landscape PDF is the cabinet-door sheet; CSV supports further editing. Blank fields indicate missing planning information, not confirmation that an item is unnecessary.",[10,8178,8179],{},[24,8180],{"id":4395},[28,8182,8184],{"id":8183},"how-are-lines-and-terminals-included","How are lines and terminals included?",[10,8186,3882,8187,8190],{},[14,8188,8189],{},"Lines",", assign modules and control points to planned bus lines and document their power supplies and, where applicable, couplers. Known bus currents and unknown contributions are shown separately. The topology diagram represents these logical relationships; its connectors are not measured bus cable routes.",[10,8192,7459,8193,8196],{},[14,8194,8195],{},"Terminal plan",", select a board and maintain strips, terminal numbers, types, destinations and manual bridges. Prefilling requires an explicit action. Existing terminals remain the source for both matrix and export; PDF rows do not write numbering back into the project. This is not an individual conductor wiring diagram.",[10,8198,8199],{},[24,8200],{"id":4421},[4429,8202],{":height":8203,":width":8157,"alt":8204,"caption":8205,"src":8206},"141","Domotica export options for board, sorting, version and draft or final status.","These controls define the Domotica export scope and status; they do not confirm complete document data or a passed check.","\u002Fhelp\u002Fworkflows\u002Fen-domotica-export.png",[28,8208,8210],{"id":8209},"what-is-included-in-the-domotica-handover-dossier","What is included in the Domotica handover dossier?",[10,8212,8213,8214,8216,8217,8220],{},"Open the export area and its ",[14,8215,6897],{}," section. Select board, sorting, version and status. Each document card offers a preview and PDF; channel and terminal plans also offer CSV, and topology offers SVG. ",[14,8218,8219],{},"Download Domotica dossier"," combines all six document types after a cover page.",[33,8222,8223,8232],{},[36,8224,8225],{},[39,8226,8227,8229],{},[42,8228,5374],{},[42,8230,8231],{},"Content and limitation",[49,8233,8234,8241,8248,8256,8264,8272],{},[39,8235,8236,8238],{},[54,8237,8175],{},[54,8239,8240],{},"All channel assignments for the selected boards, A4 landscape",[39,8242,8243,8245],{},[54,8244,8195],{},[54,8246,8247],{},"Documented terminals, destinations and bridges, A4 landscape",[39,8249,8250,8253],{},[54,8251,8252],{},"Functions by room",[54,8254,8255],{},"Keys and assigned loads in plain language; planned functions, not verified programming",[39,8257,8258,8261],{},[54,8259,8260],{},"Topology diagram",[54,8262,8263],{},"Logical lines of the whole project, also as a complete SVG; large PDF diagrams use overlapping pages",[39,8265,8266,8269],{},[54,8267,8268],{},"Domotica quantities",[54,8270,8271],{},"Counts of modules, supplies, control points and existing signal cable segments; no prices or estimated metres",[39,8273,8274,8277],{},[54,8275,8276],{},"Conformity report with Domotica",[54,8278,8279],{},"Existing self-check findings and check limitations; a missing check run is explicitly identified",[10,8281,8282],{},"Board selection limits channel, terminal and function plans. Topology, quantities and the conformity report always cover the entire project. Functions are grouped by the control point’s room; their loads may be elsewhere.",[10,8284,8285],{},[24,8286],{"id":8287},"readiness",[28,8289,8291],{"id":8290},"when-can-i-select-final","When can I select FINAL?",[10,8293,8294,8297,8298,8301,8302,8305],{},[14,8295,8296],{},"DRAFT"," remains available when planning data exists and appears as a watermark on every PDF page and in SVG. CSV starts with a status and metadata row. ",[14,8299,8300],{},"FINAL"," requires the existing export readiness conditions to be met. The interface lists open items and offers ",[14,8303,8304],{},"Address the next open item",". Later planning changes can block final export again.",[10,8307,8308],{},"The Domotica self-check distinguishes findings, missing inputs and checks that were explicitly not performed. Unknown loads or channel ratings do not constitute a passed check. Even a final document is not an official certificate of conformity.",[28,8310,8312],{"id":8311},"what-do-version-date-and-hash-mean","What do version, date and hash mean?",[10,8314,8315,8318],{},[14,8316,8317],{},"Version"," is a freely chosen document label, initially A. PDF metadata contains project, board scope, version, creation time and a SHA-256 data hash; the dossier also displays these on its cover. Version, time, status and hash appear on every PDF page. Data and language are captured at the start. Changing planning data or export options invalidates an open preview.",[10,8320,8321],{},"The hash identifies the export inputs and options. It is not a signature, a hash of the finished PDF or confirmation of archival storage. Keep the actual document issued for handover.",[10,8323,8324],{},[24,8325],{"id":715},[28,8327,8329],{"id":8328},"what-remains-outside-this-documentation","What remains outside this documentation?",[10,8331,8332],{},"PlanElec does not assign KNX group or physical addresses, program devices or replace ETS. Logical lines, key assignments, bus budgets and terminal plans do not prove actual programming, bus diagnostics, insulation or manufacturer compatibility. The quantities list does not order products. The self-check report states its limited scope; professional assessment of the real installation remains necessary.",[28,8334,8336],{"id":8335},"related-guides","Related guides",[322,8338,8339,8343,8347,8352],{},[269,8340,8341],{},[24,8342,7858],{"href":7818},[269,8344,8345],{},[24,8346,4337],{"href":4336},[269,8348,8349],{},[24,8350,8351],{"href":4510},"Export documents",[269,8353,8354],{},[24,8355,8356],{"href":4414},"What the AREI self-check verifies",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":8358},[8359,8360,8361,8362,8363,8364,8365,8366,8367,8368],{"id":8015,"depth":809,"text":8016},{"id":8090,"depth":809,"text":8091},{"id":8114,"depth":809,"text":8115},{"id":8163,"depth":809,"text":8164},{"id":8183,"depth":809,"text":8184},{"id":8209,"depth":809,"text":8210},{"id":8290,"depth":809,"text":8291},{"id":8311,"depth":809,"text":8312},{"id":8328,"depth":809,"text":8329},{"id":8335,"depth":809,"text":8336},"Assign two lights and two push buttons, document the power supply and bus line, and export an initial material list with an illustrated example.","knx-planning-documentation",{},8,"\u002Fhelp\u002Fknx-planning-documentation.en","2026-09-12",{"title":7999,"description":8369},"plan-and-document-knx","help\u002Fknx-planning-documentation.en",[8379,8380,8381,8382,5035,4421,8383],"KNX","home automation","push button","actuator","Belgium","2026-09-14","1QxJ8XRbmdQoMlJ92KRRkgEHw7EgcAMPx0zYV-IH84k",{"id":8387,"title":672,"body":8388,"category":5022,"description":8886,"extension":824,"guideId":8887,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":8888,"navigation":829,"order":8889,"path":8890,"publishedAt":8891,"readTime":5332,"seo":8892,"seoTitle":826,"slug":8893,"stem":8894,"tags":8895,"updatedAt":8896,"__hash__":8897},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology.en.md",{"type":7,"value":8389,"toc":8872},[8390,8395,8398,8402,8424,8427,8430,8434,8485,8490,8494,8516,8519,8526,8530,8536,8554,8559,8566,8570,8573,8609,8624,8629,8633,8636,8639,8644,8649,8653,8656,8701,8706,8711,8715,8732,8739,8746,8751,8754,8758,8796,8799,8803,8806,8809,8812,8817,8822,8826,8831,8836,8842,8849,8858,8862,8865],[10,8391,7459,8392,8394],{},[14,8393,667],{},", you plan which protective device supplies each circuit and its consumers. You use devices already placed in the floor plan. An enclosure and fixed module positions are not required yet. You can then form distribution boards, detail their cabinet layouts and review the resulting single-line diagram.",[10,8396,8397],{},"This guide follows one fictional home in the same project file. Its screenshots show real views of that example in the application. The sequence provides a starting point; existing projects and other valid planning approaches remain supported. A planning view or an exported draft does not establish electrical safety.",[28,8399,8401],{"id":8400},"quick-start-from-distribution-board-to-topology","Quick start: from distribution board to topology",[266,8403,8404,8407,8415,8421],{},[269,8405,8406],{},"Place loads and a distribution board on the floor plan.",[269,8408,8409,8410,8412,8413,82],{},"Select the board and ",[14,8411,4360],{},". The same action is available in ",[14,8414,667],{},[269,8416,8417,8418,8420],{},"Review the target board, new circuits, protection devices and required space. ",[14,8419,4364],{}," adds the plan and opens the board’s topology.",[269,8422,8423],{},"Open the cabinet view to inspect the prepared layout.",[10,8425,8426],{},"All unassigned loads without an assignment to another board are included. Existing circuits, cable data and module positions are preserved. An unconfigured cabinet receives an enclosure proposal; insufficient space in an existing enclosure is reported. Devices that require manual planning and missing feeder data remain open. One undo step reverses the operation. If the project changes, review the refreshed proposal before applying it. The preview lists every planned assignment by room with circuit, protection device and RCD. An empty circuit whose name matches the load is reused instead of adding another protection device.",[10,8428,8429],{},"The following sections explain manual editing and installation review.",[28,8431,8433],{"id":8432},"what-is-each-view-for","What is each view for?",[33,8435,8436,8446],{},[36,8437,8438],{},[39,8439,8440,8443],{},[42,8441,8442],{},"View",[42,8444,8445],{},"What you plan here",[49,8447,8448,8456,8463,8471,8478],{},[39,8449,8450,8453],{},[54,8451,8452],{},"Floor plan \u002F situation plan",[54,8454,8455],{},"Device positions and physical cable routes",[39,8457,8458,8460],{},[54,8459,667],{},[54,8461,8462],{},"Supply, protection paths, circuits and board boundaries",[39,8464,8465,8468],{},[54,8466,8467],{},"Cabinet",[54,8469,8470],{},"Concrete devices, enclosure, rows and module positions",[39,8472,8473,8475],{},[54,8474,3996],{},[54,8476,8477],{},"Document representation of the same electrical installation",[39,8479,8480,8482],{},[54,8481,3834],{},[54,8483,8484],{},"Documents from the saved project version with a visible review status",[10,8486,8487],{},[24,8488],{"id":8489},"assignment",[28,8491,8493],{"id":8492},"assign-an-existing-floor-plan-device","Assign an existing floor-plan device",[266,8495,8496,8502,8508,8513],{},[269,8497,8498,8499,82],{},"Place devices in the floor plan or open an existing project. See ",[24,8500,8501],{"href":4336},"place and connect electrical symbols",[269,8503,8504,8505,8507],{},"Open ",[14,8506,667],{},", search for the device and select it in the tree or graphical view.",[269,8509,298,8510,8512],{},[14,8511,4370],{},", choose the existing target circuit and confirm.",[269,8514,8515],{},"Check the displayed protection path. The floor-plan link takes you to the associated symbol.",[10,8517,8518],{},"This assigns the same device. Do not create another consumer just to see it in the diagram. In the example, the existing living-room socket receives its circuit assignment.",[4429,8520],{":height":8521,":width":8522,"alt":8523,"caption":8524,"src":8525},"900","1440","The same living-room socket in the floor plan after its electrical assignment.","The floor-plan symbol stays in place; its electrical assignment has been completed.","\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology\u002Fen-01-floorplan-assignment.png",[28,8527,8529],{"id":8528},"move-loads-in-the-circuit-list","Move loads in the circuit list",[10,8531,400,8532,8535],{},[14,8533,8534],{},"Circuits"," view lists every final circuit by board and RCD, with its loads, the sum of the recorded power and the phase. Loads without a circuit are shown at the top.",[266,8537,8538,8546,8549],{},[269,8539,8504,8540,8542,8543,8545],{},[14,8541,667],{}," and choose the ",[14,8544,8534],{}," view.",[269,8547,8548],{},"Drag a load onto the target circuit. Its cables move with it.",[269,8550,8551,8553],{},[14,8552,588],{}," reverts the step completely.",[10,8555,8556,8557,82],{},"Only items connected directly to the circuit breaker can be moved; a junction box takes its loads with it. The room filter shows only circuits that supply the selected room. Without a mouse, select the load and use ",[14,8558,4370],{},[4429,8560],{":height":8561,":width":8562,"alt":8563,"caption":8564,"src":8565},"810","1370","Circuit list of the example house with the main board and the upper-floor sub-board.","Each circuit is listed under its RCD with designation, rated current, phase and loads.","\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology\u002Fen-10-circuit-list.png",[28,8567,8569],{"id":8568},"resolve-open-tasks","Resolve open tasks",[10,8571,8572],{},"With nothing selected, the side panel lists open tasks – one line per problem, not per device.",[33,8574,8575,8585],{},[36,8576,8577],{},[39,8578,8579,8582],{},[42,8580,8581],{},"Task",[42,8583,8584],{},"Solution in the side panel",[49,8586,8587,8598],{},[39,8588,8589,8592],{},[54,8590,8591],{},"Loads without a circuit",[54,8593,8594,8597],{},[14,8595,8596],{},"Assign automatically"," opens the automatic planning proposal",[39,8599,8600,8603],{},[54,8601,8602],{},"Board open: electrically connected but not assigned to a board",[54,8604,8605,8608],{},[14,8606,8607],{},"Form board"," opens the preview for the whole chain from its top device",[10,8610,8611,8612,8615,8616,8619,8620,8623],{},"Below are actions for the whole installation. ",[14,8613,8614],{},"Balance phases"," spreads single-phase circuits more evenly across L1–L3 on a three-phase supply without moving module positions. ",[14,8617,8618],{},"Add missing cables"," creates only missing cables; existing cables and their data stay unchanged. ",[14,8621,8622],{},"Calculate cable routes"," fills in missing routes on the floor plan and leaves manually drawn routes unchanged.",[10,8625,8626],{},[24,8627],{"id":8628},"supply-path",[28,8630,8632],{"id":8631},"read-the-complete-supply-and-protection-path","Read the complete supply and protection path",[10,8634,8635],{},"Return to the installation. The grid connection, meter, protective devices, circuits and consumers remain reachable together. Select a consumer to see its path back to the supply. Device references and circuit labels help you compare the floor plan and diagram.",[10,8637,8638],{},"Use search, expand\u002Fcollapse and the tree view for larger projects. A collapsed branch still exists. Control relationships, switching functions and bus assignments are additional relationships; they must not be treated as arbitrary supply connections.",[4429,8640],{":height":8561,":width":8562,"alt":8641,"caption":8642,"src":8643},"Installation overview of the example home from supply chain to consumers.","The overview uses existing devices in the project.","\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology\u002Fen-02-installation-overview.png",[10,8645,8646],{},[24,8647],{"id":8648},"draft",[28,8650,8652],{"id":8651},"continue-without-a-chosen-cabinet","Continue without a chosen cabinet",[10,8654,8655],{},"An undecided board is a saveable draft state. Save and reload the project: the open assignment remains open instead of being silently attached to a main board.",[33,8657,8658,8667],{},[36,8659,8660],{},[39,8661,8662,8665],{},[42,8663,8664],{},"State",[42,8666,638],{},[49,8668,8669,8677,8685,8693],{},[39,8670,8671,8674],{},[54,8672,8673],{},"Not electrically assigned",[54,8675,8676],{},"Choose the supply or circuit",[39,8678,8679,8682],{},[54,8680,8681],{},"Electrically connected, board open",[54,8683,8684],{},"Plan a suitable physical group",[39,8686,8687,8690],{},[54,8688,8689],{},"Board chosen, layout open",[54,8691,8692],{},"Check the feeder and detail enclosure and modules",[39,8694,8695,8698],{},[54,8696,8697],{},"Modules placed",[54,8699,8700],{},"Review layout, electrical information and documents",[4429,8702],{":height":8561,":width":8562,"alt":8703,"caption":8704,"src":8705},"An electrically planned installation section with its physical board still open.","An electrical connection does not mean that cabinet planning is complete.","\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology\u002Fen-03-draft-without-board.png",[10,8707,8708],{},[24,8709],{"id":8710},"distribution-board",[28,8712,8714],{"id":8713},"form-a-distribution-board-from-a-selection","Form a distribution board from a selection",[266,8716,8717,8720,8726,8729],{},[269,8718,8719],{},"Select related protective devices using individual tree checkboxes or multiple selection in the graphical view.",[269,8721,298,8722,8725],{},[14,8723,8724],{},"Create a board from selection"," and give it a clear name.",[269,8727,8728],{},"Read the preview: supply entry, modules, consumers outside the cabinet, existing board boundaries and affected placements.",[269,8730,8731],{},"Confirm only a suitable selection. If the selection conflicts, the application explains why; adjust it before continuing.",[4429,8733],{":height":8734,":width":8735,"alt":8736,"caption":8737,"src":8738},"618","512","Upper-floor distribution board preview showing entry point, modules and effects.","The selection rectangle alone does not create a saved board boundary.","\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology\u002Fen-04-board-preview.png",[10,8740,8741,8742,8745],{},"After confirmation, the protective devices belong to the new physical board. Its supplied sockets and lights remain ",[14,8743,8744],{},"outside"," the frame. Electrically downstream boards are not enclosures physically nested inside each other.",[4429,8747],{":height":8561,":width":8562,"alt":8748,"caption":8749,"src":8750},"Confirmed distribution board with protective devices inside and consumers outside.","Physical board membership and the area supplied by that board have different meanings.","\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology\u002Fen-05-board-created.png",[10,8752,8753],{},"Next, check the feeder: select the actual upstream protective device and enter cable information such as conductor count, cross-section and length. Confirm that connection explicitly. Grouping invents neither a protective device nor a feeder cable. Radial planning requires one unambiguous upstream supply path; local sources such as PV are handled separately.",[28,8755,8757],{"id":8756},"what-do-removal-and-deletion-change","What do removal and deletion change?",[33,8759,8760,8770],{},[36,8761,8762],{},[39,8763,8764,8767],{},[42,8765,8766],{},"Action",[42,8768,8769],{},"Effect",[49,8771,8772,8780,8788],{},[39,8773,8774,8777],{},[54,8775,8776],{},"Dissolve board grouping",[54,8778,8779],{},"Remove the physical group; retain electrical devices for planning",[39,8781,8782,8785],{},[54,8783,8784],{},"Remove module placement",[54,8786,8787],{},"Remove the row position; retain the electrical device",[39,8789,8790,8793],{},[54,8791,8792],{},"Delete an electrical device",[54,8794,8795],{},"Change the electrical object and its affected connections",[10,8797,8798],{},"Read each preview or confirmation, then review the affected views. Related electrical changes can be followed with undo\u002Fredo.",[10,8800,8801],{},[24,8802],{"id":4345},[28,8804,686],{"id":8805},"detail-modules-and-enclosure",[10,8807,8808],{},"Open the cabinet from the selected distribution board. Existing devices are carried over and unplaced modules remain findable. Choose concrete modules, check their width in module units (TE) and plan the rows.",[10,8810,8811],{},"Enclosure planning shows the module requirement and uses your entered reserve and terminal\u002Faccessory allowance. Check mounting type, wiring space, heat dissipation and manufacturer conditions. With generic modules or missing information, the space requirement remains an estimate. A proposed enclosure is not approval for construction.",[4429,8813],{":height":8521,":width":8522,"alt":8814,"caption":8815,"src":8816},"Cabinet editor with the selected distribution board and its enclosure planning.","Electrical assignment and row position are separately editable. Rearranging the same cabinet does not change the protection path.","\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology\u002Fen-06-cabinet-planning.png",[10,8818,8819],{},[24,8820],{"id":8821},"schema-export",[28,8823,8825],{"id":8824},"review-the-single-line-diagram-and-export-documents","Review the single-line diagram and export documents",[10,8827,8504,8828,8830],{},[14,8829,3996],{},". The same consumers, protective devices and boards appear in the document view. Check board-specific sheets and cross-references. The diagram is rendered from the project model; it is not a screenshot of the installation tree.",[4429,8832],{":height":8521,":width":8522,"alt":8833,"caption":8834,"src":8835},"Single-line diagram derived from the shared project model.","Moving or zooming the topology view does not change PDF coordinates.","\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology\u002Fen-07-derived-schema.png",[10,8837,8838,8839,8841],{},"Switch to ",[14,8840,3834],{},", check the saved version and choose the required documents. Open assignments, cable information and reviews remain visible. A download offered as a draft remains a draft. Producing documents does not replace professional review or the official inspection.",[4429,8843],{":height":8844,":width":8845,"alt":8846,"caption":8847,"src":8848},"1273","1800","Actual exported document from the saved example project.","The document uses the same devices. Its visible status describes its intended use.","\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology\u002Fen-08-export-result.png",[10,8850,8851,8852,4282,8855,82],{},"Read more: ",[24,8853,8854],{"href":4510},"export documents",[24,8856,8857],{"href":4414},"what the self-check verifies",[28,8859,8861],{"id":8860},"work-on-a-tablet-phone-or-with-the-keyboard","Work on a tablet, phone or with the keyboard",[10,8863,8864],{},"On narrow screens, the tree view takes priority. Use checkboxes and named actions for assignment and board grouping. Arrow keys move through the tree, Enter opens the selected item and Space selects an item for multiple selection.",[4429,8866],{":height":8867,":width":8868,"alt":8869,"caption":8870,"src":8871},"844","390","Mobile tree view with the same devices and accessible planning actions.","The graphical view and the tree edit the same project.","\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology\u002Fen-09-mobile-tree.png",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":8873},[8874,8875,8876,8877,8878,8879,8880,8881,8882,8883,8884,8885],{"id":8400,"depth":809,"text":8401},{"id":8432,"depth":809,"text":8433},{"id":8492,"depth":809,"text":8493},{"id":8528,"depth":809,"text":8529},{"id":8568,"depth":809,"text":8569},{"id":8631,"depth":809,"text":8632},{"id":8651,"depth":809,"text":8652},{"id":8713,"depth":809,"text":8714},{"id":8756,"depth":809,"text":8757},{"id":8805,"depth":809,"text":686},{"id":8824,"depth":809,"text":8825},{"id":8860,"depth":809,"text":8861},"Assign existing floor-plan devices, check protection paths and develop an electrical plan into distribution boards, cabinet layouts and a single-line diagram.","installation-topology",{},9,"\u002Fhelp\u002Finstallation-topology.en","2026-09-13",{"title":672,"description":8886},"plan-installation-and-distribution-boards","help\u002Finstallation-topology.en",[667,7785,274,8467,3996],"2026-10-07","OzZWdmjzAVp-F-NHGksCg3AcKq7KcpC_4xatCnj57VI",{"id":8899,"title":4625,"body":8900,"category":5022,"description":9246,"extension":824,"guideId":9247,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":9248,"navigation":829,"order":9249,"path":9250,"publishedAt":9251,"readTime":833,"seo":9252,"seoTitle":826,"slug":9247,"stem":9253,"tags":9254,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":9257},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fstudio-aktivitaet-assistent.en.md",{"type":7,"value":8901,"toc":9236},[8902,8907,8911,8922,8932,8935,8939,8942,8948,8992,8998,9002,9025,9031,9035,9042,9061,9067,9121,9125,9131,9135,9140,9202,9205,9208,9212,9219,9226,9230],[10,8903,8904,8906],{},[14,8905,4620],{}," brings your conversations and tasks with the PlanElec assistant together with confirmed project changes. The assistant is available to every signed-in user: it carries out instructions directly in the project, checks every change with the AREI self-check and keeps it ready as a single undo step. Confirmed team changes appear once project history is enabled for your account.",[28,8908,8910],{"id":8909},"how-do-i-open-the-panel","How do I open the panel?",[10,8912,8913,8914,8917,8918,8921],{},"Open a project in the studio. Use the switch at the bottom of the side mode bar (rail), the bot button on the right of the header, or ",[14,8915,8916],{},"⌘J"," on a Mac \u002F ",[14,8919,8920],{},"Ctrl+J",". The panel opens beside the workspace; on narrow screens it appears as a sheet.",[10,8923,8137,8924,8927,8928,8931],{},[14,8925,8926],{},"⌘K \u002F Ctrl+K"," to open command search. Then ",[14,8929,8930],{},"Send to assistant: “…”"," appears when your search has no matches or contains at least four words. Selecting it opens the panel and immediately sends the search text as a task.",[10,8933,8934],{},"Opening project history from the project menu or history button shows team activity in the studio. Outside the studio, it opens the separate history sheet.",[28,8936,8938],{"id":8937},"what-do-the-filters-show","What do the filters show?",[10,8940,8941],{},"The timeline groups entries by day, with the newest day first. Within a day, entries run from earliest to latest. The header also shows how many members are online.",[10,8943,8944,8945,82],{},"Each change made by a member shows who modified the project: avatar and name, the change and the time. A member who has left the project appears as ",[14,8946,8947],{},"Former member",[33,8949,8950,8960],{},[36,8951,8952],{},[39,8953,8954,8957],{},[42,8955,8956],{},"Filter",[42,8958,8959],{},"Content",[49,8961,8962,8972,8982],{},[39,8963,8964,8969],{},[54,8965,8966],{},[14,8967,8968],{},"All",[54,8970,8971],{},"Loaded project changes, assistant messages and actions.",[39,8973,8974,8979],{},[54,8975,8976],{},[14,8977,8978],{},"Team",[54,8980,8981],{},"All loaded project changes, including assistant changes requested by other team members.",[39,8983,8984,8989],{},[54,8985,8986],{},[14,8987,8988],{},"Assistant",[54,8990,8991],{},"Assistant conversations and actions, plus saved changes marked as originating from the assistant.",[10,8993,8994,8995,8997],{},"The filter bar appears when both history and assistant access are available. With access to just one area, its content appears directly. You can load older project changes. Where a target is available, ",[14,8996,8442],{}," opens its current state, not a historical project copy.",[28,8999,9001],{"id":9000},"how-do-i-give-and-review-a-task","How do I give and review a task?",[266,9003,9004,9007,9013,9016],{},[269,9005,9006],{},"Type your question or describe the change you want in the input field.",[269,9008,7101,9009,9012],{},[14,9010,9011],{},"Send message"," or press Enter. Shift+Enter adds a new line.",[269,9014,9015],{},"Review the response and action cards, including the tool, status and person who requested each action.",[269,9017,9018,9019,78,9022,82],{},"If an action requires confirmation, review it and choose ",[14,9020,9021],{},"Confirm and run",[14,9023,9024],{},"Reject and cancel run",[10,9026,9027,9028,9030],{},"While a task is running, the send button becomes ",[14,9029,7268],{}," (square icon). It stops the running task; it does not automatically reverse changes already made.",[28,9032,9034],{"id":9033},"how-do-i-dictate-a-task","How do I dictate a task?",[10,9036,9037,9038,9041],{},"When your browser supports microphone recording, the microphone button ",[14,9039,9040],{},"Dictate"," sits on the right of the input bar. The first time, your browser asks for permission to use the microphone for PlanElec.",[266,9043,9044,9049,9052,9058],{},[269,9045,9046,9047,82],{},"Place the cursor where the text should appear in the input field and choose ",[14,9048,9040],{},[269,9050,9051],{},"Speak your task in the interface language, for example: “Hallway, north wall: three sockets, 30 centimetres above finished floor.” Level bars and a timer show that recording is running.",[269,9053,4916,9054,9057],{},[14,9055,9056],{},"Use recording"," (tick) or press Enter. After a short transcription, the recognised text appears at the cursor position.",[269,9059,9060],{},"Check and correct the text, then send it as usual. Dictated text is never sent automatically.",[10,9062,9063,9066],{},[14,9064,9065],{},"Discard recording"," (X) or Esc ends the recording without text. A recording stops automatically after 2 minutes; the timer changes colour ten seconds before. If the browser blocks the microphone, a notice appears below the input field; allow access in your browser's site settings.",[33,9068,9069,9079],{},[36,9070,9071],{},[39,9072,9073,9076],{},[42,9074,9075],{},"Situation",[42,9077,9078],{},"Notice below the input field",[49,9080,9081,9089,9097,9105,9113],{},[39,9082,9083,9086],{},[54,9084,9085],{},"Microphone access blocked",[54,9087,9088],{},"Allow access in the browser settings",[39,9090,9091,9094],{},[54,9092,9093],{},"No microphone found",[54,9095,9096],{},"Plug in a microphone or use another device",[39,9098,9099,9102],{},[54,9100,9101],{},"Nothing recognised",[54,9103,9104],{},"Speak again, more clearly",[39,9106,9107,9110],{},[54,9108,9109],{},"Many recordings in a short time",[54,9111,9112],{},"Wait a moment",[39,9114,9115,9118],{},[54,9116,9117],{},"AI allowance not sufficient",[54,9119,9120],{},"Transcription counts towards the AI allowance",[28,9122,9124],{"id":9123},"where-does-my-voice-data-go","Where does my voice data go?",[10,9126,9127,9128,9130],{},"After ",[14,9129,9056],{},", your browser sends the recording to PlanElec. PlanElec forwards it through the AI service OpenRouter to the ElevenLabs speech recognition model Scribe and receives only the recognised text. The request asks for providers that neither store the data nor use it for training. PlanElec stores neither the recording nor its text; only what you then send as a task is saved. Discarded recordings never leave your device.",[28,9132,9134],{"id":9133},"can-the-assistant-place-boxes-on-a-wall-with-exact-dimensions","Can the assistant place boxes on a wall with exact dimensions?",[10,9136,9137,9138,82],{},"Yes. One sentence with room, wall, distance and height is enough, for example: “Hallway, north wall: three sockets, 30 cm above the finished floor, the first 45 cm from the left corner, axis spacing 71 mm”. The assistant passes the dimensions in metres; the exact position is calculated from them. In this example the three sockets share one frame with their axes at 0.45 m, 0.521 m and 0.592 m. You can type the sentence or speak it with ",[14,9139,9040],{},[33,9141,9142,9152],{},[36,9143,9144],{},[39,9145,9146,9149],{},[42,9147,9148],{},"In the sentence",[42,9150,9151],{},"How it is applied",[49,9153,9154,9162,9170,9178,9186,9194],{},[39,9155,9156,9159],{},[54,9157,9158],{},"“north wall”, “east wall”",[54,9160,9161],{},"The wall that faces this compass direction as seen from inside the room. The set north direction applies; without a north direction, plan-up counts as north and the result says so.",[39,9163,9164,9167],{},[54,9165,9166],{},"“from the left corner”, “from the right corner”",[54,9168,9169],{},"Left and right are seen from inside the room, facing the wall. The distance is measured on the inner face from the inner corner, so the thickness of the adjoining wall is already deducted.",[39,9171,9172,9175],{},[54,9173,9174],{},"“the first 45 cm”, “centre 1.20 m”",[54,9176,9177],{},"Distance to the first box axis or to the centre of the frame.",[39,9179,9180,9183],{},[54,9181,9182],{},"“axis spacing 71 mm”, “double socket”",[54,9184,9185],{},"Several boxes in one shared frame with 71 mm axis spacing, at most five. Any other axis spacing is rejected.",[39,9187,9188,9191],{},[54,9189,9190],{},"“1.5 m apart”",[54,9192,9193],{},"Separate frames with this centre-to-centre distance.",[39,9195,9196,9199],{},[54,9197,9198],{},"“30 cm above the finished floor”",[54,9200,9201],{},"Height of the box centre, stored as the device’s own mounting height. Without a height, the standard height of the device type applies.",[10,9203,9204],{},"Several sockets in one frame become one device with several outlets, like a double socket. Switches, Ethernet and coaxial outlets in one frame form a shared frame group. Supported are sockets, splashproof sockets, switches, roller shutter switches (single only) and Ethernet and coaxial outlets. Push buttons are still placed one by one.",[10,9206,9207],{},"If a detail does not fit, the assistant places nothing and states the reason: for example when the position falls into a door, a box already sits at that spot at the same height, the height exceeds the room height, or several walls of the room face the same direction. Nothing is moved silently. On request, the assistant first creates a preview without changing anything. The placed row is a single undo step.",[28,9209,9211],{"id":9210},"how-can-i-recognise-an-assistant-change","How can I recognise an assistant change?",[10,9213,9214,9215,9218],{},"Each agent action appears with the person who requested it in the activity panel. Saved assistant changes have a bot tile and ",[14,9216,9217],{},"Assistant · on behalf of …"," in project history. The name identifies the member who gave the task, including when you review another member's changes. The marker remains visible with history access even without your own chat access.",[10,9220,9221,9222,9225],{},"Outside the studio, the history sheet shows a small bot icon next to the actor. Hover over it or focus it with the keyboard to read ",[14,9223,9224],{},"Assistant on behalf of …",". Conversations and read-only actions are not saved project changes.",[28,9227,9229],{"id":9228},"can-i-undo-an-agent-action","Can I undo an agent action?",[10,9231,9232,9233,9235],{},"Supported, completed project changes offer ",[14,9234,588],{}," on their action card. It is enabled only for the latest eligible change with a valid undo entry and matching project context. Answers, read-only actions and unsupported actions do not offer this option. A history entry alone is not a restore button. After undoing a change, check the action status and the project.",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":9237},[9238,9239,9240,9241,9242,9243,9244,9245],{"id":8909,"depth":809,"text":8910},{"id":8937,"depth":809,"text":8938},{"id":9000,"depth":809,"text":9001},{"id":9033,"depth":809,"text":9034},{"id":9123,"depth":809,"text":9124},{"id":9133,"depth":809,"text":9134},{"id":9210,"depth":809,"text":9211},{"id":9228,"depth":809,"text":9229},"Follow project changes and assistant tasks in the studio, check who requested each action, and give the PlanElec assistant instructions in your own words.","studio-activity-assistant",{},10,"\u002Fhelp\u002Fstudio-aktivitaet-assistent.en","2026-09-15",{"title":4625,"description":9246},"help\u002Fstudio-aktivitaet-assistent.en",[9255,9256,8988,841],"Studio","Project history","aJMemiKPpF4krbzvpyPwqKGTpPOlSy1wJbD-cmTVKdE",{"id":9259,"title":9260,"body":9261,"category":5022,"description":9707,"extension":824,"guideId":9708,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":9709,"navigation":829,"order":9710,"path":9711,"publishedAt":9712,"readTime":833,"seo":9713,"seoTitle":7342,"slug":9714,"stem":9715,"tags":9716,"updatedAt":9712,"__hash__":9722},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Ffloor-alignment-building-origin.en.md","How do I align floors on top of each other, and what does the building origin do?",{"type":7,"value":9262,"toc":9697},[9263,9277,9281,9388,9393,9397,9400,9403,9424,9427,9432,9436,9439,9514,9528,9536,9541,9545,9570,9576,9581,9585,9588,9591,9611,9616,9620,9652,9657,9661,9677,9682,9686],[10,9264,9265,9266,9269,9270,7715,9273,9276],{},"To stack floors exactly on top of each other, open the alignment for the floor that should move, show another floor as an overlay and set at least two ",[14,9267,9268],{},"point pairs"," (for example the bottom-right corner and a second corner). Alternatively, enter offset and rotation by hand. Then choose ",[14,9271,9272],{},"Save alignment",[14,9274,9275],{},"Set origin here"," is not for this: the building origin is one single point for the whole project, and moving it shifts every floor by the same vector. Their position relative to each other does not change.",[28,9278,9280],{"id":9279},"which-tool-for-which-goal","Which tool for which goal?",[33,9282,9283,9294],{},[36,9284,9285],{},[39,9286,9287,9289,9292],{},[42,9288,4801],{},[42,9290,9291],{},"Tool",[42,9293,641],{},[49,9295,9296,9315,9338,9350,9364,9376],{},[39,9297,9298,9301,9307],{},[54,9299,9300],{},"Make one floor coincide with another (corners, walls)",[54,9302,9303,9306],{},[14,9304,9305],{},"Align floors"," with point pairs",[54,9308,9309,9310,5352,9312,9314],{},"Toolbar in ",[14,9311,3974],{},[14,9313,4898],{}," menu, the floor's status badge in the building view",[39,9316,9317,9320,9335],{},[54,9318,9319],{},"Correct the alignment by a few centimetres",[54,9321,9322,9325,9326,93,9329,93,9332],{},[14,9323,9324],{},"Fine tuning",": arrows, ",[14,9327,9328],{},"X offset (m)",[14,9330,9331],{},"Y offset (m)",[14,9333,9334],{},"Rotation (°)",[54,9336,9337],{},"Alignment panel",[39,9339,9340,9343,9348],{},[54,9341,9342],{},"Use a stair or shaft as a shared point",[54,9344,9345],{},[14,9346,9347],{},"Adopt a stair or shaft",[54,9349,9337],{},[39,9351,9352,9355,9359],{},[54,9353,9354],{},"Fix the zero point of the whole building",[54,9356,9357],{},[14,9358,9275],{},[54,9360,9309,9361,9363],{},[14,9362,3974],{}," mode",[39,9365,9366,9369,9374],{},[54,9367,9368],{},"Return to the starting values",[54,9370,9371],{},[14,9372,9373],{},"Reset to assumptions",[54,9375,9337],{},[39,9377,9378,9381,9386],{},[54,9379,9380],{},"Enter finished-floor elevation, clear height and slab",[54,9382,9383],{},[14,9384,9385],{},"Physical heights",[54,9387,9337],{},[10,9389,9390],{},[24,9391],{"id":9392},"origin",[28,9394,9396],{"id":9395},"why-do-all-floors-move-when-i-set-the-origin","Why do all floors move when I set the origin?",[10,9398,9399],{},"The building origin is the zero point of the project's shared coordinate system. It exists once, not per floor. It is stored in the coordinates of the reference floor; if you click on another floor, the point is first transferred to the reference floor.",[10,9401,9402],{},"When you set it, PlanElec shifts the stored position of every floor by the same vector. The confirmation says so: “Building origin set. All floors keep their relative position.” The origin therefore changes where the coordinates start, not the distance between two floors. If two floors do not line up before, they still do not line up afterwards.",[10,9404,9405,9406,9408,9409,9411,9412,9415,9416,9419,9420,9423],{},"To set the origin: switch to ",[14,9407,3974],{}," mode, choose ",[14,9410,9275],{}," in the toolbar and click the point you want. Wall nodes snap, so the origin lands on a real building corner. As long as you have never set the origin and the reference floor is active, the chip ",[14,9413,9414],{},"Set origin here (bottom left)"," proposes the lower-left corner of the outer outline. ",[14,9417,9418],{},"Show origin & markers"," displays the marker, ",[14,9421,9422],{},"Go to origin"," centres the view on it.",[10,9425,9426],{},"If you want the bottom-right corner to be your zero point, set the origin there on the reference floor. That does not align the other floors; for that you need the alignment below.",[10,9428,9429],{},[24,9430],{"id":9431},"pairs",[28,9433,9435],{"id":9434},"how-do-i-align-a-floor-with-point-pairs","How do I align a floor with point pairs?",[10,9437,9438],{},"Point pairs are the most direct route when the floors have the same outer dimensions.",[266,9440,9441,9444,9465,9484,9493,9496,9509],{},[269,9442,9443],{},"Activate the floor that should move. The reference floor does not move (see below).",[269,9445,9446,9447,9449,9450,9452,9453,5821,9456,9458,9459,9461,9462,82],{},"Open the alignment: ",[14,9448,9305],{}," in the toolbar in ",[14,9451,3974],{}," mode, or ",[14,9454,9455],{},"Align position …",[14,9457,4898],{}," menu of the floor selector, or click the floor's status badge in the building view. The stair toolbar also offers ",[14,9460,9305],{},". The panel is titled ",[14,9463,9464],{},"Align floors and define heights",[269,9466,3882,9467,9470,9471,7715,9474,93,9477,4282,9480,9483],{},[14,9468,9469],{},"Reference overlay",", pick the floor to use as a template in ",[14,9472,9473],{},"Show another floor",[14,9475,9476],{},"Overlay opacity",[14,9478,9479],{},"Blink",[14,9481,9482],{},"Show reference"," (press and hold, or hold Alt) help you compare.",[269,9485,3882,9486,3886,9489,9492],{},[14,9487,9488],{},"Point pairs",[14,9490,9491],{},"Set point pair",". It is only active with an overlay showing. The panel closes: first click the point in the current floor plan (“Select the point in the current floor plan”), then the same point in the overlay.",[269,9494,9495],{},"Repeat with a second point far from the first, for example the other corner of the bottom wall. From two point pairs onwards, offset and rotation are derived automatically; a single pair does not determine the rotation. Two points that coincide determine no position.",[269,9497,9498,9499,93,9502,4282,9505,9508],{},"Check ",[14,9500,9501],{},"Average deviation",[14,9503,9504],{},"Largest deviation",[14,9506,9507],{},"Observed scale deviation",". Scale stays fixed at 50 plan units per metre; only offset and rotation change. Clear deviations show that the plans do not match exactly.",[269,9510,4916,9511,9513],{},[14,9512,9272],{},". Saving is a single undo step.",[10,9515,8004,9516,9519,9520,9523,9524,9527],{},[14,9517,9518],{},"Edit markers in the floor plan"," you drag the markers; ",[14,9521,9522],{},"Back to the alignment"," reopens the panel. Individual pairs can only be removed from three pairs onwards; ",[14,9525,9526],{},"Discard point pairs"," clears them all.",[10,9529,9530,9531,3886,9533,82],{},"A stair or shaft that connects the active floor with the reference floor can serve as a pair: under ",[14,9532,9347],{},[14,9534,9535],{},"Adopt",[10,9537,9538],{},[24,9539],{"id":9540},"numeric",[28,9542,9544],{"id":9543},"how-do-i-enter-offset-and-rotation-by-hand","How do I enter offset and rotation by hand?",[10,9546,3882,9547,9549,9550,93,9552,4282,9554,9556,9557,93,9560,93,9563,4282,9566,9569],{},[14,9548,9324],{},", enter ",[14,9551,9328],{},[14,9553,9331],{},[14,9555,9334],{},". The offset applies in metres in the building's coordinate system; keep an overlay visible to check the result. The buttons ",[14,9558,9559],{},"Move up",[14,9561,9562],{},"Move down",[14,9564,9565],{},"Move left",[14,9567,9568],{},"Move right"," shift the floor by 1 cm, 10 cm with Shift.",[10,9571,9572,9573,9575],{},"While point pairs determine the position, these fields are locked (“Offset and rotation are derived from the point pairs and are therefore locked.”). Choose ",[14,9574,9526],{}," to work by hand again.",[10,9577,9578],{},[24,9579],{"id":9580},"reference",[28,9582,9584],{"id":9583},"which-floor-is-the-reference-floor","Which floor is the reference floor?",[10,9586,9587],{},"The panel names it at the top: “Building origin:” followed by the floor's name. The reference floor defines the building origin. By default it is the floor at level 0, otherwise the lowest. Its offset follows the origin you set and is not edited in the panel: no point pairs, fields and arrows locked.",[10,9589,9590],{},"The interface has no command for choosing the reference floor yourself. If you delete the reference floor, the neighbouring floor takes over the role, the origin returns to its default and the remaining floors keep their position relative to each other.",[10,9592,9593,9594,9597,9598,93,9601,9604,9605,7715,9608,9610],{},"A new floor first sits in the same place as the reference. In ",[14,9595,9596],{},"Create floor",", the question “How does this floor sit relative to the reference?” offers ",[14,9599,9600],{},"Like the reference",[14,9602,9603],{},"Align now"," (opens the alignment straight away) or ",[14,9606,9607],{},"Later",[14,9609,9603],{}," is missing when the new floor would itself become the reference.",[10,9612,9613],{},[24,9614],{"id":9615},"reset",[28,9617,9619],{"id":9618},"how-do-i-undo-or-reset-an-alignment","How do I undo or reset an alignment?",[322,9621,9622,9627,9640],{},[269,9623,9624,9626],{},[14,9625,9373],{}," sets offset and rotation to zero, the status to “Assumed”, the heights to the defaults for the level and removes the overlay. On the reference floor it restores the offset that follows from the origin, without moving the origin.",[269,9628,9629,9630,9633,9634,78,9637,82],{},"If you close the panel with unsaved changes, ",[14,9631,9632],{},"Discard the alignment?"," asks what to do: ",[14,9635,9636],{},"Keep editing",[14,9638,9639],{},"Discard",[269,9641,9642,9643,93,9646,78,9649,82],{},"The status display shows the state of each floor: ",[14,9644,9645],{},"Assumed",[14,9647,9648],{},"Confirmed",[14,9650,9651],{},"Needs review",[10,9653,9654],{},[24,9655],{"id":9656},"heights",[28,9658,9660],{"id":9659},"where-do-i-enter-floor-heights","Where do I enter floor heights?",[10,9662,9663,9664,9666,9667,93,9670,4282,9673,9676],{},"In the same panel under ",[14,9665,9385],{},": ",[14,9668,9669],{},"Finished-floor elevation (m)",[14,9671,9672],{},"Clear height (m)",[14,9674,9675],{},"Slab thickness above (m)",". Default values remain assumptions; only heights that actually change are confirmed when saved. If floors overlap in height, PlanElec refuses to save and names the minimum elevation required.",[10,9678,9679,9680,82],{},"Position and heights are saved together with ",[14,9681,9272],{},[28,9683,9685],{"id":9684},"related","Related",[322,9687,9688,9693],{},[269,9689,9690,9692],{},[24,9691,4238],{"href":4237}," to set each plan to scale first.",[269,9694,9695,82],{},[24,9696,4337],{"href":4336},{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":9698},[9699,9700,9701,9702,9703,9704,9705,9706],{"id":9279,"depth":809,"text":9280},{"id":9395,"depth":809,"text":9396},{"id":9434,"depth":809,"text":9435},{"id":9543,"depth":809,"text":9544},{"id":9583,"depth":809,"text":9584},{"id":9618,"depth":809,"text":9619},{"id":9659,"depth":809,"text":9660},{"id":9684,"depth":809,"text":9685},"Align one floor to another with point pairs or a numeric offset, and see why “Set origin here” moves all floors together.","floor-alignment-building-origin",{},11,"\u002Fhelp\u002Ffloor-alignment-building-origin.en","2026-10-09",{"title":9260,"description":9707},"align-floors-and-building-origin","help\u002Ffloor-alignment-building-origin.en",[9717,9718,9719,9488,9720,9721],"Floors","Alignment","Building origin","Overlay","Heights","Kl2_xQ4jE9LmYK1HOOBDlwzYfkeAupaZgeoQl5hFWRQ",{"id":9724,"title":4247,"body":9725,"category":822,"description":10614,"extension":824,"guideId":10615,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":10616,"navigation":829,"order":10617,"path":10618,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":5332,"seo":10619,"seoTitle":826,"slug":10620,"stem":10621,"tags":10622,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":10626},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Ffloorplan-recognition.en.md",{"type":7,"value":9726,"toc":10596},[9727,9744,9748,9752,9821,9827,9832,9836,9842,9846,9884,9888,9926,9931,9935,9942,9991,10003,10015,10019,10023,10036,10134,10141,10146,10150,10157,10161,10165,10171,10215,10221,10247,10252,10256,10261,10325,10342,10347,10351,10355,10384,10387,10392,10397,10401,10404,10474,10478,10482,10559,10564,10568,10574,10578],[10,9728,9729,9730,9733,9734,9736,9737,9739,9740,9743],{},"Floor plan recognition reads a plan page – PDF, PNG, JPEG or WebP, including a PDF export from Trikker – and turns it into a ",[14,9731,9732],{},"proposal",": walls, rooms with their calculated area, doors and windows, plus the electrical symbols PlanElec knows. You need at least the project role ",[14,9735,99],{},". You review the proposal in the ",[14,9738,7411],{}," panel, correct it where needed and confirm the scale. Only then does ",[14,9741,9742],{},"Import"," write it into an empty floor, as a single undo step. No circuits, single-line diagram or cables are created; you plan those afterwards as usual.",[10,9745,9746],{},[24,9747],{"id":26},[28,9749,9751],{"id":9750},"what-do-you-need","What do you need?",[33,9753,9754,9762],{},[36,9755,9756],{},[39,9757,9758,9760],{},[42,9759,44],{},[42,9761,47],{},[49,9763,9764,9779,9787,9795,9803,9813],{},[39,9765,9766,9768],{},[54,9767,87],{},[54,9769,9770,93,9772,78,9774,100,9776,9778],{},[14,9771,92],{},[14,9773,96],{},[14,9775,99],{},[14,9777,103],{}," role you cannot start a recognition.",[39,9780,9781,9784],{},[54,9782,9783],{},"File format",[54,9785,9786],{},"PDF, PNG, JPEG or WebP up to 50 MB. DXF and DWG are not recognised.",[39,9788,9789,9792],{},[54,9790,9791],{},"Plan page",[54,9793,9794],{},"A page that shows a floor plan. For a multi-page PDF you choose the page yourself.",[39,9796,9797,9800],{},[54,9798,9799],{},"Target floor",[54,9801,9802],{},"An empty floor without walls. Importing into a floor that already has drawing is blocked.",[39,9804,9805,9807],{},[54,9806,7251],{},[54,9808,9809,9810,9812],{},"Must be confirmed before import. Without a confirmed scale, ",[14,9811,9742],{}," stays blocked.",[39,9814,9815,9818],{},[54,9816,9817],{},"Quota",[54,9819,9820],{},"30 recognition runs per user per day; every run also uses your AI allowance.",[10,9822,9823,9824,9826],{},"The file is stored in the project's ",[14,9825,305],{},". You upload the plan once: it is the source for recognition and stays available as a project file afterwards.",[10,9828,9829],{},[24,9830],{"id":9831},"start",[28,9833,9835],{"id":9834},"where-do-you-start-recognition","Where do you start recognition?",[10,9837,9838,9839,9841],{},"There are two entry points. Both lead to the same result in the ",[14,9840,7411],{}," panel.",[317,9843,9845],{"id":9844},"on-an-empty-floor","On an empty floor",[266,9847,9848,9856,9861,9867,9877],{},[269,9849,7459,9850,9852,9853,9855],{},[14,9851,3974],{}," mode, open a floor with no walls and no template. The card ",[14,9854,4219],{}," appears.",[269,9857,4916,9858,9860],{},[14,9859,4243],{},", then your file.",[269,9862,9863,9864,9866],{},"PlanElec stores the plan in the project files and shows progress in three steps. ",[14,9865,7268],{}," stops the run.",[269,9868,9869,9870,9873,9874,9876],{},"For a single-page plan, recognition starts straight away. If the PDF has several pages, the ",[14,9871,9872],{},"Project file preview"," opens: go to the page with the floor plan and start ",[14,9875,7385],{}," there.",[269,9878,9879,9880,9883],{},"How you know it worked: the message “Floor plan recognised. Check the draft and measure a known distance.” appears and the ",[14,9881,9882],{},"Correct draft"," dialog opens.",[317,9885,9887],{"id":9886},"from-the-project-files","From the project files",[266,9889,9890,9903,9906,9917],{},[269,9891,4354,9892,9894,9895,9898,9899,9902],{},[14,9893,305],{}," panel. Next to a PDF you find ",[14,9896,9897],{},"Recognise plan with AI",", next to an image ",[14,9900,9901],{},"Recognise photo with AI",". Both start floor plan recognition.",[269,9904,9905],{},"For a multi-page PDF, the preview opens instead. Choose the page there.",[269,9907,3868,9908,9910,9911,9914,9915,82],{},[14,9909,9872],{},", pick a method under ",[14,9912,9913],{},"Recognition method"," and start ",[14,9916,7385],{},[269,9918,9919,9920,9922,9923,9925],{},"After the run, PlanElec switches to ",[14,9921,3974],{}," mode and opens the ",[14,9924,7411],{}," panel. The proposal is shown as a preview over the floor.",[10,9927,9928],{},[24,9929],{"id":9930},"method",[28,9932,9934],{"id":9933},"what-does-the-automatic-method-do","What does the “Automatic” method do?",[10,9936,9937,9938,9941],{},"The default is ",[14,9939,9940],{},"Automatic (PDF vectors + AI)",". The server decides, page by page, where the walls come from:",[33,9943,9944,9957],{},[36,9945,9946],{},[39,9947,9948,9951,9954],{},[42,9949,9950],{},"Plan",[42,9952,9953],{},"Where the walls come from",[42,9955,9956],{},"What the AI adds",[49,9958,9959,9970,9981],{},[39,9960,9961,9964,9967],{},[54,9962,9963],{},"Vector PDF whose wall lines form closed rooms",[54,9965,9966],{},"straight from the PDF's lines",[54,9968,9969],{},"room names, room categories, windows, device symbols and dimension lines it reads",[39,9971,9972,9975,9978],{},[54,9973,9974],{},"Scanned PDF, or PDF without closed wall outlines",[54,9976,9977],{},"AI image recognition",[54,9979,9980],{},"for PDFs, also room names from the text layer and doors from the drawn door swings",[39,9982,9983,9986,9988],{},[54,9984,9985],{},"PNG, JPEG, WebP",[54,9987,9977],{},[54,9989,9990],{},"–",[10,9992,9993,9994,9996,9997,78,10000,82],{},"If the AI step fails on a vector PDF, the walls from the PDF remain as the proposal. The header of the ",[14,9995,7411],{}," panel shows which route was taken, for example ",[14,9998,9999],{},"PDF walls + AI",[14,10001,10002],{},"PDF wall proposal",[10,10004,10005,10008,10009,5821,10012,10014],{},[14,10006,10007],{},"LLM image recognition"," forces image recognition alone, without PDF vectors. Use it as an alternative when the automatic choice gives a weak result. ",[14,10010,10011],{},"Recognize again",[14,10013,7411],{}," panel reruns the same plan with the chosen method. Every new run counts towards the daily quota.",[10,10016,10017],{},[24,10018],{"id":393},[28,10020,10022],{"id":10021},"what-is-in-the-proposal-and-how-do-you-review-it","What is in the proposal and how do you review it?",[10,10024,400,10025,10027,10028,93,10031,78,10034,82],{},[14,10026,7411],{}," panel splits the proposal into sections. The top line shows the page and the status: ",[14,10029,10030],{},"Proposal",[14,10032,10033],{},"Input needed",[14,10035,6067],{},[33,10037,10038,10051],{},[36,10039,10040],{},[39,10041,10042,10045,10048],{},[42,10043,10044],{},"Section",[42,10046,10047],{},"What you see",[42,10049,10050],{},"What you decide",[49,10052,10053,10066,10079,10092,10105,10118],{},[39,10054,10055,10060,10063],{},[54,10056,10057],{},[14,10058,10059],{},"Rooms",[54,10061,10062],{},"every closed room with its calculated area, the area printed on the plan and the difference",[54,10064,10065],{},"keep the name or clear it. Clearing only drops the name; the walls stay.",[39,10067,10068,10073,10076],{},[54,10069,10070],{},[14,10071,10072],{},"Openings",[54,10074,10075],{},"door or window with its width",[54,10077,10078],{},"tick or clear individual openings",[39,10080,10081,10085,10088],{},[54,10082,10083],{},[14,10084,7251],{},[54,10086,10087],{},"source, anchors in metres, deviation",[54,10089,10090],{},[14,10091,7425],{},[39,10093,10094,10099,10102],{},[54,10095,10096],{},[14,10097,10098],{},"Names",[54,10100,10101],{},"the room names that will be imported",[54,10103,10104],{},"a final check before import",[39,10106,10107,10112,10115],{},[54,10108,10109],{},[14,10110,10111],{},"Devices",[54,10113,10114],{},"recognised symbols such as socket, switch, light point",[54,10116,10117],{},"tick or clear individual devices",[39,10119,10120,10125,10131],{},[54,10121,10122],{},[14,10123,10124],{},"Questions",[54,10126,10127,10128],{},"open points; blocking ones are marked ",[14,10129,10130],{},"blocking",[54,10132,10133],{},"resolve them before importing",[10,10135,10136,10137,10140],{},"These symbols are recognised: socket, double socket, waterproof socket, switched socket, switch, push button, doorbell push button, motion detector, light point, spot, wall light, fluorescent tube, transformer, Ethernet and coaxial outlet, distribution board, junction box, stove, oven, dishwasher, washing machine, dryer, fridge, extractor hood, boiler, roller shutter motor and smoke detector. A symbol outside this list appears as ",[14,10138,10139],{},"Unknown symbol"," and is not imported.",[10,10142,10143],{},[24,10144],{"id":10145},"printed-areas",[317,10147,10149],{"id":10148},"printed-room-areas-as-a-cross-check","Printed room areas as a cross-check",[10,10151,10152,10153,10156],{},"Many architectural plans print the area of each room. That number comes from the annotation, not from the recognised walls, so it is an independent check. When it matches, ",[14,10154,10155],{},"✓ plan"," appears next to the room. If a room differs by 10 % or more, PlanElec flags it above the room list: a wall is probably in the wrong place. If the printed areas as a whole do not fit the scale, a question appears and you measure a known length.",[10,10158,10159],{},[24,10160],{"id":7609},[28,10162,10164],{"id":10163},"where-does-the-scale-come-from","Where does the scale come from?",[10,10166,10167,10168,10170],{},"A proposal without a confirmed scale is not imported. The ",[14,10169,7251],{}," section shows where it came from:",[33,10172,10173,10183],{},[36,10174,10175],{},[39,10176,10177,10180],{},[42,10178,10179],{},"Shown as",[42,10181,10182],{},"Source",[49,10184,10185,10195,10205],{},[39,10186,10187,10192],{},[54,10188,10189],{},[14,10190,10191],{},"From dimension lines",[54,10193,10194],{},"The AI reads the dimension lines on the page. Several independent dimension lines are evaluated together.",[39,10196,10197,10202],{},[54,10198,10199],{},[14,10200,10201],{},"From the PDF scale",[54,10203,10204],{},"The scale stored in the PDF. It is checked against the dimension lines read; if they contradict it, the dimension lines win.",[39,10206,10207,10212],{},[54,10208,10209],{},[14,10210,10211],{},"Two points, measured by you",[54,10213,10214],{},"You marked a known distance in the correction dialog and entered its length.",[10,10216,10217,10218,10220],{},"Your own measurement takes priority. If it contradicts several matching dimension lines, however, PlanElec uses the dimension lines and reports this under ",[14,10219,10124],{},". Check that you placed the right points.",[266,10222,10223,10229,10232,10241],{},[269,10224,10225,10226,10228],{},"Read the source and deviation in the ",[14,10227,7251],{}," section.",[269,10230,10231],{},"Compare a distance whose length you know for certain with the proposal, for example a dimensioned outer wall.",[269,10233,10234,10235,10237,10238,82],{},"If it matches, choose ",[14,10236,7425],{},". The section then shows ",[14,10239,10240],{},"Scale confirmed",[269,10242,10243,10244,10246],{},"If it does not, open ",[14,10245,9882],{}," and measure the distance yourself.",[10,10248,10249],{},[24,10250],{"id":10251},"correct",[28,10253,10255],{"id":10254},"how-do-you-correct-the-draft","How do you correct the draft?",[10,10257,10258,10260],{},[14,10259,9882],{}," shows the original page with the recognised walls on top. If only the scale is missing, the dialog opens by itself. Changes are only written to the floor when you import.",[33,10262,10263,10271],{},[36,10264,10265],{},[39,10266,10267,10269],{},[42,10268,9291],{},[42,10270,418],{},[49,10272,10273,10286,10296,10306,10316],{},[39,10274,10275,10280],{},[54,10276,10277],{},[14,10278,10279],{},"Measure distance",[54,10281,10282,10283],{},"mark two points of a known distance and enter the ",[14,10284,10285],{},"Length in metres",[39,10287,10288,10293],{},[54,10289,10290],{},[14,10291,10292],{},"Move corner",[54,10294,10295],{},"drag a corner to the right place; once selected, also with the arrow keys",[39,10297,10298,10303],{},[54,10299,10300],{},[14,10301,10302],{},"Add wall",[54,10304,10305],{},"click the start and end of a missing wall; existing corners snap",[39,10307,10308,10313],{},[54,10309,10310],{},[14,10311,10312],{},"Remove wall",[54,10314,10315],{},"click a wrong wall; its openings are removed with it",[39,10317,10318,10322],{},[54,10319,10320],{},[14,10321,588],{},[54,10323,10324],{},"revert the last correction inside the dialog",[266,10326,10327,10333,10336],{},[269,10328,10329,10330,10332],{},"Measure a known length with ",[14,10331,10279],{},", preferably a long one.",[269,10334,10335],{},"Check every room: it must be closed by walls all the way round. Add missing walls and move misplaced corners.",[269,10337,4916,10338,10341],{},[14,10339,10340],{},"Save draft",". The scale then counts as confirmed. If the target floor is empty and no question is blocking, PlanElec imports the draft straight away. Otherwise a message explains why, and you import it yourself later.",[10,10343,10344,10345,82],{},"A distorted photo or a plan with an unclear crop cannot be straightened in this dialog. In that case, place the plan as a template and set it up in the layer workbench, see ",[24,10346,4238],{"href":4237},[10,10348,10349],{},[24,10350],{"id":558},[28,10352,10354],{"id":10353},"how-do-you-import-the-proposal-into-the-floor","How do you import the proposal into the floor?",[266,10356,10357,10366,10371,10375],{},[269,10358,10359,10360,10362,10363,10365],{},"At the bottom of the ",[14,10361,7411],{}," panel, choose the ",[14,10364,9799],{},". It must be empty.",[269,10367,10368,10369,82],{},"Check that the scale is confirmed and that no question shows ",[14,10370,10130],{},[269,10372,4916,10373,82],{},[14,10374,9742],{},[269,10376,10377,10378,10380,10381,82],{},"How you know it worked: the message “The proposal was imported.” appears and ",[14,10379,3974],{}," mode shows walls, rooms, openings and devices. The original page sits under the walls as the template ",[14,10382,10383],{},"Recognised plan page",[10,10385,10386],{},"The whole import is one undo step: ⌘Z or Ctrl+Z reverts it completely. If an element could not be placed – a door without a matching wall, or a device with no wall within reach, for instance – PlanElec reports how many elements were not imported. You place those by hand. Rooms receive their names and, where recognised, a room category. If the plan gives no heights for doors and windows, PlanElec uses default values; check them where it matters.",[10,10388,10389,10390,82],{},"If you recognised several floors separately, stack them afterwards: ",[24,10391,7342],{"href":4295},[10,10393,10394],{},[24,10395],{"id":10396},"no-result",[28,10398,10400],{"id":10399},"what-if-recognition-finds-nothing-usable","What if recognition finds nothing usable?",[10,10402,10403],{},"If recognition started from the start card finds no usable floor plan – fewer than three walls – PlanElec discards the proposal. The plan is then placed on the floor as a template, the layer workbench opens and you trace the outer walls. Other situations:",[33,10405,10406,10416],{},[36,10407,10408],{},[39,10409,10410,10412,10414],{},[42,10411,9075],{},[42,10413,4689],{},[42,10415,638],{},[49,10417,10418,10429,10440,10451,10463],{},[39,10419,10420,10423,10426],{},[54,10421,10422],{},"Daily quota used up",[54,10424,10425],{},"30 runs used today; failed runs count too",[54,10427,10428],{},"Try again the next day (UTC) or trace the plan",[39,10430,10431,10434,10437],{},[54,10432,10433],{},"Timeout",[54,10435,10436],{},"The run took too long",[54,10438,10439],{},"Try again or choose another method",[39,10441,10442,10445,10448],{},[54,10443,10444],{},"File not recognisable",[54,10446,10447],{},"Unsupported format or larger than 50 MB",[54,10449,10450],{},"Use PDF, PNG, JPEG or WebP",[39,10452,10453,10457,10460],{},[54,10454,10455],{},[14,10456,10033],{},[54,10458,10459],{},"Usually the scale is missing",[54,10461,10462],{},"Measure a known distance in the correction dialog",[39,10464,10465,10468,10471],{},[54,10466,10467],{},"AI allowance insufficient",[54,10469,10470],{},"Your remaining AI allowance is not enough for this run",[54,10472,10473],{},"Trace the plan from the template",[10,10475,10476],{},[24,10477],{"id":715},[28,10479,10481],{"id":10480},"what-does-the-ai-not-recognise","What does the AI not recognise?",[33,10483,10484,10494],{},[36,10485,10486],{},[39,10487,10488,10491],{},[42,10489,10490],{},"Limit",[42,10492,10493],{},"What it means",[49,10495,10496,10504,10517,10527,10535,10543,10551],{},[39,10497,10498,10501],{},[54,10499,10500],{},"No circuits, diagram or cables",[54,10502,10503],{},"Recognition covers the position and type of symbols. Circuit assignment, protective devices and the single-line diagram come afterwards.",[39,10505,10506,10509],{},[54,10507,10508],{},"No import of Trikker project files",[54,10510,10511,10512,10516],{},"A PDF export from Trikker is recognised like any PDF; ",[10513,10514,10515],"code",{},".trik"," files cannot be imported.",[39,10518,10519,10522],{},[54,10520,10521],{},"No import without scale",[54,10523,10524,10525,9812],{},"Without a confirmed scale, ",[14,10526,9742],{},[39,10528,10529,10532],{},[54,10530,10531],{},"Empty floors only",[54,10533,10534],{},"Recognition does not add to an existing floor plan.",[39,10536,10537,10540],{},[54,10538,10539],{},"No DXF\u002FDWG recognition",[54,10541,10542],{},"Import a DXF as a scaled template through the regular import.",[39,10544,10545,10548],{},[54,10546,10547],{},"No sections or elevations",[54,10549,10550],{},"Recognition expects a floor plan; other sheet types do not produce a usable proposal.",[39,10552,10553,10556],{},[54,10554,10555],{},"A proposal is not a survey",[54,10557,10558],{},"Check dimensions, wall layout and symbols before planning further.",[10,10560,10561],{},[24,10562],{"id":10563},"privacy",[28,10565,10567],{"id":10566},"what-happens-to-your-plan","What happens to your plan?",[10,10569,10570,10571,10573],{},"The file is stored in your project's project files. Only the selected page goes to the external AI provider: as an image and, for a PDF, together with that page's text. The request runs through an EU route; the provider does not store it and does not train on it. PlanElec logs every run with the page sent and the result, so a proposal can be traced later. The note “The page will be sent to an external AI provider for analysis.” sits directly on the ",[14,10572,7385],{}," action.",[28,10575,10577],{"id":10576},"what-next","What next?",[322,10579,10580,10585,10591],{},[269,10581,10582,10583],{},"Add symbols and connect them to the topology: ",[24,10584,4337],{"href":4336},[269,10586,10587,10588],{},"Plan circuits and boards: ",[24,10589,10590],{"href":4390},"Plan the installation and distribution boards",[269,10592,10593,10594],{},"Trace a plan without AI or calibrate the scale by hand: ",[24,10595,4238],{"href":4237},{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":10597},[10598,10599,10603,10604,10607,10608,10609,10610,10611,10612,10613],{"id":9750,"depth":809,"text":9751},{"id":9834,"depth":809,"text":9835,"children":10600},[10601,10602],{"id":9844,"depth":816,"text":9845},{"id":9886,"depth":816,"text":9887},{"id":9933,"depth":809,"text":9934},{"id":10021,"depth":809,"text":10022,"children":10605},[10606],{"id":10148,"depth":816,"text":10149},{"id":10163,"depth":809,"text":10164},{"id":10254,"depth":809,"text":10255},{"id":10353,"depth":809,"text":10354},{"id":10399,"depth":809,"text":10400},{"id":10480,"depth":809,"text":10481},{"id":10566,"depth":809,"text":10567},{"id":10576,"depth":809,"text":10577},"Upload a plan page as PDF, PNG, JPEG or WebP, review the AI proposal with walls, rooms, doors, windows and device symbols, confirm the scale and import everything into an empty floor.","floorplan-recognition",{},12,"\u002Fhelp\u002Ffloorplan-recognition.en",{"title":4247,"description":10614},"recognise-a-floor-plan-with-ai","help\u002Ffloorplan-recognition.en",[10623,841,5904,7609,10624,10625],"floor plan recognition","rooms","Trikker","O7NoxSVesTXbECpWSdDZqC1LHeqPpFwIEYBz6114m1U",{"id":4,"title":5,"body":10628,"category":822,"description":823,"extension":824,"guideId":825,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":11200,"navigation":829,"order":830,"path":831,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":833,"seo":11201,"seoTitle":835,"slug":836,"stem":837,"tags":11202,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":844},{"type":7,"value":10629,"toc":11188},[10630,10634,10636,10640,10642,10714,10718,10722,10724,10726,10798,10800,10804,10806,10834,10836,10838,10860,10862,10866,10868,10880,10882,10884,10888,10890,10896,10996,10998,11008,11010,11014,11016,11024,11026,11046,11048,11050,11054,11056,11060,11110,11116,11118,11122,11124,11182],[10,10631,12,10632,17],{},[14,10633,16],{},[10,10635,20],{},[10,10637,10638],{},[24,10639],{"id":26},[28,10641,31],{"id":30},[33,10643,10644,10652],{},[36,10645,10646],{},[39,10647,10648,10650],{},[42,10649,44],{},[42,10651,47],{},[49,10653,10654,10662,10674,10688,10694,10700,10706],{},[39,10655,10656,10658],{},[54,10657,56],{},[54,10659,59,10660,63],{},[14,10661,62],{},[39,10663,10664,10666],{},[54,10665,68],{},[54,10667,10668,74,10670,78,10672,82],{},[14,10669,73],{},[14,10671,77],{},[14,10673,81],{},[39,10675,10676,10678],{},[54,10677,87],{},[54,10679,10680,93,10682,78,10684,100,10686,104],{},[14,10681,92],{},[14,10683,96],{},[14,10685,99],{},[14,10687,103],{},[39,10689,10690,10692],{},[54,10691,109],{},[54,10693,112],{},[39,10695,10696,10698],{},[54,10697,62],{},[54,10699,119],{},[39,10701,10702,10704],{},[54,10703,124],{},[54,10705,127],{},[39,10707,10708,10710],{},[54,10709,132],{},[54,10711,135,10712,82],{},[14,10713,132],{},[10,10715,140,10716,144],{},[14,10717,143],{},[10,10719,10720],{},[24,10721],{"id":149},[28,10723,153],{"id":152},[10,10725,156],{},[33,10727,10728,10736],{},[36,10729,10730],{},[39,10731,10732,10734],{},[42,10733,165],{},[42,10735,168],{},[49,10737,10738,10744,10750,10756,10762,10768,10774,10782,10790],{},[39,10739,10740,10742],{},[54,10741,175],{},[54,10743,178],{},[39,10745,10746,10748],{},[54,10747,183],{},[54,10749,186],{},[39,10751,10752,10754],{},[54,10753,191],{},[54,10755,194],{},[39,10757,10758,10760],{},[54,10759,199],{},[54,10761,202],{},[39,10763,10764,10766],{},[54,10765,207],{},[54,10767,210],{},[39,10769,10770,10772],{},[54,10771,215],{},[54,10773,218],{},[39,10775,10776,10778],{},[54,10777,223],{},[54,10779,226,10780,230],{},[14,10781,229],{},[39,10783,10784,10786],{},[54,10785,235],{},[54,10787,10788,241],{},[14,10789,240],{},[39,10791,10792,10794],{},[54,10793,246],{},[54,10795,10796,252],{},[14,10797,251],{},[10,10799,255],{},[10,10801,10802],{},[24,10803],{"id":260},[28,10805,264],{"id":263},[266,10807,10808,10816,10824,10830,10832],{},[269,10809,271,10810,275,10812,279,10814,82],{},[14,10811,274],{},[14,10813,278],{},[14,10815,282],{},[269,10817,285,10818,288,10820,291,10822,295],{},[14,10819,73],{},[14,10821,62],{},[14,10823,294],{},[269,10825,298,10826,302,10828,306],{},[14,10827,301],{},[14,10829,305],{},[269,10831,309],{},[269,10833,312],{},[10,10835,315],{},[317,10837,320],{"id":319},[322,10839,10840,10844,10850,10854],{},[269,10841,10842,329],{},[14,10843,328],{},[269,10845,10846,335,10848,82],{},[14,10847,334],{},[14,10849,338],{},[269,10851,10852,344],{},[14,10853,343],{},[269,10855,10856,350,10858,82],{},[14,10857,349],{},[14,10859,353],{},[10,10861,356],{},[10,10863,10864],{},[24,10865],{"id":361},[28,10867,365],{"id":364},[266,10869,10870,10872,10876],{},[269,10871,370],{},[269,10873,298,10874,375],{},[14,10875,143],{},[269,10877,378,10878,382],{},[14,10879,381],{},[10,10881,385],{},[10,10883,388],{},[10,10885,10886],{},[24,10887],{"id":393},[28,10889,397],{"id":396},[10,10891,400,10892,403,10894,406],{},[14,10893,381],{},[14,10895,353],{},[33,10897,10898,10906],{},[36,10899,10900],{},[39,10901,10902,10904],{},[42,10903,415],{},[42,10905,418],{},[49,10907,10908,10916,10924,10932,10940,10948,10960,10970,10978,10988],{},[39,10909,10910,10914],{},[54,10911,10912],{},[14,10913,427],{},[54,10915,430],{},[39,10917,10918,10922],{},[54,10919,10920],{},[14,10921,199],{},[54,10923,439],{},[39,10925,10926,10930],{},[54,10927,10928],{},[14,10929,446],{},[54,10931,449],{},[39,10933,10934,10938],{},[54,10935,10936],{},[14,10937,456],{},[54,10939,459],{},[39,10941,10942,10946],{},[54,10943,10944],{},[14,10945,466],{},[54,10947,469],{},[39,10949,10950,10958],{},[54,10951,10952,93,10954,93,10956],{},[14,10953,476],{},[14,10955,479],{},[14,10957,482],{},[54,10959,485],{},[39,10961,10962,10968],{},[54,10963,10964,93,10966,496],{},[14,10965,492],{},[14,10967,495],{},[54,10969,499],{},[39,10971,10972,10976],{},[54,10973,10974],{},[14,10975,506],{},[54,10977,509],{},[39,10979,10980,10986],{},[54,10981,10982,517,10984],{},[14,10983,516],{},[14,10985,520],{},[54,10987,523],{},[39,10989,10990,10994],{},[54,10991,10992],{},[14,10993,530],{},[54,10995,533],{},[10,10997,536],{},[266,10999,11000,11002,11004,11006],{},[269,11001,541],{},[269,11003,544],{},[269,11005,547],{},[269,11007,550],{},[10,11009,553],{},[10,11011,11012],{},[24,11013],{"id":558},[28,11015,562],{"id":561},[266,11017,11018,11022],{},[269,11019,567,11020,571],{},[14,11021,570],{},[269,11023,574],{},[10,11025,577],{},[322,11027,11028,11034,11038,11042],{},[269,11029,11030,585,11032,589],{},[14,11031,584],{},[14,11033,588],{},[269,11035,11036,595],{},[14,11037,594],{},[269,11039,11040,601],{},[14,11041,600],{},[269,11043,11044,607],{},[14,11045,606],{},[10,11047,610],{},[10,11049,613],{},[10,11051,11052],{},[24,11053],{"id":618},[28,11055,622],{"id":621},[10,11057,625,11058,629],{},[14,11059,628],{},[33,11061,11062,11070],{},[36,11063,11064],{},[39,11065,11066,11068],{},[42,11067,638],{},[42,11069,641],{},[49,11071,11072,11082,11092,11102],{},[39,11073,11074,11076],{},[54,11075,648],{},[54,11077,651,11078,654,11080,657],{},[14,11079,294],{},[14,11081,73],{},[39,11083,11084,11086],{},[54,11085,662],{},[54,11087,11088,668,11090],{},[14,11089,667],{},[24,11091,672],{"href":671},[39,11093,11094,11096],{},[54,11095,677],{},[54,11097,11098,682,11100],{},[14,11099,73],{},[24,11101,686],{"href":685},[39,11103,11104,11106],{},[54,11105,691],{},[54,11107,11108,697],{},[14,11109,696],{},[10,11111,700,11112,703,11114,82],{},[14,11113,696],{},[24,11115,707],{"href":706},[10,11117,710],{},[10,11119,11120],{},[24,11121],{"id":715},[28,11123,719],{"id":718},[33,11125,11126,11134],{},[36,11127,11128],{},[39,11129,11130,11132],{},[42,11131,728],{},[42,11133,731],{},[49,11135,11136,11146,11152,11158,11164,11170,11176],{},[39,11137,11138,11142],{},[54,11139,400,11140,740],{},[14,11141,62],{},[54,11143,743,11144,746],{},[14,11145,73],{},[39,11147,11148,11150],{},[54,11149,751],{},[54,11151,754],{},[39,11153,11154,11156],{},[54,11155,759],{},[54,11157,762],{},[39,11159,11160,11162],{},[54,11161,767],{},[54,11163,770],{},[39,11165,11166,11168],{},[54,11167,775],{},[54,11169,778],{},[39,11171,11172,11174],{},[54,11173,783],{},[54,11175,786],{},[39,11177,11178,11180],{},[54,11179,791],{},[54,11181,794],{},[10,11183,797,11184,802,11186,82],{},[24,11185,801],{"href":800},[24,11187,806],{"href":805},{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":11189},[11190,11191,11192,11195,11196,11197,11198,11199],{"id":30,"depth":809,"text":31},{"id":152,"depth":809,"text":153},{"id":263,"depth":809,"text":264,"children":11193},[11194],{"id":319,"depth":816,"text":320},{"id":364,"depth":809,"text":365},{"id":396,"depth":809,"text":397},{"id":561,"depth":809,"text":562},{"id":621,"depth":809,"text":622},{"id":718,"depth":809,"text":719},{},{"title":5,"description":823},[839,840,841,842,843],{"id":11204,"title":11205,"body":11206,"category":12200,"description":12201,"extension":824,"guideId":12202,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":12203,"navigation":829,"order":12204,"path":12205,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":5029,"seo":12206,"seoTitle":826,"slug":12207,"stem":12208,"tags":12209,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":12215},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fpv-planning.en.md","How do you plan a PV system in PlanElec?",{"type":7,"value":11207,"toc":12188},[11208,11217,11222,11226,11349,11352,11357,11361,11427,11430,11435,11439,11502,11508,11595,11602,11608,11612,11616,11623,11646,11649,11697,11701,11705,11716,11800,11807,11810,11828,11833,11837,11883,11886,11960,11963,11989,11992,11997,12001,12034,12037,12042,12046,12053,12064,12071,12075,12079,12088,12109,12113,12117,12179],[10,11209,11210,11211,11213,11214,11216],{},"In PlanElec you plan a PV system in the studio's ",[14,11212,4201],{}," mode: you lay out module arrays on the roof surfaces in the 3D view, add an inverter in the ",[14,11215,4204],{}," panel and assign the modules as strings to its MPPT inputs. You need a floor plan with a roof and an installation with at least one protective device the inverter can connect to. The result is a documented PV generator in the single-line diagram, one string symbol per string on the situation plan, a PVGIS-based yield forecast and a PV planning register in the self-check report. The string check compares the module and inverter data you document; structural design, shading by surrounding objects and testing of the installed system stay outside PlanElec. The official conformity inspection in Belgium (AREI in Dutch and German, RGIE in French) is carried out by an approved inspection body.",[10,11218,11219],{},[24,11220],{"id":11221},"overview",[28,11223,11225],{"id":11224},"which-steps-make-up-a-pv-design","Which steps make up a PV design?",[33,11227,11228,11241],{},[36,11229,11230],{},[39,11231,11232,11235,11238],{},[42,11233,11234],{},"Step",[42,11236,11237],{},"Where in PlanElec",[42,11239,11240],{},"Result",[49,11242,11243,11260,11276,11292,11309,11323,11338],{},[39,11244,11245,11248,11257],{},[54,11246,11247],{},"Roof and module arrays",[54,11249,11250,11252,11253,11256],{},[14,11251,4201],{}," mode, 3D view, ",[14,11254,11255],{},"PV modules"," bar",[54,11258,11259],{},"Arrays with module type, orientation and mounting",[39,11261,11262,11265,11273],{},[54,11263,11264],{},"Inverter and MPPTs",[54,11266,11267,11269,11270],{},[14,11268,4204],{}," panel → ",[14,11271,11272],{},"Add inverter",[54,11274,11275],{},"Inverter on its own circuit, with MPPT inputs",[39,11277,11278,11281,11289],{},[54,11279,11280],{},"Build strings",[54,11282,11283,78,11286],{},[14,11284,11285],{},"Assign strings",[14,11287,11288],{},"Distribute automatically",[54,11290,11291],{},"Strings per MPPT, with live limit checks",[39,11293,11294,11297,11306],{},[54,11295,11296],{},"String on the situation plan",[54,11298,11299,11300,279,11303],{},"Device palette ",[14,11301,11302],{},"Generation",[14,11304,11305],{},"Solar panel \u002F PV module",[54,11307,11308],{},"Exactly one symbol per string, linked to the inverter",[39,11310,11311,11314,11320],{},[54,11312,11313],{},"PV side of the single-line diagram",[54,11315,11316,11317,11319],{},"Select the inverter in the ",[14,11318,3996],{},", inspector",[54,11321,11322],{},"DC protection, AC isolation point, cable runs and frame PE",[39,11324,11325,11328,11335],{},[54,11326,11327],{},"Yield forecast",[54,11329,11330,11269,11332],{},[14,11331,4204],{},[14,11333,11334],{},"PV yield forecast",[54,11336,11337],{},"Annual and monthly yield, P50\u002FP90, loss chain, report",[39,11339,11340,11342,11346],{},[54,11341,4449],{},[54,11343,11344],{},[14,11345,3834],{},[54,11347,11348],{},"Self-check report with PV register, PV yield report, material list (pilot)",[10,11350,11351],{},"The order is a suggestion. You can also create the inverter in the single-line diagram first and lay out the roof later.",[10,11353,11354],{},[24,11355],{"id":11356},"roof-fields",[28,11358,11360],{"id":11359},"how-do-you-lay-out-module-arrays-on-the-roof","How do you lay out module arrays on the roof?",[266,11362,11363,11372,11396,11417],{},[269,11364,8504,11365,11367,11368,11371],{},[14,11366,4201],{}," mode in the studio. The 3D view shows the whole building including its roof. PlanElec derives the roof surfaces from the floor plan; in the roof bar you choose the ",[14,11369,11370],{},"Roof shape"," and pitch.",[269,11373,3868,11374,11376,11377,11380,11381,11383,11384,11387,11388,11391,11392,11395],{},[14,11375,11255],{}," bar, pick a placement tool: ",[14,11378,11379],{},"Single module"," (one click), ",[14,11382,446],{}," (drag a line), ",[14,11385,11386],{},"Array"," (drag a rectangle) or ",[14,11389,11390],{},"Entire roof surface"," (click a roof surface to fill it completely). With the ",[14,11393,11394],{},"Best layout"," toggle, a click on the surface opens the best format variants.",[269,11397,11398,11399,11402,11403,93,11406,78,11409,11412,11413,11416],{},"Set the defaults for new arrays first: portrait or landscape and, on flat roofs, ",[14,11400,11401],{},"Flat roof mounting"," (",[14,11404,11405],{},"Flat (0°)",[14,11407,11408],{},"South-facing racks",[14,11410,11411],{},"East-west",") with ",[14,11414,11415],{},"Tilt (°)",". On pitched roofs the modules lie parallel to the roof.",[269,11418,11419,11420,11423,11424,11426],{},"Click an array with ",[14,11421,11422],{},"Select",". In the array menu, choose the ",[14,11425,199],{}," from the catalogue; its power and dimensions feed into string design and the yield forecast. Dragging moves the array, the handles resize it on the module grid and Delete removes it.",[10,11428,11429],{},"Success check: the bar shows the total module count and installed power in kWp. Every array operation is a single undo step. In the yield forecast, arrays without a module type are calculated with a standard module; assumed dimensions are flagged there.",[10,11431,11432],{},[24,11433],{"id":11434},"inverter-strings",[28,11436,11438],{"id":11437},"how-do-you-create-the-inverter-mppts-and-strings","How do you create the inverter, MPPTs and strings?",[266,11440,11441,11450,11476,11483,11495],{},[269,11442,7459,11443,7462,11445,11447,11448,82],{},[14,11444,4201],{},[14,11446,4204],{}," panel and click ",[14,11449,11272],{},[269,11451,11452,11453,11456,11457,11460,11461,11464,11465,11468,11469,11472,11473,82],{},"In the dialog, search under ",[14,11454,11455],{},"Verified catalog"," or in the ",[14,11458,11459],{},"Synergrid list (all homologated inverters)"," and take over the device with ",[14,11462,11463],{},"Add to project",". If your model is not listed, choose ",[14,11466,11467],{},"Create without catalogue",". Missing manufacturer values stay empty and are never invented; add voltage limits under ",[14,11470,11471],{},"Device data"," and current limits per MPPT under ",[14,11474,11475],{},"Edit limits",[269,11477,11478,11479,11482],{},"PlanElec connects the inverter to a dedicated PV circuit. An existing circuit breaker already used for a generator is reused. Otherwise a new ",[14,11480,11481],{},"MCB PV inverter"," (default C 25 A, 2-pole) is created under the first residual current device. Adjust its rating to your inverter's rated AC current. If there is no protective device at all, PlanElec tells you to create a distribution board with a circuit breaker first.",[269,11484,11485,11486,11489,11490,5821,11492,11494],{},"In an MPPT section, click ",[14,11487,11488],{},"Assign modules",", or ",[14,11491,11285],{},[14,11493,11255],{}," bar. A banner shows the MPPT, the allowed string length and the keys.",[269,11496,11497,11498,11501],{},"Click the modules in chain order. The array chip adds all free modules of an array in serpentine order. ",[14,11499,11500],{},"Enter"," creates the string, Shift+Enter creates a parallel string on the same MPPT, Esc discards the draft and Backspace removes the last module.",[10,11503,11504,11505,11507],{},"Alternatively, ",[14,11506,11288],{}," assigns all free modules in one step. The summary lists the strings created per array and MPPT and the reasons any modules were left over, for example a module current that is too high for an MPPT.",[33,11509,11510,11521],{},[36,11511,11512],{},[39,11513,11514,11517,11519],{},[42,11515,11516],{},"Check during assignment",[42,11518,6048],{},[42,11520,8769],{},[49,11522,11523,11534,11544,11554,11564,11574,11584],{},[39,11524,11525,11528,11531],{},[54,11526,11527],{},"Voc cold at −10 °C",[54,11529,11530],{},"inverter max. DC voltage, module system voltage",[54,11532,11533],{},"Error, blocks Enter",[39,11535,11536,11539,11542],{},[54,11537,11538],{},"Vmpp hot at +70 °C",[54,11540,11541],{},"MPPT minimum",[54,11543,11533],{},[39,11545,11546,11549,11552],{},[54,11547,11548],{},"Σ Imp, Σ Isc of parallel strings",[54,11550,11551],{},"MPPT current limits",[54,11553,11533],{},[39,11555,11556,11559,11562],{},[54,11557,11558],{},"number of parallel strings",[54,11560,11561],{},"MPPT max. parallel strings",[54,11563,11533],{},[39,11565,11566,11569,11572],{},[54,11567,11568],{},"Vmpp cold, start voltage",[54,11570,11571],{},"MPPT maximum, start voltage",[54,11573,6183],{},[39,11575,11576,11579,11582],{},[54,11577,11578],{},"mixed roof surfaces, orientations, lengths",[54,11580,11581],{},"strings on the same MPPT",[54,11583,6183],{},[39,11585,11586,11589,11592],{},[54,11587,11588],{},"missing ratings",[54,11590,11591],{},"module or inverter data",[54,11593,11594],{},"Note “check incomplete”",[10,11596,11597,11598,11601],{},"You can deliberately create a blocked string with ",[14,11599,11600],{},"Create anyway"," (Ctrl\u002F⌘+Enter); the finding remains. If the draft is too long, the banner proposes an even split across several strings. For microinverters and optimisers the check reports \"not applicable\", because the manufacturer's rules apply there.",[10,11603,400,11604,11607],{},[14,11605,11606],{},"Conflicts"," section counts modules without a string, missing module references, strings spanning several roof surfaces and strings mixing module types. PlanElec does not silently repair these conflicts: you adjust the string deliberately or redistribute.",[10,11609,11610],{},[24,11611],{"id":4125},[28,11613,11615],{"id":11614},"how-does-a-string-appear-on-the-situation-plan","How does a string appear on the situation plan?",[10,11617,11618,11619,11622],{},"On the situation plan, a module symbol stands for ",[14,11620,11621],{},"one complete string",", not a single module. Every string of an inverter needs exactly one such symbol.",[266,11624,11625,11636,11643],{},[269,11626,8838,11627,11629,11630,11632,11633,11635],{},[14,11628,3992],{}," mode and choose ",[14,11631,11305],{}," from the device palette under ",[14,11634,11302],{},". Place it where the array sits on the plan.",[269,11637,11638,11639,11642],{},"Select the symbol. In its toolbar, open ",[14,11640,11641],{},"Select PV string"," and pick the entry \"inverter · string\".",[269,11644,11645],{},"Repeat for each string. If no strings exist yet, the toolbar asks you to add an inverter with PV strings first.",[10,11647,11648],{},"The symbol then carries a label with the string, module count, module power and kWp. The self-check reports every mismatch:",[33,11650,11651,11664],{},[36,11652,11653],{},[39,11654,11655,11658,11661],{},[42,11656,11657],{},"Message",[42,11659,11660],{},"Cause",[42,11662,11663],{},"Level",[49,11665,11666,11677,11687],{},[39,11667,11668,11671,11674],{},[54,11669,11670],{},"\"… is missing from the situation plan\"",[54,11672,11673],{},"a documented string has no symbol",[54,11675,11676],{},"Info, input missing",[39,11678,11679,11682,11685],{},[54,11680,11681],{},"\"… is assigned n times in the situation plan\"",[54,11683,11684],{},"several symbols point to the same string",[54,11686,6183],{},[39,11688,11689,11692,11695],{},[54,11690,11691],{},"\"PV symbol without a valid string assignment\"",[54,11693,11694],{},"the symbol has no string, or one that no longer exists",[54,11696,11676],{},[10,11698,11699],{},[24,11700],{"id":5672},[28,11702,11704],{"id":11703},"what-does-the-pv-side-of-the-single-line-diagram-show","What does the PV side of the single-line diagram show?",[10,11706,11316,11707,11709,11710,279,11712,11715],{},[14,11708,3996],{},". You can also create an inverter there via the palette group ",[14,11711,11302],{},[14,11713,11714],{},"PV inverter",". The inspector groups the PV data in five sections:",[33,11717,11718,11728],{},[36,11719,11720],{},[39,11721,11722,11725],{},[42,11723,11724],{},"Inspector section",[42,11726,11727],{},"What you document",[49,11729,11730,11750,11760,11770,11790],{},[39,11731,11732,11737],{},[54,11733,11734],{},[14,11735,11736],{},"Inverter and AC connection",[54,11738,11739,11740,93,11743,11746,11747],{},"manufacturer, type, ",[14,11741,11742],{},"Serial number",[14,11744,11745],{},"Nominal AC power (kW)",", voltage limits, operating mode, battery interface, AC phases, ",[14,11748,11749],{},"AC protective conductor (mm²)",[39,11751,11752,11757],{},[54,11753,11754],{},[14,11755,11756],{},"Common DC protection",[54,11758,11759],{},"common DC isolator and common type 2 DC surge protector, each with its installation status",[39,11761,11762,11767],{},[54,11763,11764],{},[14,11765,11766],{},"Module types",[54,11768,11769],{},"module data from the catalogue or your own input",[39,11771,11772,11777],{},[54,11773,11774],{},[14,11775,11776],{},"MPPTs and strings",[54,11778,11779,11782,11783,93,11786,11789],{},[14,11780,11781],{},"String combining method"," (direct, Y branch, combiner), ",[14,11784,11785],{},"String fuse",[14,11787,11788],{},"DC cable run"," with route segments",[39,11791,11792,11797],{},[54,11793,11794],{},[14,11795,11796],{},"Module-frame and mounting-system PE",[54,11798,11799],{},"bonding groups with manufacturer requirement, cross-section, mechanical protection and length",[10,11801,11802,11803,11806],{},"From this the diagram shows single and parallel strings per MPPT, the Y branch or combiner, protective devices with their status, the ",[14,11804,11805],{},"AC isolation point",", the documented cable segments and the separate frame PE down to the earthing connection. Strings without an MPPT appear under \"Unassigned DC strings (open)\". Missing manufacturer limits stay visible and are not filled in.",[10,11808,11809],{},"For the frame PE, AREI 7.112.2 requires earthing of the modules' metal frames and their structures, unless the manufacturer prohibits it, with a protective conductor at least as large as the AC protective conductor and no smaller than 2.5 mm² with mechanical protection or 4 mm² without. The self-check compares your cross-section with that minimum. If you select \"Prohibited by manufacturer\", it expects a reference as evidence.",[10,11811,11812,11815,11816,11819,11820,11823,11824,11827],{},[14,11813,11814],{},"Deriving DC lengths:"," in the 3D view, place a ",[14,11817,11818],{},"Roof penetration"," anchor on the roof and assign it in the string row under ",[14,11821,11822],{},"Penetration",". PlanElec then derives three segments: across the roof to the penetration, vertically through the ceiling and through the building to the inverter. A typed length takes priority; ",[14,11825,11826],{},"Restore derived value"," returns to the geometry. If a segment is missing, the total length stays unknown rather than zero. The building segment is a direct connection; a custom route cannot be drawn for it yet.",[10,11829,11830],{},[24,11831],{"id":11832},"yield",[28,11834,11836],{"id":11835},"how-do-you-calculate-the-yield-forecast","How do you calculate the yield forecast?",[266,11838,11839,11851,11865,11875],{},[269,11840,3868,11841,11843,11844,11846,11847,11850],{},[14,11842,4204],{}," panel, expand the ",[14,11845,11334],{}," and open the ",[14,11848,11849],{},"Inputs"," tab.",[269,11852,4916,11853,11856,11857,11860,11861,11864],{},[14,11854,11855],{},"Set site",". PlanElec takes the installation address from the project metadata and searches Belgian addresses. Check the map and north direction, tick ",[14,11858,11859],{},"Confirm site and north direction"," and click ",[14,11862,11863],{},"Confirm site",". Without this confirmation the forecast does not run.",[269,11866,11867,11868,9666,11871,11874],{},"Review the ",[14,11869,11870],{},"Assumptions",[14,11872,11873],{},"System losses (%)"," (14 % by default), module technology, mounting, horizon (PVGIS terrain model or none) and radiation database.",[269,11876,298,11877,291,11880,11882],{},[14,11878,11879],{},"Calculate",[14,11881,11240],{}," tab shows annual yield, power, specific yield in kWh\u002FkWp and the monthly chart.",[10,11884,11885],{},"The calculation uses PVGIS 5.3 from the EU Joint Research Centre, per orientation group. Only coordinates and physical parameters are sent, never project or customer names.",[33,11887,11888,11898],{},[36,11889,11890],{},[39,11891,11892,11895],{},[42,11893,11894],{},"Result figure",[42,11896,11897],{},"What lies behind it",[49,11899,11900,11910,11920,11930,11940,11950],{},[39,11901,11902,11907],{},[54,11903,11904],{},[14,11905,11906],{},"P50 (median)",[54,11908,11909],{},"median of the annual yields from the individual years of the PVGIS database",[39,11911,11912,11917],{},[54,11913,11914],{},[14,11915,11916],{},"P90 (reached in 9 of 10 years)",[54,11918,11919],{},"10th percentile of the same years; with about 19 years, an estimate from a small sample",[39,11921,11922,11927],{},[54,11923,11924],{},[14,11925,11926],{},"Yield with flat loss",[54,11928,11929],{},"yield with the flat system loss",[39,11931,11932,11937],{},[54,11933,11934],{},[14,11935,11936],{},"Refined yield",[54,11938,11939],{},"flat loss split up: inverter efficiency curve and DC cabling from your design, other losses as the rest",[39,11941,11942,11947],{},[54,11943,11944],{},[14,11945,11946],{},"Clipping",[54,11948,11949],{},"limitation to rated AC power, per inverter in kWh\u002Fyear, share and hours",[39,11951,11952,11957],{},[54,11953,11954],{},[14,11955,11956],{},"Yield over 25 years",[54,11958,11959],{},"module warranty values, otherwise the flagged assumption of 0.5 % power loss per year",[10,11961,11962],{},"The loss chain needs an inverter with strings. Without rated AC power it calculates without clipping at a constant efficiency. Without a verified efficiency, the flagged 96 % assumption applies. The DC cable loss uses the length, the cross-section from the inspector and the module voltage; if anything is missing, the string uses 2 % and states why. If a battery is documented on the inverter, the clipping figure is an upper bound.",[10,11964,3868,11965,11968,11969,78,11972,11975,11976,11979,11980,11983,11984,11986,11987,82],{},[14,11966,11967],{},"Variants"," tab you compare other modules with ",[14,11970,11971],{},"Same layout",[14,11973,11974],{},"Same area","; variants change neither the design nor the strings. When you change geometry, site, assumptions or strings, the result is marked ",[14,11977,11978],{},"Result is stale"," and the report stays locked until you recalculate. ",[14,11981,11982],{},"Open report"," creates the ",[14,11985,5475],{}," from the frozen state; it is also available under ",[14,11988,3834],{},[10,11990,11991],{},"Limits: P50 and P90 describe past weather years, not a yield guarantee. Shading by objects in the scene is not taken into account and there is no financial calculation. A failed orientation group stays visible as a partial result, never as zero yield.",[10,11993,11994],{},[24,11995],{"id":11996},"self-consumption",[28,11998,12000],{"id":11999},"can-you-estimate-self-consumption-battery-storage-and-an-ev","Can you estimate self-consumption, battery storage and an EV?",[10,12002,12003,12004,12007,12008,12010,12011,12014,12015,12018,12019,12021,12022,12025,12026,12029,12030,12033],{},"Yes, as a ",[14,12005,12006],{},"pilot feature"," inside the yield forecast. In the ",[14,12009,11849],{}," tab, enter the annual consumption under ",[14,12012,12013],{},"Electricity consumption"," and choose a profile; under ",[14,12016,12017],{},"Electric vehicle"," you can add one or two vehicles. In the ",[14,12020,11240],{}," tab, ",[14,12023,12024],{},"Calculate self-consumption"," runs a quarter-hourly calculation for a typical year: self-consumption rate, self-sufficiency, grid import and feed-in per month. The ",[14,12027,12028],{},"Battery storage"," section compares the situation without and with the project battery and ranks capacities in the ",[14,12031,12032],{},"Size comparison","; the proposal is based on an assumed threshold.",[10,12035,12036],{},"The profiles are averaged Flemish households (Fluvius, 2024), not your meter; Wallonia and Brussels are assumed to follow the same curve. Peaks are smoothed, so the benefit of a battery may be overestimated. There are no tariffs, no savings or payback calculation, and these figures appear neither in the yield report nor in the dossier.",[10,12038,12039],{},[24,12040],{"id":12041},"self-check-report",[28,12043,12045],{"id":12044},"what-does-the-self-check-report-say-about-pv","What does the self-check report say about PV?",[10,12047,12048,12049,12052],{},"As soon as the project contains an inverter, the AREI\u002FRGIE self-check report adds the section ",[14,12050,12051],{},"PV installation data for inspection",". It is explicitly labelled as a project planning register and is not a report issued by an approved inspection body. For each inverter it lists:",[322,12054,12055,12058,12061],{},[269,12056,12057],{},"name, manufacturer and model,",[269,12059,12060],{},"serial number and maximum AC power,",[269,12062,12063],{},"PV generator with module count, kWp, number of MPPTs and strings.",[10,12065,12066,12067,12070],{},"This gives you the data that AREI 7.112.4 requires in the conformity inspection report for a domestic PV installation. Values you have not entered appear as \"Not provided\". The report also shows the findings of the PV rules, for example on frame PE under AREI 7.112.2 and on string design. Which rules PlanElec evaluates is listed in ",[24,12068,12069],{"href":4414},"What the self-check verifies",". If the self-check is switched off for the project, the report is not available.",[10,12072,12073],{},[24,12074],{"id":5766},[28,12076,12078],{"id":12077},"what-does-the-material-list-take-from-the-pv-design","What does the material list take from the PV design?",[10,12080,12081,12082,12084,12085,12087],{},"The material list is a ",[14,12083,12006],{}," under ",[14,12086,3834],{},". From the PV DC side it only takes structured data: modules with type and count, protective devices explicitly documented as present, and known cable segments. Positive and negative conductors together count twice the route length; an accompanying PE\u002FPA conductor counts once. Integrated protective devices and an AC isolation point provided by the source protective device are not counted twice.",[10,12089,400,12090,12093,12094,93,12097,93,12100,78,12103,12106,12107,82],{},[14,12091,12092],{},"PV system bill of materials"," in the material overview adds mounting items with the status ",[14,12095,12096],{},"Documented",[14,12098,12099],{},"Assumption",[14,12101,12102],{},"Open",[14,12104,12105],{},"Sized externally",". Open items show a gap instead of zero. The DC count does not add frame PE, connectors, reserves or offcuts. The list is manufacturer-neutral, has no prices and is not an order list; structural design and fixings are sized with the manufacturer's configurator or by a structural engineer. See also ",[24,12108,8351],{"href":4510},[10,12110,12111],{},[24,12112],{"id":715},[28,12114,12116],{"id":12115},"what-does-planelec-not-cover-for-pv","What does PlanElec not cover for PV?",[33,12118,12119,12129],{},[36,12120,12121],{},[39,12122,12123,12126],{},[42,12124,12125],{},"Area",[42,12127,12128],{},"Who or what decides",[49,12130,12131,12139,12147,12155,12163,12171],{},[39,12132,12133,12136],{},[54,12134,12135],{},"structural design, roof hooks, ballast",[54,12137,12138],{},"manufacturer's configurator or structural engineer",[39,12140,12141,12144],{},[54,12142,12143],{},"shading by neighbouring objects",[54,12145,12146],{},"your own assessment; PVGIS only considers the terrain horizon",[39,12148,12149,12152],{},[54,12150,12151],{},"DC conductor roles L+, L-, M, PEM, PEL",[54,12153,12154],{},"not modelled; you check conductor choice and insulation monitoring yourself",[39,12156,12157,12160],{},[54,12158,12159],{},"manufacturer approvals and certificates",[54,12161,12162],{},"the manufacturer's datasheets and documents",[39,12164,12165,12168],{},[54,12166,12167],{},"grid connection and notification",[54,12169,12170],{},"distribution system operator",[39,12172,12173,12176],{},[54,12174,12175],{},"conformity inspection",[54,12177,12178],{},"approved inspection body",[10,12180,12181,12182,12185,12186,82],{},"You plan the inverter circuit like any other circuit: see ",[24,12183,12184],{"href":4390},"Plan installation and distribution boards",". How to place and connect symbols on the situation plan is explained in ",[24,12187,4337],{"href":4336},{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":12189},[12190,12191,12192,12193,12194,12195,12196,12197,12198,12199],{"id":11224,"depth":809,"text":11225},{"id":11359,"depth":809,"text":11360},{"id":11437,"depth":809,"text":11438},{"id":11614,"depth":809,"text":11615},{"id":11703,"depth":809,"text":11704},{"id":11835,"depth":809,"text":11836},{"id":11999,"depth":809,"text":12000},{"id":12044,"depth":809,"text":12045},{"id":12077,"depth":809,"text":12078},{"id":12115,"depth":809,"text":12116},"planning","Lay out modules on roof surfaces, assign strings to inverter MPPTs, document the PV side of the single-line diagram and estimate yield with PVGIS, limits included.","pv-planning",{},14,"\u002Fhelp\u002Fpv-planning.en",{"title":11205,"description":12201},"plan-a-pv-system","help\u002Fpv-planning.en",[12210,12211,12212,12213,12214,5035,7014],"photovoltaics","PV string","inverter","MPPT","yield forecast","qCOHhJYM24fBDxLdcjtP23KICHfpxijNrfKAp8t8E8U",{"id":12217,"title":4506,"body":12218,"category":4424,"description":13010,"extension":824,"guideId":13011,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":13012,"navigation":829,"order":13013,"path":13014,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":7844,"seo":13015,"seoTitle":826,"slug":13016,"stem":13017,"tags":13018,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":13024},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fdocument-archive-verification.en.md",{"type":7,"value":12219,"toc":12997},[12220,12231,12236,12240,12249,12330,12333,12363,12369,12374,12378,12438,12446,12450,12454,12496,12502,12508,12511,12516,12520,12546,12552,12556,12560,12576,12637,12647,12652,12656,12674,12677,12682,12686,12696,12760,12771,12774,12779,12783,12786,12806,12809,12814,12818,12849,12859,12864,12868,12914,12923,12928,12932,12987],[10,12221,8004,12222,5821,12224,12226,12227,12230],{},[14,12223,4501],{},[14,12225,3834],{}," area, PlanElec stores a PDF unchanged in the project archive. Every release copy gets a random document ID, a version number that increases per document type, a QR code on every page and a SHA-256 hash. Requirements: the project is saved, the document has no open corrections and your project role is Owner, Admin or Editor. Anyone who scans the QR code sees on the ",[14,12228,12229],{},"Document verification"," page whether this exact archive version is current, superseded or revoked. That check confirms archive provenance and file integrity only. It is not an inspection under AREI\u002FRGIE (the Belgian electrical installation regulations), not a conformity statement and not an electronic signature; the official inspection is carried out by an accredited inspection body.",[10,12232,12233],{},[24,12234],{"id":12235},"document-types",[28,12237,12239],{"id":12238},"which-documents-can-you-archive","Which documents can you archive?",[10,12241,12242,12243,12245,12246,12248],{},"Every PDF you release in ",[14,12244,3834],{}," through ",[14,12247,4501],{}," is archived. The documented scope covers these eight document types:",[33,12250,12251,12260],{},[36,12252,12253],{},[39,12254,12255,12258],{},[42,12256,12257],{},"Document in Export",[42,12259,5377],{},[49,12261,12262,12271,12279,12288,12297,12305,12313,12321],{},[39,12263,12264,12268],{},[54,12265,12266],{},[14,12267,4466],{},[54,12269,12270],{},"available",[39,12272,12273,12277],{},[54,12274,12275],{},[14,12276,5401],{},[54,12278,12270],{},[39,12280,12281,12285],{},[54,12282,12283],{},[14,12284,5414],{},[54,12286,12287],{},"available, indicative; only with the self-check switched on",[39,12289,12290,12294],{},[54,12291,12292],{},[14,12293,5439],{},[54,12295,12296],{},"pilot",[39,12298,12299,12303],{},[54,12300,12301],{},[14,12302,5442],{},[54,12304,12296],{},[39,12306,12307,12311],{},[54,12308,12309],{},[14,12310,5445],{},[54,12312,12296],{},[39,12314,12315,12319],{},[54,12316,12317],{},[14,12318,5427],{},[54,12320,12270],{},[39,12322,12323,12327],{},[54,12324,12325],{},[14,12326,5458],{},[54,12328,12329],{},"available; field validation with real customer projects still open",[10,12331,12332],{},"If Export shows further document cards with the same button, they follow the same archive path. Each type has its own version sequence: the installation dossier is numbered separately from a single-line diagram released on its own.",[10,12334,12335,12338,12339,12341,12342,93,12344,93,12346,93,12348,93,12350,93,12352,12354,12355,12358,12359,82],{},[14,12336,12337],{},"Not archived"," are the documents in the ",[14,12340,6897],{}," section: ",[14,12343,8175],{},[14,12345,8195],{},[14,12347,8252],{},[14,12349,8260],{},[14,12351,8268],{},[14,12353,8276],{}," and the ",[14,12356,12357],{},"Domotica handover dossier"," are generated in the browser. Their data hash only identifies the captured export state; it is not an archive confirmation. See ",[24,12360,12362],{"href":12361},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fplan-and-document-knx","Plan and document KNX",[10,12364,12365,12366,12368],{},"A download through ",[14,12367,4476],{}," does not enter the archive either. Drafts carry the mark \"DRAFT\" and remain local files.",[10,12370,12371],{},[24,12372],{"id":12373},"prerequisites",[28,12375,12377],{"id":12376},"what-has-to-be-in-place-before-release","What has to be in place before release?",[33,12379,12380,12389],{},[36,12381,12382],{},[39,12383,12384,12386],{},[42,12385,44],{},[42,12387,12388],{},"How you recognise it",[49,12390,12391,12407,12415,12430],{},[39,12392,12393,12395],{},[54,12394,87],{},[54,12396,12397,93,12399,78,12401,12403,12404,12406],{},[14,12398,92],{},[14,12400,96],{},[14,12402,99],{},". A ",[14,12405,103],{}," sees the archive but cannot release anything.",[39,12408,12409,12412],{},[54,12410,12411],{},"Saved state",[54,12413,12414],{},"No notice \"Local changes have not been saved yet.\" PlanElec always archives the state saved on the server.",[39,12416,12417,12420],{},[54,12418,12419],{},"No open corrections",[54,12421,12422,12423,78,12425,12427,12428,82],{},"The document card shows ",[14,12424,4494],{},[14,12426,4497],{},", not ",[14,12429,4483],{},[39,12431,12432,12435],{},[54,12433,12434],{},"Complete values",[54,12436,12437],{},"The server never archives a version with hidden values.",[10,12439,12440,12441,12443,12444,82],{},"Typical corrections that block a release include \"Connection data not yet confirmed\", \"Place missing devices on the situation plan\", \"Review and confirm the single-line diagram\" and \"Complete circuit labels\". While any of them is open, ",[14,12442,4501],{}," stays disabled. A draft is still possible. How to prepare the documents is explained in ",[24,12445,8351],{"href":4510},[10,12447,12448],{},[24,12449],{"id":5882},[28,12451,12453],{"id":12452},"how-do-you-create-a-release-copy","How do you create a release copy?",[266,12455,12456,12461,12467,12477,12490],{},[269,12457,4354,12458,12460],{},[14,12459,3834],{}," area in the studio and save the project.",[269,12462,12463,12464,12466],{},"Check the document with ",[14,12465,4470],{}," and, where offered, choose format and options.",[269,12468,298,12469,12471,12472,12474,12475,82],{},[14,12470,4501],{}," on the document card. For the dossier, the same button sits in the ",[14,12473,5689],{}," side panel, below ",[14,12476,4476],{},[269,12478,12479,12480,12483,12484,12486,12487,12489],{},"If the document has warnings, the dialog ",[14,12481,12482],{},"Confirm warnings for this release"," opens. Read the list. ",[14,12485,5897],{}," continues, ",[14,12488,7268],{}," stops.",[269,12491,12492,12493,82],{},"PlanElec generates the PDF, archives it and downloads the archived file. The step succeeded when the message \"Archive version … was created and downloaded.\" appears and the new version is listed in the ",[14,12494,12495],{},"Document archive",[10,12497,12498,12499,12501],{},"The confirmed warnings remain part of the archived release evidence. Confirmation applies only to the current revision and the selected output. The ",[14,12500,5442],{}," always carries such a warning: it contains model quantities and is not an approved procurement list.",[10,12503,12504,12505,12507],{},"If the self-check is switched off for the project, the dialog groups the findings into one line, for example \"3 check findings not assessed (self-check off)\". The ",[14,12506,5414],{}," cannot be released in that case.",[10,12509,12510],{},"If you change the project or the export selection during preparation, PlanElec stops. Start the export again afterwards; this keeps every archive version tied to a saved project state.",[10,12512,12513],{},[24,12514],{"id":12515},"sealing",[28,12517,12519],{"id":12518},"what-happens-to-the-pdf-when-it-is-archived","What happens to the PDF when it is archived?",[322,12521,12522,12528,12534,12540],{},[269,12523,12524,12527],{},[14,12525,12526],{},"Its own document ID:"," the server assigns a random UUID and stores the file in private project storage. It can only be retrieved with project access or with the access key from the QR code.",[269,12529,12530,12533],{},[14,12531,12532],{},"QR code on every page:"," each page gets a QR code in a white box at the bottom right, next to \"PlanElec\" and the first eight characters of the document ID.",[269,12535,12536,12539],{},[14,12537,12538],{},"SHA-256 hash:"," after adding the QR codes, the server computes the SHA-256 hash of the finished file and stores it. The file you download is exactly that file.",[269,12541,12542,12545],{},[14,12543,12544],{},"No active content:"," form fields, annotations, links and automatic actions are removed from the PDF.",[10,12547,12548,12549,82],{},"The archive accepts PDFs up to 20 MB and up to 200 pages. An archived version never changes. After a project change you create a new version; the old one remains as ",[14,12550,12551],{},"Superseded",[10,12553,12554],{},[24,12555],{"id":5885},[28,12557,12559],{"id":12558},"where-do-you-find-the-version-history","Where do you find the version history?",[10,12561,12562,12563,12565,12566,12568,12569,12571,12572,12575],{},"Below the documents in ",[14,12564,3834],{}," you find the ",[14,12567,12495],{}," section, titled ",[14,12570,5901],{},". Each row shows document type, version number (for example v2), status, time of creation, page count and the first twelve characters of the hash. ",[14,12573,12574],{},"Refresh"," reloads the list.",[33,12577,12578,12586],{},[36,12579,12580],{},[39,12581,12582,12584],{},[42,12583,427],{},[42,12585,4689],{},[49,12587,12588,12598,12607,12617,12627],{},[39,12589,12590,12595],{},[54,12591,12592],{},[14,12593,12594],{},"Current",[54,12596,12597],{},"Newest version of this document type in the project",[39,12599,12600,12604],{},[54,12601,12602],{},[14,12603,12551],{},[54,12605,12606],{},"A newer version of the same type exists; the file stays available",[39,12608,12609,12614],{},[54,12610,12611],{},[14,12612,12613],{},"Revoked",[54,12615,12616],{},"Public QR access has been switched off",[39,12618,12619,12624],{},[54,12620,12621],{},[14,12622,12623],{},"Release copy",[54,12625,12626],{},"Created with stored release evidence (revision, confirmed warnings)",[39,12628,12629,12634],{},[54,12630,12631],{},[14,12632,12633],{},"Existing archive without release evidence",[54,12635,12636],{},"Older archive version from before release evidence was recorded",[10,12638,12639,12640,93,12642,4282,12644,12646],{},"Each row offers ",[14,12641,5904],{},[14,12643,5907],{},[14,12645,5910],{},". All project members, viewers included, can download these files.",[10,12648,12649],{},[24,12650],{"id":12651},"sticker",[28,12653,12655],{"id":12654},"how-do-you-print-the-qr-sticker","How do you print the QR sticker?",[266,12657,12658,12663,12671],{},[269,12659,3868,12660,12662],{},[14,12661,12495],{},", pick the version you need.",[269,12664,298,12665,12667,12668,12670],{},[14,12666,5907],{}," for a 40 × 40 mm label with \"PlanElec.be\", the QR code, the version number and a short ID. ",[14,12669,5910],{}," provides only the QR code as a 472 × 472 pixel image, which equals 40 mm at 300 dpi.",[269,12672,12673],{},"Print the label at actual size and scan it once as a check before sticking it on.",[10,12675,12676],{},"The sticker points to exactly this archive version. After a new release, print a new sticker as well. For a revoked version PlanElec no longer provides a sticker.",[10,12678,12679],{},[24,12680],{"id":12681},"verify",[28,12683,12685],{"id":12684},"what-does-the-verification-page-show-after-scanning","What does the verification page show after scanning?",[10,12687,12688,12689,12691,12692,12695],{},"The QR code opens the ",[14,12690,12229],{}," page at ",[10513,12693,12694],{},"planelec.be\u002Fverify\u002F\u003Cdocument ID>",". It is reachable without signing in and is not indexed by search engines.",[33,12697,12698,12707],{},[36,12699,12700],{},[39,12701,12702,12705],{},[42,12703,12704],{},"Field",[42,12706,8959],{},[49,12708,12709,12728,12736,12744,12752],{},[39,12710,12711,12713],{},[54,12712,5377],{},[54,12714,12715,93,12718,12721,12722,78,12725],{},[14,12716,12717],{},"Current archive version",[14,12719,12720],{},"Superseded by a newer version"," (with the number of the newer version), ",[14,12723,12724],{},"Public access revoked",[14,12726,12727],{},"Document deleted",[39,12729,12730,12733],{},[54,12731,12732],{},"Type",[54,12734,12735],{},"Document type, for example single-line diagram",[39,12737,12738,12741],{},[54,12739,12740],{},"Version, pages, date",[54,12742,12743],{},"Version number, page count and time of archiving",[39,12745,12746,12749],{},[54,12747,12748],{},"SHA-256",[54,12750,12751],{},"Full hash of the archived file",[39,12753,12754,12757],{},[54,12755,12756],{},"Document ID",[54,12758,12759],{},"Full UUID",[10,12761,12762,12763,12766,12767,12770],{},"Project name, customer and address do not appear on the verification page. You open the content with ",[14,12764,12765],{},"Open archived PDF",". This only works if the link from the QR code is complete: it carries an access key after ",[10513,12768,12769],{},"#access=",". The page removes that key from the address bar once loaded. If the key is missing, the page reports \"This link contains no access permission. Scan the complete QR code again.\" Before delivering the file, the server compares the hash of the stored file with the archive hash and delivers nothing if they differ.",[10,12772,12773],{},"Anyone holding the QR code can open the PDF. Treat printouts and stickers like the document itself.",[10,12775,12776],{},[24,12777],{"id":12778},"hash",[28,12780,12782],{"id":12781},"how-do-you-check-a-pdf-against-the-hash-yourself","How do you check a PDF against the hash yourself?",[10,12784,12785],{},"Compute the SHA-256 hash of the file you received and compare it with the value on the verification page:",[322,12787,12788,12794,12800],{},[269,12789,12790,12791],{},"macOS: ",[10513,12792,12793],{},"shasum -a 256 file.pdf",[269,12795,12796,12797],{},"Windows (PowerShell): ",[10513,12798,12799],{},"Get-FileHash file.pdf -Algorithm SHA256",[269,12801,12802,12803],{},"Linux: ",[10513,12804,12805],{},"sha256sum file.pdf",[10,12807,12808],{},"If both values match, the file is identical to the archive version. The file name does not matter. A different value appears as soon as the PDF has been re-saved, signed afterwards, annotated or scanned. A printout cannot be checked by hash; use the QR code and open the archived PDF instead.",[10,12810,12811],{},[24,12812],{"id":12813},"revoke",[28,12815,12817],{"id":12816},"how-do-you-revoke-qr-access","How do you revoke QR access?",[266,12819,12820,12834,12843],{},[269,12821,3868,12822,12824,12825,12827,12828,12830,12831,12833],{},[14,12823,12495],{},", find the version concerned and click ",[14,12826,5913],{},". Only the ",[14,12829,92],{}," and an ",[14,12832,96],{}," see this button.",[269,12835,12836,12837,5782,12840,82],{},"Confirm in the dialog ",[14,12838,12839],{},"Revoke public QR access?",[14,12841,12842],{},"Revoke access",[269,12844,12845,12846,12848],{},"The row then shows ",[14,12847,12613],{}," and the message \"Public QR access has been revoked.\" appears.",[10,12850,12851,12852,12854,12855,12858],{},"Printed QR codes for this version no longer open the PDF; the verification page shows ",[14,12853,12724],{},". Project members keep their access through the archive. ",[14,12856,12857],{},"Revocation cannot be undone."," If you need a valid QR code again, create a new release copy.",[10,12860,12861],{},[24,12862],{"id":12863},"scope",[28,12865,12867],{"id":12866},"what-does-the-verification-confirm-and-what-not","What does the verification confirm, and what not?",[33,12869,12870,12880],{},[36,12871,12872],{},[39,12873,12874,12877],{},[42,12875,12876],{},"The verification page confirms",[42,12878,12879],{},"The verification page does not confirm",[49,12881,12882,12890,12898,12906],{},[39,12883,12884,12887],{},[54,12885,12886],{},"The file was archived under this ID in a PlanElec project",[54,12888,12889],{},"That the installation complies with AREI\u002FRGIE or passed an inspection",[39,12891,12892,12895],{},[54,12893,12894],{},"The stored file has exactly the SHA-256 hash shown",[54,12896,12897],{},"A conformity statement or the opinion of an accredited inspection body",[39,12899,12900,12903],{},[54,12901,12902],{},"Whether this version is current, superseded, revoked or deleted",[54,12904,12905],{},"An electronic signature or the identity of a signatory",[39,12907,12908,12911],{},[54,12909,12910],{},"When the version was archived and how many pages it has",[54,12912,12913],{},"That the design is technically correct or was built that way on site",[10,12915,12916,12917,12919,12920,12922],{},"Even when archived, the ",[14,12918,5414],{}," remains a software-based self-check of the supported rules. Its coverage is described in ",[24,12921,12069],{"href":4414},". The official assessment of the installation is made by an accredited inspection body.",[10,12924,12925],{},[24,12926],{"id":12927},"messages",[28,12929,12931],{"id":12930},"which-messages-can-appear-while-archiving","Which messages can appear while archiving?",[33,12933,12934,12943],{},[36,12935,12936],{},[39,12937,12938,12940],{},[42,12939,11657],{},[42,12941,12942],{},"What to do",[49,12944,12945,12953,12961,12969,12977],{},[39,12946,12947,12950],{},[54,12948,12949],{},"\"This output still requires corrections.\"",[54,12951,12952],{},"Resolve the open corrections on the document card",[39,12954,12955,12958],{},[54,12956,12957],{},"\"The project has not been fully saved yet. …\"",[54,12959,12960],{},"Resolve the save error, then start the export again",[39,12962,12963,12966],{},[54,12964,12965],{},"\"The project or export selection changed during preparation. …\"",[54,12967,12968],{},"Start the export again without editing in the meantime",[39,12970,12971,12974],{},[54,12972,12973],{},"\"This version is incomplete and cannot be archived. …\"",[54,12975,12976],{},"The values are hidden; this version stays a draft",[39,12978,12979,12982],{},[54,12980,12981],{},"\"The archive could not be loaded. Please retry.\"",[54,12983,4916,12984,12986],{},[14,12985,12574],{}," in the document archive",[10,12988,12989,12990,12992,12993,82],{},"Back to ",[24,12991,8351],{"href":4510}," or to the ",[24,12994,12996],{"href":12995},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp","knowledge base",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":12998},[12999,13000,13001,13002,13003,13004,13005,13006,13007,13008,13009],{"id":12238,"depth":809,"text":12239},{"id":12376,"depth":809,"text":12377},{"id":12452,"depth":809,"text":12453},{"id":12518,"depth":809,"text":12519},{"id":12558,"depth":809,"text":12559},{"id":12654,"depth":809,"text":12655},{"id":12684,"depth":809,"text":12685},{"id":12781,"depth":809,"text":12782},{"id":12816,"depth":809,"text":12817},{"id":12866,"depth":809,"text":12867},{"id":12930,"depth":809,"text":12931},"In Export you create a release copy: PlanElec archives the PDF unchanged with its own ID, QR code and SHA-256 hash. The verification page confirms origin and file integrity, not an AREI\u002FRGIE inspection or a signature.","document-archive-verification",{},15,"\u002Fhelp\u002Fdocument-archive-verification.en",{"title":4506,"description":13010},"archive-and-verify-documents","help\u002Fdocument-archive-verification.en",[13019,13020,13021,12748,13022,13023],"document archive","release copy","QR code","versioning","verification","rcVYdze2522Ie_Ymw5XeZvvD9fQ36n_xYFCe5zcrZpo",{"id":13026,"title":13027,"body":13028,"category":5022,"description":14458,"extension":824,"guideId":14459,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":14460,"navigation":829,"order":14461,"path":14462,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":7602,"seo":14463,"seoTitle":826,"slug":14464,"stem":14465,"tags":14466,"updatedAt":14468,"__hash__":14469},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Ftroubleshooting.en.md","How do I solve common problems in PlanElec?",{"type":7,"value":13029,"toc":14443},[13030,13033,13037,13222,13227,13231,13243,13246,13293,13310,13313,13318,13322,13331,13349,13411,13418,13423,13427,13433,13456,13459,13462,13473,13481,13486,13490,13513,13561,13564,13589,13592,13684,13693,13704,13711,13716,13720,13726,13801,13804,13807,13844,13850,13855,13859,13862,13896,13942,13952,13957,13961,13967,14018,14021,14051,14054,14073,14080,14085,14089,14095,14117,14123,14128,14132,14135,14248,14253,14258,14262,14265,14333,14343,14354,14359,14363,14366,14409,14427,14431],[10,13031,13032],{},"Almost every block in PlanElec states its own cause: a scale that has not been confirmed, a device without a circuit, an open point before the release copy, an incomplete cable route, a module without a place on a rail, a sync state, a reached AI limit or a browser without WebGL. This page maps each message to its cause in the software and walks you to the fix step by step. You need a project open in the studio. When a message disappears, PlanElec no longer sees the issue in the data you entered. The professional review of the installation and the keuring, the official Belgian inspection by an approved body, remain separate.",[28,13034,13036],{"id":13035},"which-problem-do-you-have","Which problem do you have?",[33,13038,13039,13049],{},[36,13040,13041],{},[39,13042,13043,13045,13047],{},[42,13044,10047],{},[42,13046,11660],{},[42,13048,10044],{},[49,13050,13051,13067,13081,13095,13113,13127,13141,13158,13175,13189,13203],{},[39,13052,13053,13058,13061],{},[54,13054,13055,13056],{},"“Without a confirmed scale the import stays blocked.” or status ",[14,13057,10033],{},[54,13059,13060],{},"Scale of the recognised plan missing or not confirmed",[54,13062,13063],{},[24,13064,13066],{"href":13065},"#floorplan-scale","Import the floor plan",[39,13068,13069,13072,13075],{},[54,13070,13071],{},"“The plan has … pages. Pick the one with the floor plan in the preview.”",[54,13073,13074],{},"Multi-page PDF",[54,13076,13077],{},[24,13078,13080],{"href":13079},"#floorplan-pages","PDF and file format",[39,13082,13083,13086,13089],{},[54,13084,13085],{},"Device missing from the single-line diagram, “… devices without a circuit”",[54,13087,13088],{},"The device hangs from no protective device",[54,13090,13091],{},[24,13092,13094],{"href":13093},"#device-without-circuit","Device without a circuit",[39,13096,13097,13104,13107],{},[54,13098,13099,13101,13102],{},[14,13100,4501],{}," is disabled, status ",[14,13103,4483],{},[54,13105,13106],{},"At least one open point for this document",[54,13108,13109],{},[24,13110,13112],{"href":13111},"#export-blocked","Export blocked",[39,13114,13115,13118,13121],{},[54,13116,13117],{},"“Self-check is switched off” on the self-check report",[54,13119,13120],{},"Self-check switched off for the project",[54,13122,13123],{},[24,13124,13126],{"href":13125},"#self-check-off","Self-check off",[39,13128,13129,13132,13135],{},[54,13130,13131],{},"Red or yellow “!” marker on a symbol, orange dot on a device",[54,13133,13134],{},"Self-check finding, missing link or circuit colour",[54,13136,13137],{},[24,13138,13140],{"href":13139},"#colour-markers","Colour markings",[39,13142,13143,13149,13152],{},[54,13144,13145,13148],{},[14,13146,13147],{},"Route incomplete"," or “length missing for exact ΔU calculation”",[54,13150,13151],{},"Route not continuous, no length entered",[54,13153,13154],{},[24,13155,13157],{"href":13156},"#cable-length","Cable length",[39,13159,13160,13166,13169],{},[54,13161,13162,13165],{},[14,13163,13164],{},"Unassigned modules"," in the distribution board",[54,13167,13168],{},"Module exists but has no place on a DIN rail",[54,13170,13171],{},[24,13172,13174],{"href":13173},"#cabinet-unplaced","Place modules",[39,13176,13177,13180,13183],{},[54,13178,13179],{},"“Not ready: Live sync disabled”, “Conflict”, “reserved in another session”",[54,13181,13182],{},"Save and synchronisation state",[54,13184,13185],{},[24,13186,13188],{"href":13187},"#sync","Saving and sync",[39,13190,13191,13194,13197],{},[54,13192,13193],{},"“The daily quota for recognitions is used up.” or insufficient AI allowance",[54,13195,13196],{},"Daily recognition limit or AI allowance used up",[54,13198,13199],{},[24,13200,13202],{"href":13201},"#ai-limit","AI limit",[39,13204,13205,13213,13216],{},[54,13206,13207,78,13210],{},[14,13208,13209],{},"3D view unavailable",[14,13211,13212],{},"Rendering interrupted",[54,13214,13215],{},"No WebGL or graphics context reset",[54,13217,13218],{},[24,13219,13221],{"href":13220},"#fallback-3d","3D notice",[10,13223,13224],{},[24,13225],{"id":13226},"floorplan-scale",[28,13228,13230],{"id":13229},"why-cant-i-import-the-recognised-floor-plan","Why can’t I import the recognised floor plan?",[10,13232,13233,13234,13236,13237,13239,13240,13242],{},"AI floor-plan recognition only imports walls and rooms once the scale is confirmed. If something is missing, the run shows ",[14,13235,10033],{}," with “The plan needs more input before it can be applied, usually the scale. Please check and add it.” The ",[14,13238,7251],{}," section of the ",[14,13241,7411],{}," panel then reads: “Without a confirmed scale the import stays blocked.”",[10,13244,13245],{},"To unblock the import:",[266,13247,13248,13263,13274,13282,13288],{},[269,13249,4354,13250,13252,13253,13255,13256,93,13258,78,13260,13262],{},[14,13251,7411],{}," panel in the studio. The ",[14,13254,7251],{}," section shows where the scale comes from, for example ",[14,13257,10191],{},[14,13259,10201],{},[14,13261,10211],{},", plus the anchors used, in metres.",[269,13264,13265,13266,13268,13269,13271,13272,82],{},"If the scale is missing or PlanElec reports “The room areas printed on the plan do not match the scale. Please measure a known length.”, open ",[14,13267,9882],{}," and choose ",[14,13270,10279],{},". Mark two points on a known distance, enter its length in metres and choose ",[14,13273,10340],{},[269,13275,13276,13277,13279,13280,82],{},"Check a second known length on the plan. If it matches, choose ",[14,13278,7425],{},". Success criterion: the section shows ",[14,13281,10240],{},[269,13283,13284,13285,13287],{},"Choose the ",[14,13286,9799],{}," at the bottom of the panel. “The target floor must be empty.” If it is not, PlanElec reports “The target floor is not empty.” Create an empty floor or choose another one.",[269,13289,4916,13290,13292],{},[14,13291,9742],{},". The import is a single undo step.",[10,13294,13295,13296,13298,13299,13301,13302,13304,13305,4282,13308,82],{},"If you work without AI from an imported template, the layer workbench shows “No scale yet” in the ",[14,13297,7251],{}," step until you calibrate. Pick two points on a known distance there, or choose ",[14,13300,7282],{}," in the toolbar, then finish with ",[14,13303,7264],{},". Details: ",[24,13306,4238],{"href":13307},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fimport-and-calibrate-a-floor-plan#calibrate",[24,13309,806],{"href":805},[10,13311,13312],{},"Recognition delivers a proposal. Check dimensions, wall lines and room boundaries against the original plan yourself before electrical planning.",[10,13314,13315],{},[24,13316],{"id":13317},"floorplan-pages",[28,13319,13321],{"id":13320},"what-if-the-pdf-has-several-pages-or-is-not-recognised","What if the PDF has several pages or is not recognised?",[10,13323,13324,13325,13327,13328,13330],{},"When you start on an empty floor with ",[14,13326,4243],{},", PlanElec files the document in the project’s document folder. For a multi-page PDF, PlanElec does not guess a page. You see “The plan has {count} pages. Pick the one with the floor plan in the preview.” and the ",[14,13329,9872],{}," opens.",[266,13332,13333,13338,13343],{},[269,13334,3868,13335,13337],{},[14,13336,9872],{},", go to the page with the floor plan.",[269,13339,4916,13340,13342],{},[14,13341,7385],{},". Recognition runs for that page only.",[269,13344,13345,13346,13348],{},"Check the result in the ",[14,13347,7411],{}," panel as described above.",[33,13350,13351,13362],{},[36,13352,13353],{},[39,13354,13355,13357,13359],{},[42,13356,11657],{},[42,13358,11660],{},[42,13360,13361],{},"Fix",[49,13363,13364,13378,13389,13400],{},[39,13365,13366,13369,13372],{},[54,13367,13368],{},"“This file cannot be recognised. PDF, PNG, JPEG and WebP up to 50 MB are possible.”",[54,13370,13371],{},"Other format, e.g. DXF, or file too large",[54,13373,13374,13375,13377],{},"Import the DXF as a template via ",[14,13376,4233],{},"; reduce the image or PDF",[39,13379,13380,13383,13386],{},[54,13381,13382],{},"“Automatic recognition found no usable floor plan. …”",[54,13384,13385],{},"No usable proposal",[54,13387,13388],{},"The plan is ready as a template: set it up and trace the outer walls",[39,13390,13391,13394,13397],{},[54,13392,13393],{},"“Recognition took too long and was stopped. …”",[54,13395,13396],{},"Time limit of the run",[54,13398,13399],{},"Try again or pick a different method",[39,13401,13402,13405,13408],{},[54,13403,13404],{},"“Recognition is not available yet — the file remains usable as a project file”",[54,13406,13407],{},"Feature not reachable for your account or role",[54,13409,13410],{},"Trace the file as a template",[10,13412,13413,13414,82],{},"For architect plans with several floors on one sheet, mark one area per floor plan during import: ",[24,13415,13417],{"href":13416},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fimport-and-calibrate-a-floor-plan#sections","Separate several floor plans on one sheet",[10,13419,13420],{},[24,13421],{"id":13422},"device-without-circuit",[28,13424,13426],{"id":13425},"why-does-a-device-not-appear-in-the-single-line-diagram","Why does a device not appear in the single-line diagram?",[10,13428,13429,13430,13432],{},"The single-line diagram draws each circuit from its protective device, with the loads connected to it. A device you placed on the floor plan but assigned to no circuit has no such path, so it does not appear yet. The self-check reports it as “\"{name}\" is not connected”, and ",[14,13431,667],{}," lists the task “{count} devices without a circuit”.",[266,13434,13435,13440,13446,13451],{},[269,13436,8504,13437,13439],{},[14,13438,667],{},". With nothing selected, the side panel shows the open tasks.",[269,13441,13442,13443,13445],{},"For the devices without a circuit, choose ",[14,13444,8596],{},". The automatic-planning preview shows the circuit and protective device for each one; you apply it deliberately.",[269,13447,13448,13449,82],{},"For a targeted assignment, select the device and use ",[14,13450,4370],{},[269,13452,8504,13453,13455],{},[14,13454,3996],{},". Success criterion: the device sits under its circuit.",[10,13457,13458],{},"Do not create the device a second time to see it in the diagram. It stays the same object in floor plan, installation and diagram.",[10,13460,13461],{},"Two related messages:",[322,13463,13464,13470],{},[269,13465,13466,13467,13469],{},"“{name}: board open” means: electrically connected but not yet assigned to a distribution board. ",[14,13468,8607],{}," opens the preview. The export then shows “Distribution-board assignment is open. Complete the installation.”",[269,13471,13472],{},"“Consumer {reference} is not placed on the situation plan” is the reverse case: the device exists electrically but has no symbol on the situation plan. For the situation-plan export the message is “Place missing devices on the situation plan”.",[10,13474,13475,13476,4282,13478,82],{},"More: ",[24,13477,8493],{"href":671},[24,13479,13480],{"href":706},"Automatic planning",[10,13482,13483],{},[24,13484],{"id":13485},"export-blocked",[28,13487,13489],{"id":13488},"why-is-create-release-copy-disabled","Why is “Create release copy” disabled?",[10,13491,7459,13492,13494,13495,13497,13498,13500,13501,4282,13504,13506,13507,78,13510,82],{},[14,13493,3834],{},", each document has a card with a status and two routes: ",[14,13496,4476],{}," always gives you a PDF marked as a draft, as soon as the document has content. ",[14,13499,4501],{}," only becomes active when no blocker is open for that document. The header sums this up as ",[14,13502,13503],{},"Draft documents",[14,13505,5873],{},", each with ",[14,13508,13509],{},"Ready to export",[14,13511,13512],{},"Not ready yet",[33,13514,13515,13523],{},[36,13516,13517],{},[39,13518,13519,13521],{},[42,13520,5377],{},[42,13522,4689],{},[49,13524,13525,13534,13543,13552],{},[39,13526,13527,13531],{},[54,13528,13529],{},[14,13530,5516],{},[54,13532,13533],{},"The document has no content yet (“Add content for this document”).",[39,13535,13536,13540],{},[54,13537,13538],{},[14,13539,4483],{},[54,13541,13542],{},"At least one blocker is open. Only the draft is possible.",[39,13544,13545,13549],{},[54,13546,13547],{},[14,13548,4497],{},[54,13550,13551],{},"No blockers, but warnings. You confirm them before archiving.",[39,13553,13554,13558],{},[54,13555,13556],{},[14,13557,4494],{},[54,13559,13560],{},"No blockers and no warnings.",[10,13562,13563],{},"To find the blocker:",[266,13565,13566,13571,13574,13583],{},[269,13567,8504,13568,13570],{},[14,13569,3834],{},". Below each card’s status, the first open point is shown as a link.",[269,13572,13573],{},"Click it. PlanElec switches to the view where you fix it.",[269,13575,13576,13577,13579,13580,13582],{},"Fix the point and return to ",[14,13578,3834],{},". The next blocker moves up until ",[14,13581,4501],{}," is active.",[269,13584,13585,13586,13588],{},"If only warnings remain, “Confirm warnings for this release” appears. With ",[14,13587,5897],{},", they become part of the stored release copy.",[10,13590,13591],{},"Common blockers in a new project:",[33,13593,13594,13604],{},[36,13595,13596],{},[39,13597,13598,13601],{},[42,13599,13600],{},"Text in the export",[42,13602,13603],{},"Where you fix it",[49,13605,13606,13619,13635,13648,13658,13668,13676],{},[39,13607,13608,13611],{},[54,13609,13610],{},"“Review and confirm the single-line diagram”",[54,13612,13613,279,13615,13618],{},[14,13614,3996],{},[14,13616,13617],{},"Mark diagram as reviewed",". Any later change to the diagram clears the mark.",[39,13620,13621,13624],{},[54,13622,13623],{},"“Connection data not yet confirmed”",[54,13625,13626,13628,13629,279,13632],{},[14,13627,667],{}," → “Connection is an assumption” → ",[14,13630,13631],{},"Review and confirm",[14,13633,13634],{},"Confirm connection data",[39,13636,13637,13640],{},[54,13638,13639],{},"“Complete and confirm installation methods”, “Add breaking capacities”",[54,13641,13642,13644,13645],{},[14,13643,3834],{}," → section ",[14,13646,13647],{},"Complete missing details",[39,13649,13650,13653],{},[54,13651,13652],{},"“Place missing devices on the situation plan”",[54,13654,13655,13656],{},"Situation plan, see ",[24,13657,13094],{"href":13093},[39,13659,13660,13663],{},[54,13661,13662],{},"“Place missing modules on the DIN rails”",[54,13664,13665,13666],{},"Distribution board, see ",[24,13667,13174],{"href":13173},[39,13669,13670,13673],{},[54,13671,13672],{},"“Complete circuit labels”",[54,13674,13675],{},"Give every circuit a label; the link leads to the distribution board",[39,13677,13678,13681],{},[54,13679,13680],{},"“Check inconsistent references”",[54,13682,13683],{},"Single-line diagram: correct the references of the element named",[10,13685,13686,13688,13689,13692],{},[14,13687,13617],{}," stays disabled while findings are open: “Resolve the outstanding validation findings before marking the diagram as reviewed.” The ",[14,13690,13691],{},"Warnings"," button next to it jumps to the first open finding.",[10,13694,13695,13698,13699,4767,13701,82],{},[14,13696,13697],{},"Self-check errors and warnings:"," an error, missing input or a rule that could not be evaluated blocks the release copy. A warning does not block; it appears as a warning you confirm. You read the findings in the ",[14,13700,4410],{},[14,13702,13703],{},"Warnings · Validation",[10,13705,13706,13707,4282,13709,82],{},"If you have just changed something, the card shows “Local changes have not been saved yet. You can already download a draft.” The release copy follows once the state is saved. More: ",[24,13708,8351],{"href":4510},[24,13710,12069],{"href":4414},[10,13712,13713],{},[24,13714],{"id":13715},"colour-markers",[28,13717,13719],{"id":13718},"why-is-a-switch-or-a-light-marked-in-orange","Why is a switch or a light marked in orange?",[10,13721,13722,13723,13725],{},"Orange has one of two meanings in PlanElec, depending on the view: on the floor plan, a device with an orange dot is not yet linked to the installation, and a line or symbol drawn entirely in orange simply carries the colour of its circuit. Self-check findings do not colour any symbol in the ",[14,13724,3996],{},": they appear as a small marker at the corner of the symbol, a red circle with “!” for an error and a yellow triangle with “!” for a warning.",[33,13727,13728,13738],{},[36,13729,13730],{},[39,13731,13732,13734,13736],{},[42,13733,10047],{},[42,13735,641],{},[42,13737,4689],{},[49,13739,13740,13752,13764,13776,13786],{},[39,13741,13742,13745,13749],{},[54,13743,13744],{},"Red circle with “!” at the corner of a symbol",[54,13746,13747],{},[14,13748,3996],{},[54,13750,13751],{},"The self-check reports an error for this element. If an element has both, the marker shows the error.",[39,13753,13754,13757,13761],{},[54,13755,13756],{},"Yellow triangle with “!” at the corner of a symbol",[54,13758,13759],{},[14,13760,3996],{},[54,13762,13763],{},"The self-check reports a warning for this element.",[39,13765,13766,13769,13773],{},[54,13767,13768],{},"Frame briefly pulsing around a symbol",[54,13770,13771],{},[14,13772,3996],{},[54,13774,13775],{},"A finding has just appeared, or you clicked it in the findings list. The frame disappears after a few seconds.",[39,13777,13778,13781,13783],{},[54,13779,13780],{},"Small orange dot at the top right of a device",[54,13782,3974],{},[54,13784,13785],{},"The device is not yet linked to any element of the installation. A green dot means linked.",[39,13787,13788,13791,13794],{},[54,13789,13790],{},"Device symbol or line entirely in orange",[54,13792,13793],{},"Floor plan, single-line diagram",[54,13795,13796,13797,13800],{},"Colour of the circuit or, in the ",[14,13798,13799],{},"Symbol type"," colour mode, of the symbol type. This is no finding.",[10,13802,13803],{},"Notes get no marker on the symbol and only appear in the findings list. This includes the recommendation to put a time-delayed type S RCD upstream of a 30 mA RCD (selectivity): it is a good-practice recommendation based on IEC 60364-5-53, not an AREI requirement for residential installations.",[10,13805,13806],{},"How to find the reason:",[266,13808,13809,13814,13821,13826],{},[269,13810,3868,13811,13813],{},[14,13812,3996],{},", tap or click the marker on the symbol. The findings list opens with all findings for that element, each with its reason and a suggestion. The small legend at the top right of the diagram explains the markers.",[269,13815,13816,13817,4767,13819,82],{},"If you click a finding in the findings list, the single-line diagram jumps to the element and briefly highlights it. You also read all findings in the ",[14,13818,4410],{},[14,13820,13703],{},[269,13822,13823,13824,82],{},"An orange dot on the floor plan turns green as soon as the device is linked to the installation, for example by assigning it to a circuit: see ",[24,13825,13094],{"href":13093},[269,13827,13828,13829,13832,13833,4282,13835,13837,13838,13840,13841,63],{},"You switch the ",[14,13830,13831],{},"Color mode"," between ",[14,13834,7791],{},[14,13836,13799],{}," in the symbol legend: on the floor plan via ",[14,13839,7124],{}," in the left rail, in the single-line diagram via the ",[14,13842,13843],{},"Symbol legend",[10,13845,13846,13847,13849],{},"If the self-check is switched off for the project, the single-line diagram shows no check markers: see ",[24,13848,13126],{"href":13125},". The 3D view and the PDF export show no check markers.",[10,13851,13852],{},[24,13853],{"id":13854},"self-check-off",[28,13856,13858],{"id":13857},"when-should-you-switch-off-the-self-check-for-a-project","When should you switch off the self-check for a project?",[10,13860,13861],{},"The AREI self-check (AREI is the Belgian electrical installation regulation, RGIE in French) can be switched off per project. It is meant for professionals who document an existing, non-compliant installation as a baseline. For new planning it stays on.",[266,13863,13864,13871,13877,13890],{},[269,13865,13866,13867,279,13869,82],{},"Open the project menu (logo, top left) → ",[14,13868,4006],{},[14,13870,4010],{},[269,13872,13873,13874,82],{},"Switch off ",[14,13875,13876],{},"AREI self-check",[269,13878,13879,13880,12084,13883,13886,13887,82],{},"In the “Switch off self-check?” dialog, choose for example ",[14,13881,13882],{},"Document existing installation as baseline",[14,13884,13885],{},"Reason (optional)",", then confirm with ",[14,13888,13889],{},"Switch off",[269,13891,13892,13893,13895],{},"Success criterion: the studio shows the ",[14,13894,13126],{}," notice.",[33,13897,13898,13908],{},[36,13899,13900],{},[39,13901,13902,13905],{},[42,13903,13904],{},"What changes",[42,13906,13907],{},"Effect with the self-check switched off",[49,13909,13910,13918,13926,13934],{},[39,13911,13912,13915],{},[54,13913,13914],{},"Findings in the editor",[54,13916,13917],{},"“The AREI check keeps running in the background. Findings are not shown and exports carry no check marks.”",[39,13919,13920,13923],{},[54,13921,13922],{},"Self-check report",[54,13924,13925],{},"Blocked: “Self-check is switched off” or “Unavailable while the self-check is switched off.”",[39,13927,13928,13931],{},[54,13929,13930],{},"Rule, cable and connection findings",[54,13932,13933],{},"Become warnings; the release shows “{count} check findings not assessed (self-check off)”",[39,13935,13936,13939],{},[54,13937,13938],{},"Still blocking",[54,13940,13941],{},"Inconsistent references, missing content, unplaced devices, boards and modules, missing circuit labels, modules that cannot be rendered and the diagram review",[10,13943,13944,13945,13947,13948,13951],{},"Through the ",[14,13946,13126],{}," notice and ",[14,13949,13950],{},"Switch on self-check"," you return to the normal state at any time.",[10,13953,13954],{},[24,13955],{"id":13956},"cable-length",[28,13958,13960],{"id":13959},"why-is-a-cable-length-missing-or-does-it-say-route-incomplete","Why is a cable length missing or does it say “Route incomplete”?",[10,13962,13963,13964,13966],{},"PlanElec determines a cable’s length in this order: a measured length you enter takes precedence. Otherwise the length of the drawn route applies. If the route is not continuous, PlanElec does not output an estimate but shows ",[14,13965,13147],{},". Without a length, the self-check reports “Cable \"{label}\" — length missing for exact ΔU calculation”.",[33,13968,13969,13980],{},[36,13970,13971],{},[39,13972,13973,13976,13978],{},[42,13974,13975],{},"Display",[42,13977,11660],{},[42,13979,13361],{},[49,13981,13982,13995,14007],{},[39,13983,13984,13989,13992],{},[54,13985,13986],{},[14,13987,13988],{},"Not routed yet",[54,13990,13991],{},"The cable has no route yet",[54,13993,13994],{},"Draw the route automatically or by hand",[39,13996,13997,14001,14004],{},[54,13998,13999],{},[14,14000,13147],{},[54,14002,14003],{},"A section is missing, often the transition between floors",[54,14005,14006],{},"Add the missing section or riser",[39,14008,14009,14012,14015],{},[54,14010,14011],{},"“No connector has stops on both floors.”",[54,14013,14014],{},"No stair, shaft or riser connects the two floors",[54,14016,14017],{},"Create a vertical connector, then route",[10,14019,14020],{},"Completing the route:",[266,14022,14023,14031,14036,14046],{},[269,14024,14025,14026,279,14029,82],{},"On the situation plan, open ",[14,14027,14028],{},"Linking & cabling",[14,14030,4374],{},[269,14032,4916,14033,14035],{},[14,14034,7941],{}," for the active floor, or click a cable to edit its waypoints.",[269,14037,14038,14039,14042,14043,82],{},"For a cable between floors, choose ",[14,14040,14041],{},"Choose stair, shaft or riser"," and then ",[14,14044,14045],{},"Route via connector",[269,14047,14048,14049,82],{},"Success criterion: the length in metres replaces ",[14,14050,13147],{},[10,14052,14053],{},"Entering a measured length, for example in an existing installation:",[266,14055,14056,14059,14064],{},[269,14057,14058],{},"Select the cable in the cable route or in the single-line diagram.",[269,14060,8504,14061,82],{},[14,14062,14063],{},"Edit cable type and conductors",[269,14065,14066,14067,13268,14070,82],{},"Enter ",[14,14068,14069],{},"Measured length (m)",[14,14071,14072],{},"Save cable details",[10,14074,14075,14076,82],{},"The measured length feeds the cable list and the voltage-drop calculation; the route’s geometric value is kept for comparison. More: ",[24,14077,14079],{"href":14078},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fswitch-chains-circuits-and-cable-routes#cable-routes","Plan and edit cable routes",[10,14081,14082],{},[24,14083],{"id":14084},"cabinet-unplaced",[28,14086,14088],{"id":14087},"why-are-modules-listed-under-unassigned-modules","Why are modules listed under “Unassigned modules”?",[10,14090,14091,14092,14094],{},"A module that exists in the project but does not sit on any DIN rail yet appears at the top of the distribution board under ",[14,14093,13164],{},", with the note “Present in the diagram, but not assigned to a DIN rail yet.” This happens, for example, when a protective device is created in the single-line diagram or in the installation. If you select it in another view, PlanElec says: “This module is not placed yet. Find it in the unplaced modules tray.”",[266,14096,14097,14102,14111,14114],{},[269,14098,8504,14099,14101],{},[14,14100,274],{}," for the board concerned.",[269,14103,3868,14104,14106,14107,14110],{},[14,14105,13164],{}," bar, click the module (",[14,14108,14109],{},"Place","). PlanElec puts it on the next free slot.",[269,14112,14113],{},"If PlanElec reports “There is no free space in the assigned cabinet.”, first free up space on the rows or review the enclosure planning of the board.",[269,14115,14116],{},"Success criterion: the bar disappears once no module is left open.",[10,14118,14119,14120,82],{},"For the distribution-board PDF, an unplaced module is a blocker: “Place missing modules on the DIN rails”. More: ",[24,14121,14122],{"href":685},"Specify modules and enclosure",[10,14124,14125],{},[24,14126],{"id":14127},"sync",[28,14129,14131],{"id":14130},"what-do-the-save-and-sync-messages-mean","What do the save and sync messages mean?",[10,14133,14134],{},"Your save state is shown by the round status icon in the status bar at the bottom right. A click opens the details: save status, offline readiness and connection.",[33,14136,14137,14147],{},[36,14138,14139],{},[39,14140,14141,14143,14145],{},[42,14142,11657],{},[42,14144,4689],{},[42,14146,12942],{},[49,14148,14149,14162,14177,14188,14208,14219,14233],{},[39,14150,14151,14154,14157],{},[54,14152,14153],{},"“Not ready: Live sync disabled”",[54,14155,14156],{},"Offline preparation requires live sync. Normal saving to the server carries on.",[54,14158,14159,14160,82],{},"Nothing. Look for ",[14,14161,4698],{},[39,14163,14164,14169,14172],{},[54,14165,14166,14168],{},[14,14167,4728],{},", “Saved in this browser. Server backup is still pending.”",[54,14170,14171],{},"Your changes are in the browser; the server does not have them yet.",[54,14173,14174,14175,9855],{},"Check the connection; keep the tab open until ",[14,14176,4698],{},[39,14178,14179,14182,14185],{},[54,14180,14181],{},"“An object you edited is currently reserved in another session. …”",[54,14183,14184],{},"Someone is editing the same object in another session.",[54,14186,14187],{},"Nothing. Your changes are kept locally and saving is retried automatically.",[39,14189,14190,14195,14198],{},[54,14191,14192],{},[14,14193,14194],{},"Changes could not be merged",[54,14196,14197],{},"Your changes contradict the shared saved version.",[54,14199,14200,14203,14204,14207],{},[14,14201,14202],{},"Download local backup",", then ",[14,14205,14206],{},"Load server version"," and confirm.",[39,14209,14210,14213,14216],{},[54,14211,14212],{},"“Conflict: this project was changed elsewhere. Please reload.”",[54,14214,14215],{},"The project was saved elsewhere.",[54,14217,14218],{},"Reload the page and check your last change.",[39,14220,14221,14227,14230],{},[54,14222,14223,14226],{},[14,14224,14225],{},"Reload required",": “This page is running an older version. …”",[54,14228,14229],{},"A new app version is active.",[54,14231,14232],{},"Reload the page; your changes are saved locally.",[39,14234,14235,14240,14243],{},[54,14236,14237],{},[14,14238,14239],{},"Session expired",[54,14241,14242],{},"Your sign-in has expired.",[54,14244,14245,82],{},[14,14246,14247],{},"Sign in again",[10,14249,14250,14252],{},[14,14251,14206],{}," replaces the local changes of this session with the saved project. Download the backup first if you want to keep them. Other tabs retain their local changes.",[10,14254,14255],{},[24,14256],{"id":14257},"ai-limit",[28,14259,14261],{"id":14260},"what-if-the-ai-allowance-or-the-daily-limit-is-reached","What if the AI allowance or the daily limit is reached?",[10,14263,14264],{},"AI features have two limits: daily per-user limits for floor-plan recognition (30 runs) and distribution-board recognition from photos (20 runs), and your account’s AI allowance, which all AI features share, including floor-plan recognition, distribution-board recognition from photos and the PlanElec assistant.",[33,14266,14267,14277],{},[36,14268,14269],{},[39,14270,14271,14273,14275],{},[42,14272,11657],{},[42,14274,11660],{},[42,14276,13361],{},[49,14278,14279,14290,14301,14312,14323],{},[39,14280,14281,14284,14287],{},[54,14282,14283],{},"“The daily quota for recognitions is used up. New runs are available tomorrow.”",[54,14285,14286],{},"Daily limit of floor-plan recognition reached",[54,14288,14289],{},"Start again the next day (UTC); trace the template in the meantime",[39,14291,14292,14295,14298],{},[54,14293,14294],{},"“Your remaining AI allowance is insufficient for this analysis.”",[54,14296,14297],{},"AI allowance too low for this run",[54,14299,14300],{},"Check the balance in the user menu; continue planning without AI",[39,14302,14303,14306,14309],{},[54,14304,14305],{},"“Allowance is reserved for an analysis in progress. Please try again in a few minutes.”",[54,14307,14308],{},"Another analysis is still running",[54,14310,14311],{},"Wait a moment and start again",[39,14313,14314,14317,14320],{},[54,14315,14316],{},"“Too many requests. Please try again later.”",[54,14318,14319],{},"Short throttling",[54,14321,14322],{},"Try again later",[39,14324,14325,14327,14330],{},[54,14326,767],{},[54,14328,14329],{},"Board recognition failed, including when the daily limit is reached",[54,14331,14332],{},"Try again later or place the modules by hand",[10,14334,14335,14336,14338,14339,14342],{},"Your balance is shown in the user menu (your profile picture) under ",[14,14337,132],{}," as “{percent}% available”, and in the settings under ",[14,14340,14341],{},"AI and data permissions",". Below it you see the day it refills: the allowance renews every calendar month, and unused allowance does not carry over. “Your AI allowance for this month has been used up.” means no AI runs are available until that day. Failed analyses charged by the provider also use allowance.",[10,14344,14345,14346,14349,14350,82],{},"Without AI you can still plan everything: import the plan as a template and trace it, place devices from the palette, place modules in the distribution board. On the assistant: ",[24,14347,14348],{"href":4624},"Studio activity and assistant",". On photo recognition: ",[24,14351,14353],{"href":14352},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Frecognise-a-distribution-board-from-a-photo","Recognise a distribution board from a photo",[10,14355,14356],{},[24,14357],{"id":14358},"fallback-3d",[28,14360,14362],{"id":14361},"why-does-the-3d-view-only-show-a-notice","Why does the 3D view only show a notice?",[10,14364,14365],{},"The 3D view needs WebGL in the browser. If it is missing or the 3D view fails to start, PlanElec replaces the scene with an explained notice. The situation plan remains fully usable in 2D.",[33,14367,14368,14379],{},[36,14369,14370],{},[39,14371,14372,14375,14377],{},[42,14373,14374],{},"Notice",[42,14376,11660],{},[42,14378,13361],{},[49,14380,14381,14394],{},[39,14382,14383,14388,14391],{},[54,14384,14385,14387],{},[14,14386,13209],{},": “This browser does not provide WebGL. The situation plan remains fully usable in 2D.”",[54,14389,14390],{},"The browser does not provide WebGL",[54,14392,14393],{},"Enable WebGL or hardware acceleration in the browser, or use another current browser; keep working in 2D",[39,14395,14396,14401,14404],{},[54,14397,14398,14400],{},[14,14399,13212],{},": “The browser reset the graphics context.”",[54,14402,14403],{},"The browser reset the graphics context",[54,14405,4916,14406],{},[14,14407,14408],{},"Reload",[10,14410,14411,14412,14415,14416,4282,14419,14422,14423,82],{},"PlanElec only offers the split ",[14,14413,14414],{},"2D + 3D"," view in a wide desktop window. On a phone you choose between ",[14,14417,14418],{},"2D",[14,14420,14421],{},"3D",". More: ",[24,14424,14426],{"href":14425},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002F3d-view-and-lighting-study","3D view and lighting study",[28,14428,14430],{"id":14429},"your-problem-is-not-listed","Your problem is not listed?",[10,14432,14433,14434,14436,14437,14439,14440,14442],{},"Start with the flow in ",[24,14435,5950],{"href":5949},": many blocks clear once the situation plan, installation, distribution board and single-line diagram are complete, in that order. Then check the open findings in the ",[14,14438,4410],{}," panel and, in ",[14,14441,3834],{},", the first blocker of each document.",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":14444},[14445,14446,14447,14448,14449,14450,14451,14452,14453,14454,14455,14456,14457],{"id":13035,"depth":809,"text":13036},{"id":13229,"depth":809,"text":13230},{"id":13320,"depth":809,"text":13321},{"id":13425,"depth":809,"text":13426},{"id":13488,"depth":809,"text":13489},{"id":13718,"depth":809,"text":13719},{"id":13857,"depth":809,"text":13858},{"id":13959,"depth":809,"text":13960},{"id":14087,"depth":809,"text":14088},{"id":14130,"depth":809,"text":14131},{"id":14260,"depth":809,"text":14261},{"id":14361,"depth":809,"text":14362},{"id":14429,"depth":809,"text":14430},"Missing scale, device not in the diagram, export blocked, cable length open, module not placed, sync message, AI limit or 3D notice: cause and fix for each message.","troubleshooting",{},16,"\u002Fhelp\u002Ftroubleshooting.en",{"title":13027,"description":14458},"solve-common-problems","help\u002Ftroubleshooting.en",[14459,4421,7609,5740,7994,14467],"synchronisation","2026-10-17","AcDTWZxR_K2t5Om7RQbQx7k7h32lhRFB-RskMoc4fEs",{"id":14471,"title":14472,"body":14473,"category":12200,"description":15519,"extension":824,"guideId":15520,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":15521,"navigation":829,"order":15522,"path":15523,"publishedAt":832,"readTime":5332,"seo":15524,"seoTitle":826,"slug":15525,"stem":15526,"tags":15527,"updatedAt":832,"__hash__":15532},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Fview-3d-lighting-study.en.md","How do I use the 3D view and the lighting study?",{"type":7,"value":14474,"toc":15506},[14475,14488,14492,14496,14499,14595,14601,14606,14610,14632,14640,14645,14649,14724,14727,14751,14782,14788,14793,14797,14800,14838,14843,14848,14852,14902,14913,14939,14945,14948,14953,14957,14960,15009,15012,15062,15065,15070,15074,15086,15117,15123,15128,15132,15147,15207,15210,15277,15280,15287,15291,15295,15365,15368,15372,15376,15473,15478,15482],[10,14476,14477,14478,14480,14481,4282,14484,14487],{},"The 3D view shows the same project state as the 2D floor plan: floors, walls, openings, stairs, furniture, devices and planned cable routes. Every user can open it without any extra activation. You need a browser with WebGL; without it, PlanElec shows a notice and you keep working in 2D without restrictions. In ",[14,14479,4191],{}," mode you place lights, compare the ",[14,14482,14483],{},"Everyday",[14,14485,14486],{},"Evening"," scenes, set a date and time for sun position and shadows, and read a heatmap with guidance values in lux. The lighting study supports planning and client conversations: it only calculates direct artificial light without reflections and does not replace a standards-based lighting design.",[10,14489,14490],{},[24,14491],{"id":26},[28,14493,14495],{"id":14494},"what-do-i-need-for-the-3d-view","What do I need for the 3D view?",[10,14497,14498],{},"You do not need a special plan or role. Whether and how 3D appears depends on your browser and on the width of your workspace.",[33,14500,14501,14510],{},[36,14502,14503],{},[39,14504,14505,14507],{},[42,14506,9075],{},[42,14508,14509],{},"What PlanElec shows",[49,14511,14512,14524,14534,14546,14561,14574,14587],{},[39,14513,14514,14517],{},[54,14515,14516],{},"Browser with WebGL",[54,14518,14519,14520,14523],{},"The 3D view loads with the message ",[14,14521,14522],{},"Loading 3D view …"," and then shows the model.",[39,14525,14526,14529],{},[54,14527,14528],{},"Browser without WebGL",[54,14530,14531,14533],{},[14,14532,13209],{},". The situation plan remains fully usable in 2D.",[39,14535,14536,14539],{},[54,14537,14538],{},"Graphics context reset by the browser",[54,14540,14541,14543,14544,63],{},[14,14542,13212],{}," with a ",[14,14545,14408],{},[39,14547,14548,14551],{},[54,14549,14550],{},"Wide desktop screen",[54,14552,14553,14554,93,14556,4282,14558,14560],{},"View switcher with ",[14,14555,14418],{},[14,14557,14421],{},[14,14559,14414],{}," (split view from a studio workspace width of 1600 pixels).",[39,14562,14563,14566],{},[54,14564,14565],{},"Narrower windows and tablets",[54,14567,14568,14569,78,14571,14573],{},"Only ",[14,14570,14418],{},[14,14572,14421],{},", one view at a time. A chosen split view automatically switches to a single view.",[39,14575,14576,14579],{},[54,14577,14578],{},"Phone in portrait",[54,14580,14581,14583,14584,14586],{},[14,14582,14418],{}," \u002F ",[14,14585,14421],{}," switcher in the header next to the project name.",[39,14588,14589,14592],{},[54,14590,14591],{},"Viewer role",[54,14593,14594],{},"You see 3D and the lighting study but cannot change the scene name, ambient brightness or light values.",[10,14596,14597,14598,14600],{},"While the notice replaces the model, tools that only work in 3D and the image export of the lighting scene are unavailable. Switch to ",[14,14599,14418],{}," with the view switcher instead.",[10,14602,14603],{},[24,14604],{"id":14605},"open-3d",[28,14607,14609],{"id":14608},"how-do-i-open-the-3d-view","How do I open the 3D view?",[266,14611,14612,14615,14629],{},[269,14613,14614],{},"Open a project in the studio.",[269,14616,14617,14618,14620,14621,14623,14624,14583,14626,14628],{},"In the view switcher at the top of the workspace, choose ",[14,14619,14421],{}," or, on a wide screen, ",[14,14622,14414],{},". On a phone, ",[14,14625,14418],{},[14,14627,14421],{}," sits in the header.",[269,14630,14631],{},"The model appears with the active floor. Success check: the walls, rooms and devices of your floor plan stand in space.",[10,14633,14634,14635,4282,14637,14639],{},"Some work modes open in 3D directly: ",[14,14636,4191],{},[14,14638,4201],{}," start in the 3D view, all other modes in 2D. Selection and project state are shared between 2D and 3D. Whatever you select in one view is also selected in the other.",[10,14641,14642],{},[24,14643],{"id":14644},"navigation",[28,14646,14648],{"id":14647},"how-do-i-move-around-in-the-3d-view","How do I move around in the 3D view?",[33,14650,14651,14660],{},[36,14652,14653],{},[39,14654,14655,14658],{},[42,14656,14657],{},"Input",[42,14659,8769],{},[49,14661,14662,14670,14678,14686,14694,14701,14709,14716],{},[39,14663,14664,14667],{},[54,14665,14666],{},"Drag with the left mouse button",[54,14668,14669],{},"Rotate the view",[39,14671,14672,14675],{},[54,14673,14674],{},"Drag with the right or middle mouse button, Shift + drag",[54,14676,14677],{},"Pan the view",[39,14679,14680,14683],{},[54,14681,14682],{},"Mouse wheel",[54,14684,14685],{},"Zoom",[39,14687,14688,14691],{},[54,14689,14690],{},"Arrow keys",[54,14692,14693],{},"Rotate in 5-degree steps",[39,14695,14696,14699],{},[54,14697,14698],{},"Plus \u002F minus",[54,14700,14685],{},[39,14702,14703,14706],{},[54,14704,14705],{},"Key 0",[54,14707,14708],{},"Reset view",[39,14710,14711,14714],{},[54,14712,14713],{},"One finger",[54,14715,7248],{},[39,14717,14718,14721],{},[54,14719,14720],{},"Two fingers",[54,14722,14723],{},"Zoom (pinch) and pan at the same time",[10,14725,14726],{},"The camera controls sit at the bottom left of the view:",[322,14728,14729,14735,14740],{},[269,14730,14731,14734],{},[14,14732,14733],{},"Fit view"," brings the whole model into frame.",[269,14736,14737,14739],{},[14,14738,14708],{}," restores the starting perspective.",[269,14741,14742,14743,14746,14747,14750],{},"With a selection, ",[14,14744,14745],{},"Show selection"," (the camera flies to the selected object) and ",[14,14748,14749],{},"Open in 2D"," (back to the floor plan with the same object in focus) are added.",[10,14752,14753,14754,93,14757,78,14760,14763,14764,4282,14766,14768,14769,93,14772,4282,14775,14778,14779,14781],{},"For several storeys, choose ",[14,14755,14756],{},"Active floor",[14,14758,14759],{},"Stacked",[14,14761,14762],{},"Exploded"," in the floor bar or at the top right of the view. In ",[14,14765,4162],{},[14,14767,4191],{}," modes an extra button cycles through ",[14,14770,14771],{},"Walls up",[14,14773,14774],{},"Wall cutaway",[14,14776,14777],{},"Walls down",". Both modes start with the cutaway so you can look into the rooms. In ",[14,14780,3992],{}," mode the walls stand at full height, because devices and cables sit on the walls themselves. The wall view is a display setting and does not change your project.",[10,14783,14784,14785,82],{},"3D takes heights and floor positions from your floor plan. How to stack floors correctly is explained in ",[24,14786,14787],{"href":4295},"Align floors and building origin",[10,14789,14790],{},[24,14791],{"id":14792},"furniture",[28,14794,14796],{"id":14795},"how-do-i-furnish-rooms","How do I furnish rooms?",[10,14798,14799],{},"Furniture helps you align sockets, switches and lights with how a room will be used. It is part of the floor plan and appears in 3D automatically.",[266,14801,14802,14807,14828,14831],{},[269,14803,14804,14805,82],{},"In the mode bar, choose ",[14,14806,4162],{},[269,14808,4354,14809,14812,14813,5701,14816,93,14819,93,14822,4282,14825,82],{},[14,14810,14811],{},"Furnishings & outdoors"," catalogue. Categories range from ",[14,14814,14815],{},"Living",[14,14817,14818],{},"Kitchen",[14,14820,14821],{},"Kitchen appliances",[14,14823,14824],{},"Sanitary",[14,14826,14827],{},"Outdoors",[269,14829,14830],{},"Pick an item and place it on the floor plan.",[269,14832,8838,14833,78,14835,14837],{},[14,14834,14421],{},[14,14836,14414],{},". Success check: the item stands in the room at the same spot as in 2D.",[10,14839,7459,14840,14842],{},[14,14841,4162],{}," mode you can also grab an item in 3D with the selection tool and move it. A short click only selects; a real drag moves. Releasing creates one undo step. The catalogue is a selection of common furnishings, not a complete manufacturer catalogue. Many electrical devices appear in 3D as simplified bodies rather than accurate product models.",[10,14844,14845],{},[24,14846],{"id":14847},"lighting-planning",[28,14849,14851],{"id":14850},"how-do-i-place-lights-in-lighting-mode","How do I place lights in Lighting mode?",[266,14853,14854,14866,14873,14896],{},[269,14855,14804,14856,14858,14859,4282,14862,14865],{},[14,14857,4191],{},". PlanElec opens the 3D view with the ",[14,14860,14861],{},"Lighting planning",[14,14863,14864],{},"Lighting study"," panels; the light and lighting preview layers are on, cables and dimensions are hidden.",[269,14867,14868,14869,14872],{},"Place lights from the device palette. It also offers the ",[14,14870,14871],{},"Spot Grid",": drag a rectangle or click in the room.",[269,14874,3868,14875,14877,14878,93,14881,93,14884,93,14887,93,14889,4282,14892,14895],{},[14,14876,14861],{}," panel, edit ",[14,14879,14880],{},"Luminous flux (lm)",[14,14882,14883],{},"Colour temperature (K)",[14,14885,14886],{},"Beam angle (°)",[14,14888,11415],{},[14,14890,14891],{},"Mounting height (m)",[14,14893,14894],{},"Group"," per room. Identical lights in a room are bundled in one row; change them together or expand the row.",[269,14897,14898,14899,14901],{},"Move lights directly in 3D if needed: in ",[14,14900,4191],{}," mode the selection tool grabs lights. Ceiling lights move freely within the room, wall lights follow the nearest wall.",[10,14903,400,14904,14906,14907,78,14909,14912],{},[14,14905,5377],{}," column shows ",[14,14908,5516],{},[14,14910,14911],{},"Linked",". A draft is a light point without a link to the electrical design. To link it:",[266,14914,14915,14924,14930],{},[269,14916,14917,14918,13268,14921,82],{},"Open the row's ",[14,14919,14920],{},"Menu",[14,14922,14923],{},"Link to circuit",[269,14925,3882,14926,14929],{},[14,14927,14928],{},"Circuit or existing light point",", choose the target.",[269,14931,14932,14933,14936,14937,82],{},"Confirm with ",[14,14934,14935],{},"Adopt into electrical plan",". Success check: the status changes to ",[14,14938,14911],{},[10,14940,14941,14942,82],{},"Only this adoption creates a consumer or links an existing light point. PlanElec does not derive power or wiring from the lighting preview. Plan switching points and circuits as usual, see ",[24,14943,14944],{"href":7818},"Switch chains, circuits and cable routes",[10,14946,14947],{},"New lights get default luminous flux values: pendant light 800 lm, spotlight 400 lm, wall light 300 lm. Enter the values of the lights you actually plan before you judge the heatmap.",[10,14949,14950],{},[24,14951],{"id":14952},"light-preview",[28,14954,14956],{"id":14955},"how-does-the-lighting-preview-work-in-3d","How does the lighting preview work in 3D?",[10,14958,14959],{},"The lighting preview shows how the artificial light of your fittings looks in the furnished room. It is illustrative: the panel states explicitly that it is “no lux calculation or lighting compliance assessment”.",[266,14961,14962,14968,14977,14996,15003],{},[269,14963,7459,14964,7462,14966,9841],{},[14,14965,4191],{},[14,14967,14864],{},[269,14969,3868,14970,14972,14973,14976],{},[14,14971,4470],{}," section, switch on ",[14,14974,14975],{},"Lighting preview",". It is off when you open a project.",[269,14978,3868,14979,14982,14983,78,14985,14987,14988,14991,14992,14995],{},[14,14980,14981],{},"Scene"," section, choose ",[14,14984,14483],{},[14,14986,14486],{},". For each scene you save a ",[14,14989,14990],{},"Scene name",", the ",[14,14993,14994],{},"Ambient brightness"," and, per light or light group, on\u002Foff and dimming.",[269,14997,14998,14999,15002],{},"Show ",[14,15000,15001],{},"Light cones"," when you want to check direction and beam angle.",[269,15004,8137,15005,15008],{},[14,15006,15007],{},"Export scene as image"," to export a PNG of the current camera. Success check: the image carries the scene name and the illustrative-preview notice, without selection or hover highlights.",[10,15010,15011],{},"Scenes are saved per floor in the project and follow undo and project sync. They change neither wiring nor electrical power values.",[33,15013,15014,15030],{},[36,15015,15016],{},[39,15017,15018,15021,15024,15027],{},[42,15019,15020],{},"Quality level",[42,15022,15023],{},"Active lights",[42,15025,15026],{},"of which with shadows",[42,15028,15029],{},"Shadow resolution",[49,15031,15032,15046],{},[39,15033,15034,15037,15040,15043],{},[54,15035,15036],{},"Standard",[54,15038,15039],{},"12",[54,15041,15042],{},"4",[54,15044,15045],{},"1024 px",[39,15047,15048,15053,15056,15059],{},[54,15049,15050],{},[14,15051,15052],{},"Reduced quality",[54,15054,15055],{},"6",[54,15057,15058],{},"1",[54,15060,15061],{},"512 px",[10,15063,15064],{},"On touch devices the preview starts in reduced quality; you can switch at any time. Light points beyond this budget stay visible on the plan but do not contribute light to the preview. Room surfaces and furniture receive shadows. Simplified models and transparent planning walls limit what the image can tell you.",[10,15066,15067],{},[24,15068],{"id":15069},"daylight",[28,15071,15073],{"id":15072},"how-do-i-set-sun-position-and-shadows","How do I set sun position and shadows?",[10,15075,400,15076,13239,15079,15081,15082,15085],{},[14,15077,15078],{},"Sun",[14,15080,14864],{}," panel is labelled ",[14,15083,15084],{},"Daylight study · Brussels location",". It aims a sun light with cast shadows in 3D.",[266,15087,15088,15099,15105,15111],{},[269,15089,15090,15091,15094,15095,15098],{},"Set the ",[14,15092,15093],{},"North orientation",": click ",[14,15096,15097],{},"Set north"," and drag the north arrow, or choose whether north is up, right, down or left on the plan. 0° means north at the top; rotation is clockwise. The orientation applies to the whole project.",[269,15100,15101,15102,82],{},"Choose a ",[14,15103,15104],{},"Date",[269,15106,15090,15107,15110],{},[14,15108,15109],{},"Time"," with the slider, in 10-minute steps, in the Europe\u002FBrussels time zone.",[269,15112,15113,15114,82],{},"Read the sun's azimuth and elevation below the slider. Success check: light and shadows in 3D move with the time. When the sun is below the horizon, the panel shows ",[14,15115,15116],{},"Sun below the horizon",[10,15118,15119,15120,15122],{},"Sunlight and shadows are only active in ",[14,15121,4191],{}," mode. The sun position comes from an astronomical approximation for a fixed site in Brussels; there is no project-specific location yet. Your browser remembers date and time per project; they are not saved in the project and not shared. The daylight study shows sun direction and shadows but does not calculate daylight values in lux and does not feed into the heatmap.",[10,15124,15125],{},[24,15126],{"id":15127},"heatmap",[28,15129,15131],{"id":15130},"what-does-the-illuminance-heatmap-show","What does the illuminance heatmap show?",[10,15133,15134,15135,15138,15139,15141,15142,78,15144,15146],{},"The heatmap calculates, per room, the direct illuminance from your lights on a workplane at 0.8 m. It appears as a coloured area on the ",[14,15136,15137],{},"2D floor plan",". Because ",[14,15140,4191],{}," mode starts in 3D, switch to ",[14,15143,14418],{},[14,15145,14414],{}," to see it.",[266,15148,15149,15162,15167,15190],{},[269,15150,3868,15151,15153,15154,15157,15158,15161],{},[14,15152,14864],{}," panel, open the ",[14,15155,15156],{},"Illumination"," section and switch on ",[14,15159,15160],{},"Illuminance heatmap"," (on by default).",[269,15163,8838,15164,15166],{},[14,15165,14418],{},". Success check: rooms with lights are shaded in colour.",[269,15168,15169,15170,15173,15174,15177,15178,15181,15182,15185,15186,15189],{},"Read the ",[14,15171,15172],{},"Results by room"," table: ",[14,15175,15176],{},"Ē (lx)"," is the mean, ",[14,15179,15180],{},"Emin (lx)"," the lowest value, ",[14,15183,15184],{},"Emin\u002FĒ"," the uniformity, ",[14,15187,15188],{},"Guidance (lx)"," the comparison value.",[269,15191,400,15192,15194,15195,15198,15199,15202,15203,15206],{},[14,15193,5377],{}," column compares the mean with the lower guidance value: ",[14,15196,15197],{},"Reached"," at or above it, ",[14,15200,15201],{},"Just below"," from 80 %, ",[14,15204,15205],{},"Too low"," below that.",[10,15208,15209],{},"The calculation takes brightness and dimming of the active scene into account. Moving a light recalculates only the affected room. Each floor uses at most 4,000 calculation points.",[33,15211,15212,15222],{},[36,15213,15214],{},[39,15215,15216,15219],{},[42,15217,15218],{},"Room type",[42,15220,15221],{},"Guidance value in PlanElec",[49,15223,15224,15232,15239,15247,15255,15262,15270],{},[39,15225,15226,15229],{},[54,15227,15228],{},"Living room",[54,15230,15231],{},"100–200 lx",[39,15233,15234,15236],{},[54,15235,14818],{},[54,15237,15238],{},"300–500 lx",[39,15240,15241,15244],{},[54,15242,15243],{},"Bathroom",[54,15245,15246],{},"200 lx",[39,15248,15249,15252],{},[54,15250,15251],{},"Hallway",[54,15253,15254],{},"100 lx",[39,15256,15257,15260],{},[54,15258,15259],{},"Bedroom",[54,15261,15254],{},[39,15263,15264,15267],{},[54,15265,15266],{},"Office",[54,15268,15269],{},"500 lx",[39,15271,15272,15275],{},[54,15273,15274],{},"other rooms",[54,15276,15254],{},[10,15278,15279],{},"These guidance values are reference points PlanElec uses for the status. They are not normative requirements, and the panel states below the table: “This is not a standards-based lighting design.”",[10,15281,15282,15283,15286],{},"A room shows ",[14,15284,15285],{},"Cannot calculate"," when it has no calculation points or when one of its lights has no known mounting height above 0.8 m. When the mounting height is missing from the plan, PlanElec uses the type and floor defaults.",[10,15288,15289],{},[24,15290],{"id":715},[28,15292,15294],{"id":15293},"what-does-the-lighting-study-not-calculate","What does the lighting study not calculate?",[33,15296,15297,15309],{},[36,15298,15299],{},[39,15300,15301,15303,15306],{},[42,15302,12125],{},[42,15304,15305],{},"What you get",[42,15307,15308],{},"What is not included",[49,15310,15311,15322,15333,15344,15355],{},[39,15312,15313,15316,15319],{},[54,15314,15315],{},"3D lighting preview",[54,15317,15318],{},"Illustrative image with scenes, dimming and shadows",[54,15320,15321],{},"No lux values, no photorealistic or physically exact simulation",[39,15323,15324,15327,15330],{},[54,15325,15326],{},"Heatmap and table",[54,15328,15329],{},"Direct component at 0.8 m, mean, minimum, uniformity",[54,15331,15332],{},"No reflections, no light from neighbouring rooms, no tilted light cones, no wall obstruction",[39,15334,15335,15338,15341],{},[54,15336,15337],{},"Light data",[54,15339,15340],{},"Luminous flux, colour temperature, beam angle, mounting height",[54,15342,15343],{},"No manufacturer photometry (IES\u002FLDT), no manufacturer luminaire geometry, no LED strips",[39,15345,15346,15349,15352],{},[54,15347,15348],{},"Daylight study",[54,15350,15351],{},"Sun direction and shadows in 3D for Brussels",[54,15353,15354],{},"No project-specific location, no daylight values, no daylight in the heatmap",[39,15356,15357,15359,15362],{},[54,15358,11240],{},[54,15360,15361],{},"A planning aid for your client conversation",[54,15363,15364],{},"No lighting compliance assessment and no standards-based lighting calculation",[10,15366,15367],{},"If you need verifiable evidence, calculate the lighting with dedicated lighting design software and the manufacturer's photometric data. PlanElec gives you room geometry, light positions and mounting heights as a starting point.",[10,15369,15370],{},[24,15371],{"id":14459},[28,15373,15375],{"id":15374},"why-dont-i-see-a-model-shadows-or-values","Why don't I see a model, shadows or values?",[33,15377,15378,15387],{},[36,15379,15380],{},[39,15381,15382,15384],{},[42,15383,10047],{},[42,15385,15386],{},"Cause and fix",[49,15388,15389,15401,15412,15428,15439,15450,15463],{},[39,15390,15391,15395],{},[54,15392,15393],{},[14,15394,13209],{},[54,15396,15397,15398,15400],{},"The browser does not provide WebGL. Keep working in ",[14,15399,14418],{}," or open the project in a current browser with graphics acceleration.",[39,15402,15403,15407],{},[54,15404,15405],{},[14,15406,13212],{},[54,15408,15409,15410,82],{},"The browser reset the graphics context. Click ",[14,15411,14408],{},[39,15413,15414,15420],{},[54,15415,15416,15417,15419],{},"No ",[14,15418,14414],{}," in the switcher",[54,15421,15422,15423,4282,15425,15427],{},"The workspace is narrower than 1600 pixels. Use ",[14,15424,14418],{},[14,15426,14421],{}," one after the other.",[39,15429,15430,15433],{},[54,15431,15432],{},"No sun shadows",[54,15434,15435,15436,15438],{},"Sun and shadows only work in ",[14,15437,4191],{}," mode. Also check that the sun is above the horizon at the chosen time.",[39,15440,15441,15444],{},[54,15442,15443],{},"Lights do not glow in 3D",[54,15445,15446,15447,15449],{},"Switch on ",[14,15448,14975],{},". Check on\u002Foff and dimming in the active scene. Lights beyond the budget do not contribute.",[39,15451,15452,15457],{},[54,15453,15454],{},[14,15455,15456],{},"No calculation: add rooms or enable the Lighting preview layer.",[54,15458,15459,15460,15462],{},"Draw closed rooms or switch on the ",[14,15461,14975],{}," layer.",[39,15464,15465,15470],{},[54,15466,15467,15469],{},[14,15468,15007],{}," is greyed out",[54,15471,15472],{},"The export needs a visible, fully loaded 3D view.",[10,15474,15475,15476,82],{},"For more help, see ",[24,15477,801],{"href":800},[28,15479,15481],{"id":15480},"further-reading","Further reading",[322,15483,15484,15488,15492,15496,15500],{},[269,15485,15486],{},[24,15487,4337],{"href":4336},[269,15489,15490],{},[24,15491,14944],{"href":7818},[269,15493,15494],{},[24,15495,14787],{"href":4295},[269,15497,15498],{},[24,15499,4238],{"href":4237},[269,15501,15502],{},[24,15503,15505],{"href":15504},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fplan-a-pv-system","Plan a PV system",{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":15507},[15508,15509,15510,15511,15512,15513,15514,15515,15516,15517,15518],{"id":14494,"depth":809,"text":14495},{"id":14608,"depth":809,"text":14609},{"id":14647,"depth":809,"text":14648},{"id":14795,"depth":809,"text":14796},{"id":14850,"depth":809,"text":14851},{"id":14955,"depth":809,"text":14956},{"id":15072,"depth":809,"text":15073},{"id":15130,"depth":809,"text":15131},{"id":15293,"depth":809,"text":15294},{"id":15374,"depth":809,"text":15375},{"id":15480,"depth":809,"text":15481},"The 3D view is available to every user. In Lighting mode you place lights, compare lighting scenes, set sun position and shadows and read a heatmap with guidance values – without a standards-based lighting calculation.","view-3d-lighting-study",{},17,"\u002Fhelp\u002Fview-3d-lighting-study.en",{"title":14472,"description":15519},"3d-view-and-lighting-study","help\u002Fview-3d-lighting-study.en",[15528,15529,15530,15531,15127,14792],"3D view","lighting study","lighting planning","sun position","WfgpULoYPoNKF-yq0E1CfTa1UjdNYg1oNGQGW87jW_M",{"id":15534,"title":15535,"body":15536,"category":5022,"description":16081,"extension":824,"guideId":16082,"image":826,"locale":827,"meta":16083,"navigation":829,"order":16084,"path":16085,"publishedAt":16086,"readTime":7844,"seo":16087,"seoTitle":16088,"slug":16089,"stem":16090,"tags":16091,"updatedAt":16086,"__hash__":16096},"help\u002Fhelp\u002Foffline-work.en.md","Using PlanElec offline: keep editing projects without a connection",{"type":7,"value":15537,"toc":16069},[15538,15548,15552,15556,15613,15616,15619,15623,15627,15630,15736,15739,15744,15748,15751,15759,15762,15767,15771,15774,15799,15804,15809,15813,15818,15833,15840,15845,15849,15919,15922,15926,15930,15998,16003,16007,16010,16013,16018,16022,16048,16050],[10,15539,15540,15541,15544,15545,15547],{},"When you open a project online in the studio, PlanElec automatically prepares it for work without a connection. As soon as the status indicator shows ",[14,15542,15543],{},"Offline ready",", you can keep editing the floor plan, single-line diagram and distribution board without a network. Your changes stay on the device and sync with the server when you reconnect; if they contradict a change from another session, you decide. Exporting documents, uploading project files and photos, the AI assistant and AI recognition wait until you are back online. Offline work is in ",[14,15546,12296],{},": the feature is switched on at planelec.be, and testing on building sites and tablets is still under way. Try the workflow once before an important appointment.",[10,15549,15550],{},[24,15551],{"id":26},[28,15553,15555],{"id":15554},"what-do-i-need-to-work-offline","What do I need to work offline?",[33,15557,15558,15567],{},[36,15559,15560],{},[39,15561,15562,15564],{},[42,15563,44],{},[42,15565,15566],{},"Why",[49,15568,15569,15577,15585,15593,15601],{},[39,15570,15571,15574],{},[54,15572,15573],{},"Open the project online in the studio once",[54,15575,15576],{},"Preparation only starts for the open project and only with a connection. A project you have never opened does not exist offline.",[39,15578,15579,15582],{},[54,15580,15581],{},"Valid sign-in",[54,15583,15584],{},"A local copy is only created from a confirmed session. Without one, you see “Not ready: Valid session required”.",[39,15586,15587,15590],{},[54,15588,15589],{},"Live sync switched on in the environment",[54,15591,15592],{},"Offline preparation builds on live sync. It is switched on at planelec.be; there is no setting for you to change.",[39,15594,15595,15598],{},[54,15596,15597],{},"Current browser with offline cache",[54,15599,15600],{},"Without a service worker, PlanElec shows “Not ready: Browser does not support the offline cache”.",[39,15602,15603,15606],{},[54,15604,15605],{},"Free storage and a suitable connection",[54,15607,15608,15609,7472],{},"PlanElec only downloads floor plan images with at least 200 MB in reserve, and not over mobile data or with data saver on (see ",[24,15610,15612],{"href":15611},"#limits","Limits",[10,15614,15615],{},"You do not need an organisation. Live sync also keeps your own sessions on several devices in step.",[10,15617,15618],{},"There is no “make available offline” button. PlanElec prepares the project in the background during quiet moments, re-checks it every 30 seconds and catches up on its own after an interruption.",[10,15620,15621],{},[24,15622],{"id":5481},[28,15624,15626],{"id":15625},"how-do-i-know-a-project-is-ready-offline","How do I know a project is ready offline?",[10,15628,15629],{},"There is a round status icon at the bottom right of the status bar. Its tooltip shows the save state and the offline state; a click opens the details: save status, offline readiness and connection.",[33,15631,15632,15642],{},[36,15633,15634],{},[39,15635,15636,15638,15640],{},[42,15637,4686],{},[42,15639,4689],{},[42,15641,12942],{},[49,15643,15644,15656,15667,15678,15689,15702,15713,15725],{},[39,15645,15646,15650,15653],{},[54,15647,15648],{},[14,15649,15543],{},[54,15651,15652],{},"The project model and all floor plan images are verified on this device.",[54,15654,15655],{},"Nothing. You can go offline.",[39,15657,15658,15661,15664],{},[54,15659,15660],{},"“Model ready offline · 2 images missing”",[54,15662,15663],{},"You can work offline, but the listed floor plan images are missing. The reason appears below.",[54,15665,15666],{},"Fix the reason (storage, Wi-Fi) or work without those images.",[39,15668,15669,15672,15675],{},[54,15670,15671],{},"“Not ready: Preparing …”",[54,15673,15674],{},"Preparation is still running.",[54,15676,15677],{},"Keep the project open and online.",[39,15679,15680,15683,15686],{},[54,15681,15682],{},"“Not ready: Local project state not yet available”",[54,15684,15685],{},"The local project copy has not yet been stored durably.",[54,15687,15688],{},"Wait; if the message persists, reload the page while online.",[39,15690,15691,15694,15697],{},[54,15692,15693],{},"“Not ready: App not yet available offline”",[54,15695,15696],{},"The app itself is not yet fully stored on the device.",[54,15698,15699,15700,9855],{},"Stay online until ",[14,15701,15543],{},[39,15703,15704,15707,15710],{},[54,15705,15706],{},"“Not ready: Local save failed”",[54,15708,15709],{},"The browser could not store the local copy.",[54,15711,15712],{},"Check free storage; PlanElec retries on its own.",[39,15714,15715,15717,15720],{},[54,15716,14153],{},[54,15718,15719],{},"Live sync is switched off in this environment. Normal saving to the server carries on.",[54,15721,15722,15723,82],{},"Work online; look for ",[14,15724,4698],{},[39,15726,15727,15730,15733],{},[54,15728,15729],{},"“A new app version is available. Reload the app to prepare it for offline use.”",[54,15731,15732],{},"A newer PlanElec version is active.",[54,15734,15735],{},"Reload while online; preparation then starts again.",[10,15737,15738],{},"“Offline ready” is the most recently verified state. The browser may delete local data itself when storage runs low; PlanElec notices at the next check and reports it.",[10,15740,15741],{},[24,15742],{"id":15743},"offline-scope",[28,15745,15747],{"id":15746},"what-can-i-edit-offline","What can I edit offline?",[10,15749,15750],{},"Offline, you can edit everything stored in the project model: walls, rooms, devices and cable routes in the floor plan, circuits in the single-line diagram and the layout of the distribution board, including mounting notes on devices. Undo and redo work as usual.",[10,15752,15753,15754,78,15756,15758],{},"Without a connection the status icon shows ",[14,15755,4676],{},[14,15757,4728],{},", and the details add “Local offline editing. Changes stay on this device; access and synchronization are checked when you reconnect.” PlanElec counts pending changes, for example “3 changes pending since 10:42”.",[10,15760,15761],{},"If you reload the page without a connection, PlanElec opens the prepared project from the local copy. Your changes are not lost.",[10,15763,15764],{},[24,15765],{"id":15766},"reconnect",[28,15768,15770],{"id":15769},"what-happens-when-the-connection-comes-back","What happens when the connection comes back?",[10,15772,15773],{},"PlanElec sends pending changes by itself as soon as the browser is back online, when you return to the tab, and then every 30 seconds while anything is pending. You do not need to start anything.",[266,15775,15776,15787,15790],{},[269,15777,15778,15779,78,15781,12245,15783,5701,15785,82],{},"The status icon moves from ",[14,15780,4676],{},[14,15782,4728],{},[14,15784,4708],{},[14,15786,4698],{},[269,15788,15789],{},"Changes others have made to other objects in the meantime are merged with yours. Both are kept.",[269,15791,15792,15793,15795,15796,15798],{},"Before syncing, the server checks your sign-in and access. If your session has expired, ",[14,15794,14239],{}," appears; choose ",[14,15797,14247],{},". If someone has removed your edit rights, PlanElec shows “You no longer have edit permissions for this project.”",[10,15800,15801,15802,9855],{},"If an attempt fails, PlanElec waits a little longer each time, up to five minutes, and tries again. Keep the tab open until ",[14,15803,4698],{},[10,15805,15806],{},[24,15807],{"id":15808},"conflicts",[28,15810,15812],{"id":15811},"what-if-my-offline-changes-clash-with-someone-elses","What if my offline changes clash with someone else’s?",[10,15814,15815,15816,82],{},"If someone changed the same object as you, such as the same name, PlanElec does not merge silently. You see ",[14,15817,14194],{},[266,15819,15820,15825,15830],{},[269,15821,4916,15822,15824],{},[14,15823,14202],{},". You get a JSON file with your local project state.",[269,15826,4916,15827,15829],{},[14,15828,14206],{}," and confirm. The local changes of this session are replaced by the shared saved version; other tabs keep their local changes.",[269,15831,15832],{},"Re-enter the changes you want to keep in the current version.",[10,15834,15835,15836,82],{},"The backup contains no image files, and PlanElec does not offer an import for it. Keep the file and contact support if you need to recover content from it. The other save and sync messages are explained in ",[24,15837,15839],{"href":15838},"\u002Fen\u002Fhelp\u002Fsolve-common-problems#sync","Solving common problems",[10,15841,15842],{},[24,15843],{"id":15844},"online-only",[28,15846,15848],{"id":15847},"what-has-to-wait-until-i-am-back-online","What has to wait until I am back online?",[33,15850,15851,15860],{},[36,15852,15853],{},[39,15854,15855,15857],{},[42,15856,8581],{},[42,15858,15859],{},"Why online",[49,15861,15862,15873,15884,15892,15903,15911],{},[39,15863,15864,15870],{},[54,15865,15866,15867,15869],{},"Exporting documents, ",[14,15868,4501],{},", archiving",[54,15871,15872],{},"Export and archive are not part of offline work; the server checks and seals the release copy.",[39,15874,15875,15878],{},[54,15876,15877],{},"Uploading project files and photos",[54,15879,15880,15881,15883],{},"Files live in ",[14,15882,305],{}," on the server. There is no upload queue.",[39,15885,15886,15889],{},[54,15887,15888],{},"Recognising a floor plan with AI, recognising a board from a photo",[54,15890,15891],{},"Recognition runs on the server.",[39,15893,15894,15900],{},[54,15895,15896,15897,15899],{},"AI assistant in the ",[14,15898,4620],{}," panel",[54,15901,15902],{},"The language model runs on the server.",[39,15904,15905,15908],{},[54,15906,15907],{},"Calculating the PV yield forecast",[54,15909,15910],{},"The simulation runs on the server.",[39,15912,15913,15916],{},[54,15914,15915],{},"Inviting members",[54,15917,15918],{},"The server manages invitations.",[10,15920,15921],{},"Plan these steps for the office or a break with a network. By then your offline edits are already synced, and you export from the current project.",[10,15923,15924],{},[24,15925],{"id":715},[28,15927,15929],{"id":15928},"what-are-the-limits-of-offline-work","What are the limits of offline work?",[33,15931,15932,15940],{},[36,15933,15934],{},[39,15935,15936,15938],{},[42,15937,10490],{},[42,15939,4539],{},[49,15941,15942,15950,15958,15966,15974,15982,15990],{},[39,15943,15944,15947],{},[54,15945,15946],{},"Storage",[54,15948,15949],{},"PlanElec only downloads floor plan images if at least 200 MB stays free afterwards. Otherwise: “Less than 200 MB free or storage capacity unknown”, and only the model is ready offline.",[39,15951,15952,15955],{},[54,15953,15954],{},"Mobile data and data saver",[54,15956,15957],{},"With data saver, a metered or mobile connection, or 2G, downloads pause (“Data saver enabled”, “Downloads paused on a metered connection”). Some browsers do not report the connection type; there PlanElec downloads over mobile data too.",[39,15959,15960,15963],{},[54,15961,15962],{},"Missing images",[54,15964,15965],{},"The indicator counts missing floor plan images. The model stays editable; only the background image is missing offline. PlanElec loads the active floor first.",[39,15967,15968,15971],{},[54,15969,15970],{},"Extra files",[54,15972,15973],{},"3D furniture models and interaction sounds are not guaranteed offline.",[39,15975,15976,15979],{},[54,15977,15978],{},"Device and browser",[54,15980,15981],{},"The local copy only applies to this browser on this device.",[39,15983,15984,15987],{},[54,15985,15986],{},"Closing the project, signing out",[54,15988,15989],{},"Both remove the offline preparation. Open the project online again before you go offline.",[39,15991,15992,15995],{},[54,15993,15994],{},"Permissions",[54,15996,15997],{},"Offline, PlanElec does not check permission changes. Current access counts when you reconnect.",[10,15999,16000],{},[24,16001],{"id":16002},"install",[28,16004,16006],{"id":16005},"do-i-need-to-install-planelec-as-a-web-app","Do I need to install PlanElec as a web app?",[10,16008,16009],{},"No. Offline work also runs in an ordinary browser tab. As a web app you get your own window without the browser bar and an icon on your home screen. Install PlanElec through your browser’s install function, on phone and tablet usually via “Add to Home Screen”. The app opens on the project overview. If you launch it again, it reuses the open window instead of opening a second one.",[10,16011,16012],{},"Installing alone does not make any project ready offline. What counts is the status indicator in the open project. On phones and tablets the studio keeps the screen on while it is visible.",[10,16014,16015],{},[24,16016],{"id":16017},"checklist",[28,16019,16021],{"id":16020},"how-do-i-prepare-for-a-site-visit","How do I prepare for a site visit?",[266,16023,16024,16027,16033,16036,16039,16045],{},[269,16025,16026],{},"Open the project in the studio on Wi-Fi, starting with the floor you will need on site.",[269,16028,16029,16030,16032],{},"Wait until the indicator shows ",[14,16031,15543],{},". If it reports missing images, check the reason below it.",[269,16034,16035],{},"Keep the project open. Do not close it and do not sign out.",[269,16037,16038],{},"Work offline in one window per project.",[269,16040,16041,16042,16044],{},"Back on a network: wait for ",[14,16043,4698],{}," before you close the tab.",[269,16046,16047],{},"Only then export documents and upload photos.",[28,16049,15481],{"id":15480},[322,16051,16052,16056,16060,16065],{},[269,16053,16054],{},[24,16055,15839],{"href":800},[269,16057,16058],{},[24,16059,4511],{"href":4510},[269,16061,16062],{},[24,16063,16064],{"href":4505},"Archiving and verifying documents",[269,16066,16067],{},[24,16068,5950],{"href":5949},{"title":808,"searchDepth":809,"depth":809,"links":16070},[16071,16072,16073,16074,16075,16076,16077,16078,16079,16080],{"id":15554,"depth":809,"text":15555},{"id":15625,"depth":809,"text":15626},{"id":15746,"depth":809,"text":15747},{"id":15769,"depth":809,"text":15770},{"id":15811,"depth":809,"text":15812},{"id":15847,"depth":809,"text":15848},{"id":15928,"depth":809,"text":15929},{"id":16005,"depth":809,"text":16006},{"id":16020,"depth":809,"text":16021},{"id":15480,"depth":809,"text":15481},"PlanElec automatically prepares open projects for work without a connection. Requirements, status indicator, syncing when you reconnect, conflicts, limits and tips before a site visit. Pilot phase.","offline-work",{},18,"\u002Fhelp\u002Foffline-work.en","2026-10-12",{"title":15535,"description":16081},"Using PlanElec offline","use-planelec-offline","help\u002Foffline-work.en",[16092,16093,16094,14467,16095],"offline","live sync","web app","site visit","XSuK1NYv3krvi9auTVaCXXUfw9YDM_3k-fNiBpCboi8"]